Dorner FullSpec-Rev I

Full SpeciFicationS
FEATURES & BENEFITS ORDERING INFORMATION
WhatS neW
introducing the dorner idrive

Setting the Standard for Small Parts Handling
iDrive merges advanced drive and control technologies with the compact design of the 2200 Series by integrating the motor, gearbox and motor controller into a single space saving package. Capable of widths as narrow as 3 and lengths as long as 12 with speeds up to 100 ft/min.
Space Saving Design Sized for Small Part Handling Reduced Time Required for Conveyor Integration
For more information, see the 2200 iDrive section, pages 10-11
index
index
2200 SerieS
IdrIve Flat belt end drIve Flat belt center drIve cleated belt end drIve GravIty roller Modular Flat belt Modular cleated belt Modular sIdewall cleated belt ProFIles beltInG GearMotor MountInG PackaGes GearMotors suPPort stands accessorIes PerForMance charts / data Part nuMber reFerence
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 44 52 56 62 66
QWiK 5200 SerieS

standard Feature overvIew straIGht Modular Flat belt straIGht Modular cleated belt curved Modular Flat belt Z-FraMe straIGht Modular Flat belt Z-FraMe straIGht Modular cleated belt Z-FraMe curved Modular Flat belt ProFIles beltInG GearMotor MountInG PackaGes GearMotors suPPort stands accessorIes Part nuMber reFerence
130
132 134 136 138 140 142 144 146 148 150 153 163 166 170
AQuAGArd 7200 / 7300 SerieS 214

7200 & 7300 Flat belt end drIve 7200 & 7300 cleated belt end drIve ProFIles beltInG GearMotor MountInG PackaGes GearMotors suPPort stands accessorIes PerForMance charts / data Part nuMber reFerence
AQuAGArd 7360 SerieS

standard Feature overvIew Flat belt cleated belt Z-FraMe Flat belt Z-FraMe cleated belt ProFIles beltInG GearMotor MountInG PackaGes GearMotors suPPort stands accessorIes Part nuMber reFerence
284
286 288 290 292 294 296 297 301 305 311 314 316
216 218 220 221 224 228 233 234 235 236
AQuAGArd 7350 SerieS

standard Feature overvIew Modular Flat belt Modular cleated belt curved Modular Flat belt Z-FraMe Modular Flat belt Z-FraMe Modular cleated belt Z-FraMe curved Modular Flat belt ProFIles beltInG GearMotor MountInG PackaGes GearMotors suPPort stands accessorIes Part nuMber reFerence
240
242 244 246 248 250 252 254 256 257 259 263 269 274 276
Motor ControlS
Motor controls overvIew Manual Motor starters varIable sPeed controllers Motor controllers IndexInG drIve InPut accessorIes accessorIes MotIon sensInG equIPMent
322
324 326 327 328 329 330 331 332
6200 SerieS
Flat belt end drIve Flat belt center drIve cleated belt end drIve ProFIles beltInG GearMotor MountInG PackaGes GearMotors suPPort stands accessorIes PerForMance charts / data Part nuMber reFerence
176
178 180 182 184 186 189 196 204 209 211 212
3200 SerieS
Flat belt end drIve Flat belt center drIve cleated belt end drIve Z-FraMe Flat belt end drIve Z-FraMe Flat belt center drIve Z-FraMe sIdewall cleated belt end drIve Z-FraMe standard cleated belt end drIve ProFIles beltInG GearMotor MountInG PackaGes GearMotors suPPort stands accessorIes PerForMance charts / data Part nuMber reFerence
72
74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 89 92 96 107 111 116 118
MiSCellAneouS
PerForMance Parts kIt enGIneered aPPlIcatIons
333
333 334
Made and covered under Patent No. 5156260, 5156261, 5174435, 5203447, 5265714, 5875883, 6109427, 6298981, 6422382, 6685009, 6871737, 6971509, 7207435, 7246697 and corresponding patents and patent applications in other countries. Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.
4100 SerieS
Flat belt end drIve ProFIles beltInG GearMotor MountInG PackaGes GearMotors suPPort stands accessorIes PerForMance charts / data Part nuMber reFerence
124
126 184 186 189 196 204 209 211 128
Packaging Print/Labeling/Marking Plastic Injection Molding Automated & Manual Assembly Magnetic & Vacuum Capabilities
Integration in Tight Spaces Small Parts Transfers Sortation Machine Part Handling Curing, Cooling, Heating & Cleaning
Print/Labeling/Marking Automated & Manual Assembly Sortation Curing, Cooling, Heating & Cleaning
Solar Panels Packaging Plastic Molding Metal Forming & Stamping Adjustable Incline
Packaging Accumulation/Sortation Print/Labeling/Marking Curing, Cooling, Heating & Cleaning QWIK Reconfiguration for Changing Needs Sharp Parts Solar Panels Automated Assembly
Metal Stamping Packaging Testing and Inspection Clean Room Manual Assembly Machine Part Handling Integration in Tight Spaces
Application Requirements
[LIGHT TO MEDIUM DUTY, NARROWER AND SHORTER]
2200
[HEAVY DUTY, WIDER, LONGER, FASTER]
3200
[HEAVY DUTY, LONGER, FASTER, CURVES]
[LIGHT TO MEDIUM DUTY, STAINLESS STEEL FRAME]
6200
Z-Frame
Z-Frame Straights
Self tracking v-guided belts or modular plastic belt Knurled stainless steel drive pulley for optimum performance Rack and pinion belt tension system for fast, accurate adjustment Extruded aluminum frame and stainless steel bedplate
Modular Plastic Belt*
Straights
Straights
Curves
Wedge-Lok System for impact protection Self tracking v-guided belts Knurled stainless steel drive pulley for optimum performance Rack and pinion belt tension system for fast, accurate adjustment Rugged, 11 gauge stainless steel frame Sealed ball bearings Rugged environment
Sealed ball bearings Center drive features no maintenance gas spring belt tension Streamlined machine interface Accumulation Sharp parts
Rack and pinion belt tension system for fast, accurate adjustment Extruded aluminum frame and hard coated anodized bedplate Self tracking v-guided belts
Steel drive pulley for optimum performance Sealed ball bearings Fast belt speeds Aesthetics
QWIK Slots for simple mounting of accessories Completely contained belt reduces pinch points Integrated wire way for low voltage wires Open top frame simplifies belt maintenance and replacement
Sprocket alignment key for quick belt alignment Support stands mounted directly to side rail keep frame open for mounting accessories Nose bar tail option
Features
Belt Type Drive Locations Construction T-slots for Mounting Accessories Belt Widths Conveyor Lengths Max Belt Speed Maximum Load Frame Configuration Frame Height Pulley Diameter iDrive Aluminum Yes
Flat Belt End Drive Aluminum Yes Center Drive Aluminum Yes
Cleated Belt End Drive Aluminum Yes
MPB Flat & Cleated Belt * End Drive Aluminum Yes End Drive Aluminum Yes
Flat Belt Center Drive Aluminum Yes
Cleated Belt End Drive Aluminum Yes
Z-Frame Flat & Cleated End & Center Drive Aluminum Yes
Flat & Cleated Belt End Drive Aluminum Yes
Curved End Drive Aluminum Yes
Z-Frame Flat & Cleated End Drive Aluminum Yes
Flat & Cleated Belt End Drive Stainless Steel No
Flat Belt Center Drive Stainless Steel No
(70 - 457 mm)
3 - 18
1.75 - 24
(45 - 610 mm)
1.75 - 24
(45 - 610 mm)
1.75 - 24
(45 - 610 mm)
3 - 23.25
(76 - 591 mm)
3.75 - 48 **
(95 - 1,219 mm)
3.75 - 48 **
(95 - 1,219 mm)
3.75 - 24
(95 - 610 mm)
(95 - 1,219 mm)
3.75 - 48 4 - 40
(203 - 1,524 mm)
8 - 60
(203 - 914mm)
8 - 36
(203 - 1,219 mm)
8 - 24
1.75 - 12
(45 - 305 mm)
1.75 - 12
(45 - 305 mm)
(457 - 5,486 mm)
1.5 - 12
(457 - 3,660 mm)
1.5 - 18
(610 - 7,315 mm)
2 - 24
(457 - 5,486 mm)
1.5 - 18
(610 - 9,144 mm)
2 - 30
(914 - 12,192 mm)
3 - 40
(1,219 - 30,175 mm)
4 - 99
(914 - 12,192 mm)
3 - 40
(1,219 - 12,192 mm)
(914 - 25,375 mm)
3 - 83.25
(914 - 25,375 mm)
3 - 83.25
(914 - 25,375 mm)
3 - 83.25
(610 - 3,658 mm)
2 - 12
(610 - 3,658 mm)
2 - 12
100 ft/min
(30 m/min)
264 ft/min
(81 m/min)
264 ft/min
(81 m/min)
264 ft/min
(81 m/min)
250 ft/min
(76 m/min)
421 ft/min
(128 m/min)
368 ft/min
(112 m/min)
275 ft/min
(84 m/min)
421 ft/min
(128 m/min)
250 ft/min
(76 m/min)
250 ft/min
(76 m/min)
250 ft/min
(76 m/min)
150 ft/min
(46 m/min)
150 ft/min
(46 m/min)
30 lbs
(14 kg)
80 lbs
(36 kg)
120 lbs
(54 kg)
80 lbs
(36 kg)
150 lbs
(68 kg)
400 lbs
(181 kg)
1,000 lbs
(455 kg)
400 lbs
(181 kg)
100 lbs
(45 kg)
1,000 lbs
(455 kg)
500 lbs
(227 kg)
1,000 lbs
(455 kg)
80 lbs
(36 kg)
120 lbs
(54 kg)
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Curved
Straight
Straight
Straight
(48 mm)
1.87 1.25
(48 mm)
1.87 1.25
(48 mm)
1.87 1.25
(48 mm)
1.87 1.25
(75 mm)
2.96 2.6
(97 mm)
3.80 3.0
(97 mm)
3.80 3.0
(97 mm)
3.80 3.0
(97 mm)
3.80 3.0
(147 mm)
5.77
(147 mm)
5.77
(147 mm)
5.77
(38 mm)
1.48 1
(38 mm)
1.48 1
(32 mm)
(32 mm)
(32 mm)
(32 mm)
(66 mm)
(76 mm)
(76 mm)
(76 mm)
(76 mm)
Standard Idler 4.3 (109 mm)
(25 mm)
(25 mm)
Page
10
* Formerly MPB Series
12
14
16
20
74
76
78
80
134 & 136
138
140
178 & 182
180
** Wider widths available, consult factory for details
Conveyor CoMpAriSon / SeleCtion ChArt
Food Packaging Pharmaceutical Medical Personal Care Food Processing
Food Packaging Pharmaceutical Medical Personal Care Food Processing
7200 & 7300

[CLEANABLE - SANITARY]
7350 & 7360

[CLEANABLE - SANITARY]
7200
7300
Low profile Sealed stainless steel bearings with FDA lubricant Self tracking v-guided belts Stainless steel frame Wipe down and liquid spray washdown with certain cleaning agents Wedge-Lok System for impact protection
TIG welded stainless steel frame Open frame design Available in belt or modular plastic Hard chrome coated bearings with FDA lubricant Nose bar tails available
Power transfer available No drilling required for automation or guiding 10 guiding packages available Wipe down and liquid spray washdown with certain cleaning agents
7200/7300 Flat Belt End Drive Stainless Steel No
7200/7300 Cleated Belt End Drive Stainless Steel No
7350 Flat & Cleated End Drive Stainless Steel No
7350 Curved Belt End Drive Stainless Steel No
7350 Z-Frame Flat & Cleated End Drive Stainless Steel No
7360 Flat & Cleated End & Center Drive Stainless Steel No
7360 Z-Frame Flat & Cleated End & Center Drive Stainless Steel No
1.75 - 18
(45 - 457 mm)
1.75 - 18
(45 - 457 mm)
(102 - 914 mm)
4 - 36
(102 - 914 mm)
4 - 36
(102 - 610 mm)
4 - 24
(102 - 1.321 mm)
4 - 52 3 - 40
(102 - 610 mm)
4 - 24 3 - 40
(610 - 5,486 mm)
2 - 18
(610 - 5,486 mm)
2 - 18
(914 - 25,375 mm)
3 - 83.25
(914 - 25,375 mm)
3 - 83.25
(914 - 25,375 mm)
3 - 83.25
(914 - 12,192 mm)
(914 - 12,192 mm)
264 ft/min
(81 m/min)
264 ft/min
(81 m/min)
260 ft/min
(78.6 m/min)
260 ft/min
(78.6 m/min)
260 ft/min
(78.6 m/min)
300 ft/min
(91 m/min)
300 ft/min
(91 m/min)
60 lbs
(27 kg)
60 lbs
(27 kg)
750 lbs
(338 kg)
750 lbs
(338 kg)
750 lbs
(338 kg)
500 lbs
(227 kg)
500 lbs
(227 kg)
Straight
Straight
Straight
Curved
Straight
Straight
Straight
(38 mm)
1.48 1.25
(38 mm)
1.48 1.25
(142 mm)
5.6 4.3
(142 mm)
5.6 4.3
(142 mm)
5.6 4.3
(142 mm)
5.6 3.5
(142 mm)
5.6 3.5
(32 mm)
(32 mm)
(109 mm)
(109 mm)
(109 mm)
(89 mm)
(89 mm)
216
218
244 & 246
248
250 & 252
288 & 290
292 & 294
A program of action, support and service that make the customers choice Smart and Fast
Application Hotline: 800-351-8712
A direct line to our engineers, where customers can call to discuss applications and options.
Shortest lead time in the conveyor industry

No other company can deliver custom sized and application ready conveyors faster than Dorner.
Conveyor TyPe LeAd TIme (DAys To ship)*
ALumInum exTruSIon FrAme

v-Guided Belt modular Plastic Belt 3 5
STAInLeSS STeeL FrAme

v-Guided Belt 10 10
Industry leading 10 year limited warranty

The longest warranty being offered in the conveyor industry, this reduces the total cost of ownership.
6
modular Plastic Belt

* Applies to products configured in E-Pricer.
Service Hotline: 888-417-3515

An after hours hotline, where customers can call and get help troubleshooting conveyors from a member of Dorners FiT team of service experts.
dorners Service never sleeps.
Get FIT and Stay FIT visits

A support program to ensure equipment is installed correctly, and that existing equipment is maintained for optimal performance.
FIT replacement Parts

original equipment, wear and maintenance parts from Dorner, that will add conveyor life, maximize production time and ensure the customers warranty is maintained.
FIT Training
A custom designed training course for the customers engineers and maintenance personnel that ensures proper conveyor maintenance and safety that optimizes conveyor performance.
7
Low ProfiLe BeLt Conveyors extruded ALuminum
2200 SerieS
General Specifications:
iDrive, Flat Belt End Drive, Cleated Belt End Drive and Center Drive models Gravity Roller models Modular Plastic Belt End Drive, Cleated Belt End Drive, and Sidewall Cleated Belt End Drive models 1.25 (32 mm) diameter head and tail pulleys Widths: 2 (45 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 30 (9,144 mm) Loads up to 120 lbs (54 kg) Optional Gang or Common Drive models available
Applications:
Small Part Transfers Part Accumulation Precision Part Movement Small Part Handling and Positioning Part/Package Infeed and Outfeed Automated and Manual Assembly
2200 SerieS
iDRiVe STANDARD FeATuRe OVeRView FlAT BelT eND DRiVe FlAT BelT CeNTeR DRiVe CleATeD BelT eND DRiVe
V-Guided Belt Tracking
GRAViTy ROlleR MODulAR FlAT BelT MODulAR CleATeD BelT MODulAR SiDewAll CleATeD BelT PROFileS
Optional Nose Bar Transfer
BelTiNG GeARMOTOR MOuNTiNG PACkAGeS GeARMOTORS SuPPORT STANDS ACCeSSORieS
Rack and Pinion Belt Tensioning
PeRFORMANCe ChARTS / DATA PART NuMBeR ReFeReNCe
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 44 52 56 62 66
2200 SerieS: iDrive
Specifications:
Sealed ball bearings Belt Widths: 3 (76 mm) to 18 (457 mm) Conveyor Lengths: 18 (457 mm) to 12 (3,658 mm) Belt Speeds: Variable Speed, (3) Speed Options 4 to 35 ft/min (1 to 10 m/min) 35 to 70 ft/min (10 to 21 m/min) 50 to 100 ft/min (15 to 30 m/min) Conveyor Load Capacity: 4 to 35 ft/min Up to 30 lbs (14 kg) non-accumulated, distributed load 35 to 70 ft/min Up to 30 lbs (14 kg) non-accumulated, distributed load 50 to 100 ft/min Up to 23 lbs (10 kg) non-accumulated, distributed load
Features & Benefits:

Internally mounted gearmotor and control for space savings and tight work spaces Reduced integration time required to mount and wire the total conveyor package Ideal combination of conveyor and gearmotor sizing for small parts handling Variable Speed and reversible for maximum application flexibility Control switches conveniently located in high impact protective case 1.25 diameter drive roller for smooth product transfer V-guided belts for maintenance-free belt tracking Maintenance-free brushless DC motor
8 mm Nose Bar Transfer

Available at non-driven end. Speeds up to 75 ft/min (22 m/min).
For support stands and accessories, see pages 52-61.
OPTiONAl:
10
For ordering information, see page 66
2200 iDRiVe
0.96 (24) 2.32 (59)
1.14 (29)
RECOMMENDED FLOW W W+.92 (23)*
2.75 (70)
1.81 (46) 6.01 (153)
1.81 (46) 6.01 (153)
* 3 wide only
L (at initial factory belt tension) 0.72 (18) W
5.85 (149)
4.90 (124) 1.16 (30) 4.32 (110) 3.00 (76) 1.86 (47) W-.16 (4)
0.38 (10)
2.25 (57)
w = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm)

drive shaft Position
STANDARD SiZeS
For more information, go to www.dorner.com. Call 800.397.8664 or 262.367.7600.

03 2.75
(70mm) (95mm) (127mm)
Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.
Conveyor width Reference 04 3.75 0150 1.5 (457mm) 5 05
06 6
(152mm)
08 8
(203mm)
10 10
(254mm)
12 12
(305mm)
18 18
(457mm)
Conveyor Belt width (w)
Conveyor length Reference
0001 increments up to... 0.12 (3mm) increments up to...
1200 12 (3,660mm)
Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%.
Conveyor length (l)
11
2200 Belt SerieS: FlAt Belt eND Drive
Specifications:
Loads up to 80 lbs* (36 kg) Belt speeds up to 264 ft/min (81 m/min) Belt widths: 1.75 (44 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Conveyor lengths: 18 (457 mm) to 18 (5,486 mm) 1.25 (32 mm) diameter drive and idler pulleys turn approximately 4.2 (107 mm) of belt per revolution V-grooved stainless steel bedplate 12mm diameter integral drive shaft models available
* Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. See Performance Charts / Data (pg 62-65) for details.

Quick five-minute belt change Rack and pinion belt tensioning for fast, accurate single-point belt tensioning Aluminum die cast head plates eliminate painted surfaces V-groove bed plate with guided belt provides positive belt tracking, even under demanding side load applications Non V-guided belts use our patented belt tracking cams, offering you the widest belt selection possible Strong, box-like construction resists damaging frame twist 50% more belt take-up extends conveyor belt life Belt take-up indicators for at a glance readings of remaining belt life T-slots make mounting accessories simple with no drilling or special tools Stand mounting brackets are easily re-positioned along the T-slot Motion sensor switch ready Sealed ball bearings
OPTiONAl: OPTiONAl:
1 Gang Drive Pulleys

Allows you to drive multiple conveyors with one gearmotor. Turns approximately 3.4 (86 mm) of belt per revolution.
8 mm Nose Bar Transfer

Available at non-driven end. Speeds up to 75 ft/min (22 m/min).
Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages 32-49. For support stands and accessories, see pages 52-61.
12
2200 FlAT BelT eND DRiVe

W+.92 (23) Position A 5.64 (143) OPTIONAL NOSE BAR TRANSFER .38 (10) Through HEX Position D 1.28 (33) 2.10 (53) 5.50 (140) OPTIONAL GANG DRIVE L [at initial factory belt tension] 0.72 (18) 1.86 (47) 4.32 (110) 1.28 (33) 3.00 (76) 1.16 (30) W-.16 (4) 4.90 (124) 4 X 4 X 22mm Keyway W 1.66 (42)
RECOMMENDED FLOW W W+.68 (17)
5.85 (149)
0.38 (10)
2.25 (57)

STANDARD SiZeS

02 1.75
(44mm) (70mm) (95mm)
Conveyor width Reference 03 2.75 0150 1.5 (457mm) 3.75 04
05 5
(127mm)
06 6
(152mm)
08 8
(203mm)
10 10
(254mm)
12 12
(305mm)
18 18
(457mm)
21 21
(533mm)
24 24
(610mm)
1800 18 (5,486mm)
Conveyor length (l)
NOTe: Lengths 13 to 18 available in widths 6 to 24 only. NOTe: Conveyor longer than 12 (3,658 mm) will be constructed using a multiple piece frame. Consult factory for locations. Gang Drive Conveyors: Non-V-guided belts up to 24 (610 mm) wide, V-Guided belts up to 18 (457 mm) wide.
13
2200 Belt SerieS: FlAt Belt CeNter Drive
Specifications:
Loads up to 120 lbs* (54 kg) Belt speeds up to 264 ft/min (81 m/min) Belt widths: 1.75 (44 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Conveyor lengths: 24 (610 mm) to 24 (7,315 mm) 1.25 (32 mm) diameter drive and idler pulleys turn approximately 4.2 (107 mm) of belt per revolution V-grooved stainless steel bedplate 12 mm diameter integral drive shaft models available

Center Drive module frees up both ends of conveyor for operator and machine interface Center Drive module can be easily repositioned along the length of the conveyor Maintenance-free gas-spring belt tensioner maintains uniform belt tension Aluminum die-cast head plates eliminate painted end surfaces V-groove bedplate with guided belt provides positive belt tracking, even under demanding side load applications Non V-guided belts use our patented belt tracking cams, offering you the widest belt selection possible Strong, box-like construction resists damaging frame twist 2 (51 mm) of belt take up extends conveyor belt life T-slots make mounting accessories simple with no drilling or special tools Stand mounting brackets are easily re-positioned along the T-slot Motion sensor switch ready Sealed ball bearings
8mm Nose Bar Transfer

Available at either end. Belt Speed up to 75 ft/min (22 m/min).
OPTiONAl:
14
2200 FlAT BelT CeNTeR DRiVe

Position A
reCommended fLow w w+.68 (17)
1.66 (42) 5.64 (143)
1.72 (44) 12 mm Position d L [at initial factory belt tension) 0.72 (18) 3.91 (99) 1.86 (47) 4.90 (124) 1.28 (33) 0.38 (10) 10.47 (266) 3.00 (76) 2.25 (57) 1.16 (30)
oPtionAL nose BAr trAnsfer 4 x 4 x 22mm KeywAy w+1.63 (41) w 0.85 (21)
5.85 (149)
4.32 (110)
4.55 (116)
w-.16 (4)

STANDARD SiZeS

02 1.75
(44mm) (70mm) (95mm)
Conveyor width Reference 03 2.75 0200 2 (610mm) 3.75 04
05 5
(127mm)
06 6
(152mm)
08 8
(203mm)
10 10
(254mm)
12 12
(305mm)
18 18
(457mm)
21 21
(533mm)
24 24
(610mm)
A d
1800 24 (7,315mm)
Reversing Belt Direction reduces conveyor load capacity by 66%.
Conveyor length (l)
15
2200 Belt SerieS: CleAteD Belt eND Drive
Specifications:
Loads up to 80 lbs* (36 kg) Belt speeds up to 264 ft/min (81 m/min) Belt widths: 1.75 (44 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Conveyor lengths: 18 (457 mm) to 18 (5,486 mm) Cleats available from 0.24 (6 mm) to 2.36 (60 mm) high 1.25 (32 mm) diameter drive and idler pulleys turn approximately 4.2 (107 mm) of belt per revolution V-grooved stainless steel bedplate 12 mm diameter integral drive shaft models available
* Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. See Performance Charts / Data (pg 62-65) for details. Note: Standard idler pulley houses a small magnet which may be omitted upon request for magnetically sensitive products and applications.

Quick five-minute belt change Rack and pinion belt tensioning for fast, accurate single point belt tensioning Aluminum die cast head plates eliminate painted surfaces V-groove bedplate with guided belt provides positive belt tracking, even under demanding side load applications Non V-guided belts use our patented belt tracking cams, offering you the widest belt selection possible Strong, box-like construction resists damaging frame twist 50% more belt take-up extends conveyor belt life T-slots make mounting accessories simple with no drilling or special tools Stand mounting brackets are easily re-positioned along the T-slot Motion sensor ready Sealed ball bearings
16
2200 CleATeD BelT eND DRiVe

Position A
reCommended fLow w-1.00 (25) w w+.68 (17)
Position d 2.10 (53) 4 x 4 x 22mm KeywAy w+1.25 (32) w-1.20 (30) x 4.90 (124) 4.32 (110) 1.28 (33) 3.00 (76) 6.65 (169) 1.16 (30) 1.86 (47) w-.16 (4)
L [at initial factory belt tension] 0.72 (18)
5.85 (149)
[Cleat width]
0.38 (10)
2.25 (57)
STANDARD SiZeS

02 1.75
(44mm) (70mm) (95mm)
Conveyor width Reference 03 2.75 0150 1.5 (457mm) 3.75 04
05 5
(127mm)
06 6
(152mm)
08 8
(203mm)
10 10
(254mm)
12 12
(305mm)
18 18
(457mm)
21 21
(533mm)
24 24
(610mm)
1800 18 (5,486mm)
Conveyor length (l)
17
2200 SerieS: GrAvity roller
Specifications:
Loads up to 80 lbs/ft* (119 kg/m) Roller widths: 6 (152 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 12 (3,658 mm) Roller centers 1.5 (38 mm) to 6 (152 mm) Standard roller 1.25 (32 mm) diameter anodized aluminum 1.19 (30 mm) diameter PVC rollers available for 6 (152 mm) and 12 (305 mm) wide conveyors

High strength anodized aluminum frame with a clear coat finish Low profile design for clean appearance and minimal protrusions T-slots make mounting accessories simple with no drilling or special tools T-slots for easy mounting of pre-engineered accessories Sections link together for additional length Easy machine and operator interface load Capacity
Length 2 (610) 3 (914) 4 (1,219) 5 (1,524) 6 (1,829) 7 (2,134) 8 (2,438) 9 (2,743) 10 (3,048) 11 (3,353) 12 (3,658) Max. Load** 80 lbs/ft* (36 kg) 80 lbs/ft* (36 kg) 40 lbs/ft* (18 kg) 20 lbs/ft* (9 kg) 10 lbs/ft* (4.5 kg) 80 lbs/ft* (36 kg) 40 lbs/ft* (18 kg) 40 lbs/ft* (18 kg) 20 lbs/ft* (9 kg) 20 lbs/ft* (9 kg) 10 lbs/ft* (4.5 kg) # of Support Stands 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
Stand Mounting Bracket

3.00 (76)
.75 (19)
w - .16 (4)
2.25 (57)
Includes Brackets and Mounting Hardware Part Number Description 2200 Roller (pair) 203401M
Roller Centers 1.5 (38) 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 3 (76) 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 4.5 (114) 6 9 12 13 17 20 23 25 28 31 33 6 (152) 5 7 9 11 13 15 19 19 21 23 25
.75 (19) W-.16 (4) 2.25 (57) 5.00 (127)
Roller Quantity
Length 2 (610) 3 (914) 4 (1,219) 5 (1,524) 6 (1,829) 7 (2,134) 8 (2,438) 9 (2,743) 10 (3,048) 11 (3,353) 12 (3,658)
Connecting Assembly
Includes: Connecting Plates, T-Bars, Stand Mounting Bracket and Attaching Hardware Part Number 202900M Description Model 2160
Dim = in (mm) * Adding Supports increases capacity to 80lbs/ft. ** Evenly distributed loads
Dim = in (mm) It is recommended that 3 rollers be in contact with the product at all times.
For support stands and accessories, see pages 52-61.
18
2200 GRAViTy ROlleR
W - 1.44 (37) W .75 (19)
W + .44 (33)
.75 (19)
(See Standard Sizes Chart Below)
Roller Centers
W
1.91 (49) 1.28 (33)
All conveyors are shipped with a roller at each end. Depending on roller centers, one odd roller space may occur. All frames are punched for rollers .75" (19) from each end on 1.5" (38) centers
STANDARD SiZeS
Conveyor width Reference 06 6 (152mm) 0200 2 (610mm) 15 1.5 (38mm) 30 3 (76mm) 12 (305mm) 12
18 18 (457mm)
24 24 (610mm) 1200 12 (3,658mm) 45 4.5 (114mm) 60 6 (152mm)

0100 increments up to... 1 (305mm) increments up to...
Conveyor Roller width (w)
Conveyor length (l)
Roller Center Reference
Roller Centers
19
2200 MPB SerieS: FlAt Belt CoNveyorS
Specifications:
Loads up to 150 lbs* (68 kg) Belt speeds up to 250 ft/min (76 m/min) Belt widths: 3 (76 mm) to 23.25 (591 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 30 (9,144 mm) 0.59 (15 mm) pitch belt 2.6 (66 mm) diameter drive pulley 12 mm integral drive shaft models available

Rugged spherical ball bearings are sealed for life Small 0.59 (15 mm) chain pitch for smooth belt operation 2.6 (66 mm) diameter end pulley for small product transfers Minimal catenary belt sag reduces cordial action and improves safety Single point rack and pinion belt tensioning is fast and easy to use T-slots make mounting accessories simple with no drilling or special tools Sealed ball bearings
OPTiONAl:
Perforated Bedplate
For cooling / draining applications (12 and wider).
20
2200 MPB FlAT BelT CONVeyORS
W+1.80 (46) Position A
FLOW W
W+1.43 (36)
Position D
1.57 (40)
6.43 (163) 1.30 (33)
L (at initial factory belt tension)
4x4x22mm Keyway W 3.74 (95)
2.96 (75) 4.32 (110) 0.38 (10) 2.25 (57) 3.00 (76) 1.30 (33)
5.50 (140) W+.59 (15)

1.78 (45)
STANDARD SiZeS

04 3.0
(76mm) (133mm)
Conveyor width Reference 06 5.25
12 11.25
(286mm)
18 17.25
(438mm)
24 23.25
(591mm)
Conveyor Belt width (w) 0200 2 (610mm)
3000 30 (9,144mm)
Conveyor length (l)
NOTe: Conveyor longer than 12 (3,658 mm) will be constructed using a multiple piece frame. Consult factory for locations.
21
2200 MPB SerieS: CleAteD Belt CoNveyorS
Specifications:
Loads up to 150 lbs* (69 kg) Belt speeds up to 150 ft/min (46 m/min) Belt widths: 3 (76 mm) to 23.25 (591 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 30 (9,144 mm) 0.59 (15 mm) pitch belt 2.6 (66 mm) diameter drive pulley 1.18 (30 mm) minimum cleat spacing 2 (51 mm) high cleats, other heights available, contact factory 12 mm integral drive shaft models available

Rugged spherical ball bearings are sealed for life Small 0.59 (15 mm) chain pitch for smooth belt operation 2.6 (66 mm) diameter end pulley for small product transfers Minimal catenary belt sag reduces cordial action and improves safety Fully supported and guided belt reduces noise and offers improved side load T-slots make mounting accessories simple with no drilling or special tools Sealed ball bearings
OPTiONAl:
Perforated Bedplate
22
2200 MPB CleATeD BelT CONVeyORS

FLOW
(Pocket Width)
W-1.23 (31) W
W+1.41 (36)
Position D
1.57 (40) 4x4x22mm Keyway
6.43 (163) 4.32 (110) 1.30 (33)
L (at initial factory belt tension)
W W-1.50 (38)
Cleat Width
1.30 (33)
7.73 (196)
7.81 (198)
5.50 (140)
1.78 (45) 3.00 (76) 6.65 (169) W+.59 (15)
0.38 (10)
2.25 (57)

STANDARD SiZeS

04 3.0
(76mm) (133mm)
Conveyor width Reference 06 5.25
12 11.25
(286mm)
18 17.25
(438mm)
24 23.25
(591mm)
3000 30 (9,144mm)
Conveyor length (l)
23
2200 MPB SerieS: SiDewAll CleAteD Belt CoNveyorS
Specifications:
Loads up to 150 lbs* (68 kg) Belt speeds up to 150 ft/min (46 m/min) Belt widths: 11.25 (286 mm) to 23.25 (591 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 30 (9,144 mm) 0.59 (15 mm) pitch belt 2.6 (66 mm) diameter drive pulley 1.18 (30 mm) minimum cleat spacing 2 (51 mm) high cleats, other heights available, contact factory 12 mm integral drive shaft models available

Rugged spherical ball bearings are sealed for life Small 0.59 (15 mm) chain pitch for smooth belt operation 2.6 (66 mm) diameter end pulley for small product transfers Minimal catenary belt sag reduces cordial action and improves safety Fully supported and guided belt reduces noise and offers improved side load T-slots make mounting accessories simple with no drilling or special tools Sealed ball bearings
OPTiONAl:
Perforated Bedplate
24
2200 MPB SiDewAll CleATeD CONVeyORS

FLOW
(Pocket Width)
W-3.62 (92) W
W+1.41 (36)
Position D 4x4x22mm Keyway W 1.30 (33) W-3.75 (95) Cleat Width
1.57 (40)
L (at initial factory belt tension) 4.32 (110)
6.43 (163)
7.42 (188)
7.50 (190)
5.50 (140)
1.78 (45) 0.38 (10) 6.65 (169) 3.00 (76)
1.30 (33)
W+.59 (15)
2.25 (57)

STANDARD SiZeS

12 11.25
(286mm)
Conveyor width Reference
18 17.25
(438mm)
24 23.25
(591mm)
3000 30 (9,144mm)
Conveyor length (l)
25
2200 Belt SerieS: ProFileS
5.91 (150)
W MAX W - 8.00 (203) MIN 0.97 (25)
W + 12.95 (329) MAX
Tool-less Adjustable Guiding

* = Not available on Gravity Roller Conveyors and do not use with high friction belts
14
W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm)
26
2200 MPB SerieS: ProFileS

FlAT BelT PROFileS
0.85 (22) T.O.B. 3.31 (84)
W 1.18 (30) 2.46 (62)
W+.75 (19) 3.53 (90)
2.35 (60) T.O.B. 4.81 (122)
2.03 3.81 (52) (97)
W+.75 (19)
2.96 (75)
5.31 (135)
Low Side
01
2.35" (60) Bolt-On Aluminum Side
04
.85" (22) Bolt-On Aluminum Side
05
5.84 (148)
W+.87 (22) MAX. W-7.32 (186) MIN. 5.91 (150)
W + .97 (22) MAX. W - 7.32 (186) MIN. W-1.23 (31) 3.84 (98) MAX., .41 (10) MIN. 3.49 5.16 (89) (131) 0.97 (25) W + 13.82 (351) MAX 2.31 (59) T.O.B. 4.77 (121)
3.84 (98) MAX., .41 (10) MIN. 0.97 (25) W+13.82 (351) MAX.
Fully Adjustable Guide
13
Fully Adjustable Guide
14
3.0" (78) Inset High Side
20
CleATeD BelT PROFileS

W W-1.23 (31) (pocket width) W-1.50 (38) (cleat width) 2.31 (59)
SiDewAll CleATeD BelT PROFileS
1.00 (25)
W W-2.34 (59) W-3.62 (92) (pocket width) W-3.75 (95) (cleat width) 2.00 (51) 0.84 (21) 3.18 (81) 4.32 (110)
3.49 (89)
5.50 (140) T.O.B.
4.32 (110)
5.50 (140) T.O.B.
W+.59 (15) W+2.00 (51) Maximum catenary belt sag for cleat position Shown with optional Stand Mount Brackets
W+.59 (15) W+1.67 (42) Maximum catenary belt sag for cleat position Shown with optional Stand Mounting Brackets
27
2200 Belt SerieS: StANDArD BeltiNG
Standard Belt Selection Guide

Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Metal Clipper Belt Type - Finger Splice
Standard belt material is stocked at Dorner, then cut and spliced at the factory for fast conveyor shipment.
Maximum Part Temperature Special Characteristics or Applications
Coefficient of Friction
01 02 03 05 06 08
A1 A2 A3 A5 A6 A8
1A 2A 3A 5A 6A 8A
FDA Accumulation General Purpose FDA High Friction Accumulation Electrically Conductive High Friction
0.067 (1.7) 0.071 (1.8) 0.067 (1.7) 0.047 (1.2) 0.063 (1.6) 0.083 (2.1)
Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane PVC
Polyester Polyester Polyester Polyester Polyester Polyester
212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 158F (70C)
Low Med High V-Low Low V-High
x x x x
x x x x x x x
Good Good Good Good Good Poor
Chemical Resistance
Belt Specifications
Static Conductive
Surface Material
Carcass Material
FDA Approved
Anti-Static
Thickness
Packaging, clean room & inspection Most versatile belt offering Packaging, clean room & inspection Accumulation of products Electronics Handling Conveys up to 35 inclines*
Note: See below for splice details. Plastic Clipper splice requires longer lead times. Note: Belts with V-guiding may have a slight high spot or rib on the top surface. This rib would run longitudinally along the center of the belt. Consult factory with applications for which this may cause interference. * Incline varies due to factors like dust, fluids and part material.
BelT SPliCiNG
Finger Splice
All belts are available with a standard Thermoformed finger splice. This splice makes the belt continuous and is virtually undetectable. Splice bonding methods vary by belt type. Consult factory for details. 28
Plastic Clipper**
An optional plastic clipper splice is available for quick removal of belts or when conveyors are installed in tight spaces.
Metal Clipper**
An optional metal clipper splice is also available for quick removal of belts or when conveyors are installed in tight spaces.
** See belt charts for compatibility. Not for use with 2200 Series Nose Bar Transfer or 2200 Series with bottom wiper option. Plastic and Metal Clippers are slightly thicker than base belt. Contact factory for details.
2200 Belt SerieS: SPeCiAlty BeltiNG
Specialty Belt Selection Guide

Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Metal Clipper Belt Type - Finger Splice
Specialty belt material is not stocked at Dorner and needs to be custom ordered for your special conveyor needs.
Maximum Part Temperature
19 50 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 63 64 65 66 67 F9 G0 G1 F4 F5 4F 5F 6F 7F 8F 9F 0G 1G 3G 4G 5G 6G 7G
Nose Bar, High Friction Heat Resistant Translucent & Nose Bar, Accumulation FDA Sealed Edge** FDA Sealed Edge** Cut Resistant Cut Resistant* Cut Resistant Color Contrasting Color Contrasting Color Contrasting Electrically Conductive High Friction Chemical Resistant Chemical Resistant Low Friction Cleated x x x x x x x x x x x x
0.02 (0.6) 0.05 (1.3) 0.02 (0.5) 0.06 (1.6) 0.06 (1.6) 0.08 (2.1) 0.10 (2.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.05 (1.3) 0.05 (1.3) 0.05 (1.2) 0.17 (4.4) 0.05 (1.3) 0.07 (1.7) 0.06 (1.6)
Urethane Silicone Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Nitrile Urethane PVC Urethane Urethane Urethane PVC Polypropylene Polyester Polyester
212F (100C) 356F (180C) 212F (100C) 1 76F (80C) 176F (80C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 176F (80C) 158F (70C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 194F (90C) 248F (120C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C)
High Low V-Low Low High Med. Med. Low Med. Low Low Low V-High Low Med. n/a
x x x x
Good Good Good Good Good Good Poor V-Good Poor
Very Small Product Transfer Back Lit inspection & Very Small Product Transfer Packaging, clean room & inspection Packaging, clean room & inspection Oily product release, Metal stamping Felt-like, dry metal stamping, glass & ceramic Cross-linked surface, Gold colored Black colored, hides overspray from ink jet Green colored Blue colored Static conductive, electronics handling Dark Green colored, rough top surface, product cushioning, incline / decline apps V-Good Cut resistance, excellent product release Good Cut resistance, metal stamping apps Excellent product release, consult factory for part number and how to specify low friction
x x
Good Good Good Poor
x x x
V-Good V-Good Good
Note: Plastic Clipper splice requires longer lead times. Note: Belts with V-guiding may have a slight high spot or rib on the top surface. This rib would run longitudinally along the center of the belt. Consult factory with applications for which this may cause interference. * 12 (305 mm) wide conveyor maximum for non V-guided ** Not available on 1.75 (44 mm) wide conveyors.
Special Characteristics or Applications
Chemical Resistance
Belt Specifications
Surface Material
Belt Thickness
FDA Approved
V-guided
29
2200 Belt SerieS: MoDulAr PlAStiC BeltiNG
Modular Plastic Belt Selection Guide

Coefficient of Friction vs Steel Chemical Resistance Good Very Good Good Good Good Very Good Good Good Good Very Good Good Good Very Good Good Good Very Good Good Very Good
Maximum Part Temperature
30 31 32 Flat Belt 33 40 41 42 43 34 Cleated Belt 35 36 44 45 46 Sidewall Cleated Belt 37 38 47 48
Accumulation, Open Mesh Chemical Resistant, Open Mesh Heat Resistant, Open Mesh ESD, Open Mesh (Class II Charges)* Accumulation, Closed Mesh Chemical Resistant, Closed Mesh Heat Resistant, Closed Mesh ESD, Closed Mesh (Class II Charges)* General Purpose, Open Mesh Chemical Resistant, Open Mesh Heat Resistant, Open Mesh General Purpose, Closed Mesh Chemical Resistant, Closed Mesh Heat Resistant, Closed Mesh General Purpose, Open Mesh Chemical Resistant, Open Mesh General Purpose, Closed Mesh Chemical Resistant, Closed Mesh
26% 26% 26% 26% n/a n/a n/a n/a 26% 26% 26% n/a n/a n/a 26% 26% n/a n/a
White White Black Black White White Black Black White White Black White White Black White White White White
Acetal-Teflon Compounded Polypropylene Nylon Polypropylene Acetal-Teflon Compounded Polypropylene Nylon Polypropylene Acetal-Teflon Compounded Polypropylene Nylon Acetal-Teflon Compounded Polypropylene Nylon Acetal-Teflon Compounded Polypropylene Acetal-Teflon Compounded Polypropylene
180 F (82 C) 220 F (104 C) 375 F (190 C) 180 F (82 C) 180 F (82 C) 220 F (104 C) 375 F (190 C) 180 F (82 C) 180 F (82 C) 220 F (104 C) 375 F (190 C) 180 F (82 C) 220 F (104 C) 375 F (190 C) 180 F (82 C) 220 F (104 C) 180 F (82 C) 220 F (104 C)
0.22 0.35 0.30 0.30 0.22 0.35 0.30 0.30 0.22 0.35 0.30 0.22 0.35 0.30 0.22 0.35 0.22 0.35
Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes
* Conveyor is equipped with black UHMW electrically conductive wear strips. Do not use in explosive environment.
30
FDA Approved
Description
Belt Type
Material
% Open
Color
2200 Belt SerieS: StANDArD CleAtS
10 .059 typ. (1.5) 1.57 (40) 2.36 (60) .24 (6) .43 (11) 1.57 (40) 10 2.33 (59)
1.00 (25)
.97 (25)
10
A*
.35 typ. (9)
B*
C*
F**
G**
H*
V*
J*
* Maximum 20 (508 mm) cleat spacing for 18 and wider conveyors with lengths greater than 7 (2,134 mm) ** 18 and wider conveyors have a maximum length of 7 (2,134 mm) Base Belt Material: 0.059 (1.5 mm) thick, high friction FDA approved urethane, 176F (80C) maximum part temperature. See Specialty Belt 67 for low friction base belt material. Note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (51 mm). Consult Factory.
31
2200 Belt SerieS: GeArMotor MouNtiNG PACkAGeS

GeARMOTOR MOuNTiNG PACkAGe & GeARMOTOR SeleCTiON STePS
Step 1:
Select a Gearmotor Mounting Package. For End drive conveyors, select a side, bottom, top, flush or gang drive mount (pages 34-38). If a Center Drive conveyor is being outfitted, refer to the Center Drive section pages 39-40. Be sure to note if it is for a 90 or Parallel Shaft Gearmotor. Using Belt Speed and load Requirements, determine the required Gearmotor Type (Light, Heavy or Standard) for your application using the chart below. Find the appropriate set of Belt Speed Charts (pages 35, 36 and 38) for the Mounting Package you selected and choose between the Fixed or Variable Speed chart. Go down the first column of the Belt Speed Chart and locate the required Belt Speed for your application. If the desired belt speed is not listed, round up to the next higher speed.
(Dorner offers much more than just the belt speeds listed in the tables, contact the factory for complete details)
Step 2: Step 3: Step 4:
From the row containing your required Belt Speed, check to be sure that speed is available for the Mount Package you chose. (End Drive Only - Top, Bottom or Side) Use the Drive / Driven Pulley Kit combination to complete your Mounting Package Part Number
100 (45.5) 10 (4.5) 20 (9.1) standard Load Heavy Load 0-15 (0-4.6) 16-30 (4.9-9.1) 31-45 (9.5-13.7) Belt speed - ft/min (m/min) 46-60 (14-18.3) 61-75 (18.6-22.9) 76-90 (23.2-27.4) 91-110 (27.7-33.5) 111-130 (33.8-39.6) 131-150 (39.9-45.7) 151-175 (46-53.4) 176-200 (53.7-61) 201-225 (61.3-68.6) 226-250 (68.9-76.2) 251-275 (76.5-83.8) 120 (54.5) 30 (13.6) 40 (18.2) 50 (22.7) 60 (27.3) 70 (31.8) 80 (36.4) 90 (40.9) 110 (50)
Note the RPM from Gearmotor, it will be needed to select the correct Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Chart. Reference the Gearmotor Chart # to locate a compatible Gearmotor Chart on pages 44-49. Be sure to select a Gearmotor Chart to match your Gearmotor Type (Light, Standard or Heavy) and your Mounting Package while meeting your electrical requirements. (Red = Parallel Shaft or Blue = 90) Using the RPM from Gearmotor (Step 6), locate the Part Number for your Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Table.
GeArmotor tyPe Light Load
Conveyor Load - Lbs (Kg)
Step 8:
Step 9:
32
2200 Belt SerieS: eND Drive MouNtiNG PACkAGeS

Side Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
9.2 (234) 5.2 (132) 6.8 (172) w 2.2 (56)
14.3 (362) 5.3 (133)
1.6 (41)
Standard load gearmotors only Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, coupling, coupling guard and mounting hardware Bottom Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
2.0 (52) 0.3 (8) w 0.7 (17) A B
W = Conveyor Belt Width
9.2 (234)
3.4 (87)
4.5 (115)
0.7 (17)
A: Standard Load Flat Belt Standard Load Cleated Belt Heavy Load Flat Belt Heavy Load Cleated Belt
= 5.2 (132) = 7.9 (199) = 7.9 (199) = 7.9 (199)
B: Standard Load Flat Belt Standard Load Cleated Belt Heavy Load Flat Belt Heavy Load Cleated Belt
= 14.6 (371) = 14.6 (371) = 15.6 (395) = 15.6 (395)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt and pulleys, guard cover and mounting hardware Top Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
3.4 (87) 2.0(52) B C 0.3(8) 1.8(46) w A 4.5 (115)
0.7(17)
A: Standard Load Heavy Load
= 3.8 (96) = 3.4 (86)
B: Standard Load Heavy Load
= 14.6 (371) = 15.6 (395)
C: Standard Load Heavy Load
= 11.1 (283) = 11.8 (301)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt and pulleys, guard cover and mounting hardware 90 Standard load Gearmotor location Options
Notes: Position 1 recommended Vertical positions 2 and 4 may require additional stabilizing bracket
Note: Conveyor and gearmotor are not included in the mounting package and must be ordered separately. Dimensions = in (mm)
Consult factory for details
33
2200 Belt SerieS: eND Drive MouNtiNG PACkAGeS

Side Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
2.1 (52) A 3.2 (81)
w
1.7 (44)
6.1 (155) 3.2 (81) 0.6 (15)
A:
Light Load, Fixed Speed and VFD Variable Speed = 4.6 (117) Light Load, DC Variable = 6.7 (170) Light Load CE Fixed Speed = 7.2 (183)
light load gearmotors only Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, coupling, coupling guard and mounting hardware Bottom Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
2.3 (59) 0.6 (16) 3.7 (94) A B 6.4 (163) d
2.6 (67)
0.6 (16)
A: Light Load Flat Belt Light Load Cleated Belt Standard Load Flat Belt Standard Load Cleated Belt B: Light Load Flat Belt Light Load Cleated Belt Standard Load Flat Belt Standard Load Cleated Belt
= 6.9 (175) = 8.9 (226) = 9.2 (234) = 9.2 (234) = 6.2 (158) = 8.3 (211) = 8.5 (216) = 10.3 (262)
C: Light Load, Fixed Speed and VFD Variable Speed Light Load, DC Variable Speed Standard Load D: Light Load Flat Belt Light Load Cleated Belt Standard Load Flat Belt Standard Load Cleated Belt
= 4.6 (117) = 6.7 (170) = 10.5 (267) = 6.1 (155) = 5.6 (142) = 4.6 (116) = 4.6 (116)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt and pulleys, guard cover and mounting hardware Top Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
C 2.6 (67)
B 1.8 (46) 2.3 (59) w
6.1 (155)
d 0.6 (16)
A: Light Load Standard Load B: Light Load Standard Load
= 8.9 (226) = 9.2 (234) = 3.3 (84) = 4.3 (110)
C: Light Load, Fixed Speed and VFD Variable Speed Light Load, DC Variable Speed Standard Load D: Light Load Standard Load
= 4.6 (117) = 6.7 (170) = 10.5 (267) = 5.6 (142) = 4.6 (116)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt and pulleys, guard cover and mounting hardware
34
2200 Belt SerieS: eND Drive Belt SPeeD ChArtS

Refer to the Gearmotor Selection Steps on page 32 for instructions on using the Belt Speed Charts.
Fixed Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 2 3 5 6 10 13 15 15 16 21 24 29 30 35 48 55 61 95 104 121 138 176 208 242 264 RPM From m/min Gearmotor 0.6 0.9 1.5 1.8 3.0 4.0 4.6 4.6 4.9 6.4 7.3 8.8 9.1 10.7 14.6 16.8 18.6 29.0 31.7 36.9 42.1 53.6 63.4 73.8 80.5 10 10 10 29 29 42 42 43 29 42 43 42 86 100 86 100 173 173 173 345 345 345 345 345 345 Mount Package Top & Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 22 28 44 19 28 28 28 28 44 32 44 44 28 28 44 44 28 44 48 28 32 32 48 44 48 Driven Pulley 32 28 22 32 28 32 28 28 28 22 28 22 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 22 28 22 22 Gearmotor Chart # Light Load Std. Load Heavy Load
Variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min .4 - 3.4 .6 - 5 .6 - 6 m/min .1 - 1.0 .2 - 1.5 .2 - 1.8 .3 - 3.1 .5 - 4.5 .5 - 4.6 .8 - 6.7 .8 - 7 1.1 - 9 .9 - 9.2 1.6 - 13 1.8 - 15 1.8 - 18 2.8 - 23 3.2 -- 27 3.2 - 32 3.7 - 37 5 - 42 6.4 - 54 8.1 - 81 10 - 84 RPM From Gearmotor 14 14 29 29 42 43 63 42 83 86 125 139 173 139 250 173 345 250 500 345 500 Mount Package Top & Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 22 28 19 28 28 28 28 44 28 28 28 28 28 44 28 48 28 44 28 48 44 Driven Pulley 32 28 32 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 22 28 Gearmotor Chart # Light Load Std. Load Heavy Load
5 5 5 4 4, 5 1 1 4 4, 5 1 4 1 4, 5 1 4, 5 1 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13
10 10 8 8, 11 3 7, 10 9 8 3 8 11 8, 11 7, 10 3 8, 11 3 7, 10 8, 11 8, 11 7, 10 7, 10 8, 11 7, 10 14 15, 16 15, 16 14 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 15, 16 14 15, 16 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 14
1 - 10 1.8 - 14 1.5 - 15 2.6 - 22 2.8 - 23 3.5 - 29 3 - 30 5.3 - 44 6 - 49 6 - 60 9 - 77 10 - 88 10 - 104 12 - 121 17 - 138 21 - 176 26 - 264 33 - 276
RPM from CE/50 Hz gearmotors VFD drive at 63 Max. Hz. output

2.4 - 6 4.1 -10 6 - 15 12 - 31 25 - 62 39 - 97 49 - 124 77 - 195 107-270 .7 - 1.9 1.2 - 3.1 1.9 - 4.7 3.7 - 9.4 7.5 - 19 12 - 30 15 - 38 23 - 59 33 - 82 23* 23* 35* 70* 140* 140* 280* 280* 280* x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 19 28 28 28 28 44 28 44 48 32 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 22
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz
5 8 12 19 21 25 39 49 50 77 96 112 143 169 197 214 1.5 2.4 3.7 5.8 6.4 7.6 11.9 14.9 15.2 23.5 29.3 34.1 43.6 51.5 60.0 65.2 23* 23* 35* 35* 41* 70* 70* 140* 144* 140* 280* 280* 280* 280* 280* 280* x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 19 28 28 44 32 28 44 28 28 44 28 32 32 48 44 48 32 28 28 28 22 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 22 28 22 22
6 6 6 2 6 6 6 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Note: Nose Bar transfers operate at maximum 77 ft/min (23.5 m/min) belt speed Red = Parallel Shaft, Blue = 90
268
81.7
280*
60
22
35
2200 Belt SerieS: FluSh BottoM MouNtiNG PACkAGeS

Flush Bottom Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
Standard load
2.0 (51) 0.3 (9) w A 6.3 (161) 4.8 (122) A: flat Belt = 3.9 (98) Cleated Belt = 5.7 (145) 0.5 (13) 9.1 (232) 5.5 (138) 6.3 9.3 (161) 4.8 (237) (123) 0.5 (13)
light load
2.0 (51)
0.3 (9) w
9.1 (232)
2.6 (67)
Flush Bottom Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor

Standard load
2.0 (51) 0.3 (9) w
heavy load
2.0 (51) 0.3 (9) w
9.1 (232)
A 9.1 (232) 4.8 (123) 3.4 (86) A: flat Belt = 5.8 (148) Cleated Belt = 8.5 (216) 0.5(13) 3.4 (86) A 11.0 (279) 4.8 (123) A: flat Belt = 5.8 (148) Cleated Belt = 8.5 (216) 0.5 (13)
Fixed Speed
RPM From Drive Driven Light Standard Ft/min m/min Gearmotor Pulley Pulley Load Load Belt Speed Pulley Kit Gearmotor Chart # Heavy Load
Variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min m/min Pulley Kit Gearmotor Chart # RPM From Gearmotor Drive Driven Light Standard Heavy Pulley Pulley Load Load Load
5.9 10.1 18 28 25
1.8 3.1 5.4 8.5 7.8 12.3 12.7 16.9 25.4 32.3 50.8 64.6
10 10 29 29 42 42 43 58 86 173 173 345
28 48 28 44 28 44 44 44 44 28 44 28
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 1 1
5 5 4, 5 4, 5 12, 13 12, 13
1.6 - 13 2.8 - 28 3.1 - 26 4.8 - 40 4.2 - 42 7 - 60
.5 - 4.1 .8 - 8.5 .9 - 7.8 1.5 - 12 1.3 - 13 2.2 - 18 2.9 - 25 2.5 - 25 4.4 - 37 3 - 26 5 - 50 6 - 65 9 - 74
14 29 42 42 43 63 83 86 125 139 173 345 250
44 44 28 44 44 44 44 44 44 28 44 28 44
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 3 3 3
10 8, 11 7, 10 7, 10 8 7 10 8, 11 7, 10 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 14 15, 16 14
Product Applications/uses: Wide product transfers Product stops/escapements Product detection Lift stations Sheet handling
40 41 55 83 106 167 212
4 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5
12, 13
10 - 81 8 - 83
12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13
14 - 121 10 - 85 17 - 177 21 - 212 29 - 241
8, 11 8, 11 7, 10
15, 16 15, 16 14
CE Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz.

14 23 34 25 39 43 67 86 135 172 4.4 6.9 10.3 7.7 12 13.1 20.6 26.2 41.2 52.4 82.4 23 23 35 41 41 70 70 140 140 280 280 28 44 44 28 44 28 44 28 44 28 44 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 2 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
CE Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz.

7 - 18 11 - 28 17 - 43 34 - 85 43 - 108 68 - 170 86 - 216 2.2 - 5 3.4 - 9 5 - 13 10 - 26 13 - 33 21 - 52 26 - 66 23 23 35 70 140 140 280 28 44 44 44 28 44 28 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
36
270
2200 Belt SerieS: GANG Drive MouNtiNG PACkAGeS

1.50 (38)
13.88 (353)
3.38 (86) MIN. 1.25 (32)
50.00 (1270) MAX.
2 3 0.91 (23) 4 Components included with single output shaft assembly. Additional components included with double output shaft assembly.
includes motor mounting bracket, 4 (1219 mm) hex shaft, coupling, shaft guard, support block and support block bracket.
Notes:
Conveyors cannot be secured to bolster plate Order conveyor with gang drive option separately Order gearmotor separately (90 Standard and Heavy Load only) Positions 2 and 3 recommended
ReMiNDeR:
Gang Drive Pulleys require periodic greasing
COMMON DRiVe SeT-uP

includes mounting structure, drive shaft, shaft guard and conveyor mounting hardware. Order gearmotor and gearmotor mounting package separately. Consult factory with conveyor and spacing details. Conveyors are secured to sub-structure at fixed centerline locations.
2200 Series common drive set ups can be customized to your exact specifications, just provide the conveyor widths, lengths, quantity and centerline spacing. Available with top, bottom or side mount packages for standard or heavy load gearmotors. Consult factory with details.
Note: Dimensions = in (mm) Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.
37
2200 Belt SerieS: GANG & CeNter Drive Belt SPeeD ChArtS
GANG DRiVe BelT SPeeD ChARTS
Fixed Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 8 12 12 25 29 49 99 m/min 2.4 3.7 3.7 7.6 8.8 14.9 30.2 RPM From Gearmotor 29 42 43 86 100 173 345 4, 5 4, 5 12, 13 12, 13 4 4, 5 12, 13 12, 13 Gearmotor Chart # Standard Load 4, 5 Heavy Load 12, 13
variable speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 1.4 - 12 2.1 - 18 4.3 - 36 4.8 - 40 9 -71 17 - 143 m/min .4 - 3.6 .7 - 5.4 1.3 - 11 1.5 - 12 2.6 - 22 5.2 - 43 RPM From Gearmotor 42 63 125 139 250 500 7, 10 7, 10 14 14 Gearmotor Chart # Standard Load 7, 10 7 7, 10 Heavy Load 14 14 14
3.3 - 8 1.0 - 2.6 1.5 - 3.8 3.0 - 7.7 6.1 - 15 12.2 - 30 23 35 70 140 280 9 9 9 9 9 5.0 - 13 10 - 25 20 - 50 40 -100
7 10 12 20 40 41 80 2.1 3.0 .3.7 6.1 12.2 12.5 24.4 23 35 41 70 140 144 280 6 6 6 6 6
CeNTeR DRiVe BelT SPeeD ChARTS

Fixed Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 2 3 6 10 15 20 23 30 61 91 121 154 181 208 264 m/min 0.6 0.9 1.8 3.0 4.6 6.1 7.0 9.1 18.6 27.7 36.9 46.9 55.2 63.4 80.5 RPM From Gearmotor 10 10 29 29 43 58 43 86 173 173 345 345 345 345 345 Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 22 32 19 32 32 32 48 32 32 48 32 28 48 48 48 Driven Pulley 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 22 28 28 22 Gearmotor Chart # Standard Load 5 5 4 4, 5 4 5 4 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 11, 12 11, 12 11, 12 11, 12 11, 12 11, 12 11, 12 11, 12 11, 12 11, 12 11, 12 11, 12 Heavy Load
Variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min .4 - 3.4 .6 - 4.9 .7 - 6 1.0 - 9 1.2 - 10 1.8 - 15 1.8 - 15 2.6 - 22 3.5 - 29 3.6 - 30 5.3 - 44 7 - 61 10 - 88 12 - 104 14 - 121 19 32 32 48 32 48 32 48 32 48 48 48 48 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 28 22 19 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 18 - 150 21 - 176 23 - 190 27 - 224 29 - 242 31 - 255 m/min .1 - 1.0 .2 - 1.5 .2 - 1.8 .3 - 2.6 .4 - 3.1 .5 - 4.5 .6 - 4.6 .8 - 6.7 1.1 - 9 1.1 - 9.2 1.6 - 13 2.2 - 18 3.2- 27 3.8 - 32 4.4 - 37 5.5 - 46 6.4 - 54 7 - 58 7.3 - 61 9 - 74 9.3 - 78 RPM From Gearmotor 14 14 29 42 29 42 43 63 83 86 125 173 250 173 345 250 500 345 500 345 500 Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 22 32 19 19 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 48 32 48 32 44 28 44 32 Driven Pulley 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 28 32 28 32 28 22 22 22 Gearmotor Chart # Standard Load 10 10 8 7, 10 8, 11 7, 10 8 7 10 8, 11 7, 10 8, 11 7, 10 8, 11 8, 11 7, 10 7, 10 8, 11 7, 10 8, 11 7, 10 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 15, 16 14 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 Heavy Load
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz.

5 8 12 18 25 37 49 74 98 148 169 214 248 1.5 2.4 3.7 5.5 7.6 11.3 14.9 22.6 29.9 45.1 51.5 65.2 75.6 23 23 35 35 70 70 140 140 280 280 280 280 280
RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors, VFD drive at 63 max. Hz. output.

2.4 - 6 4.1 - 10 6 - 16 12 - 31 24 - 62 37 - 93 49 - 124 74 - 186 98 - 248 .7 - 1.9 1.2 - 3.1 1.6 - 4.7 3.7 - 9.4 7.5 - 19 11 - 28 15 - 38 22 - 57 30 - 76 23 23 35 70 140 140 280 280 280 19 32 32 32 32 48 32 48 44 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 22 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Note: Nose Bar transfers operate at maximum 77 ft/min (23.5 m/min) belt speed 38 Red = Parallel Shaft, Blue = 90
2200 Belt SerieS: CeNter Drive MouNtiNG PACkAGeS

TyPe 1 - Vertical Mount
Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
2.2 (55)2.2 (55) W W 4.1 4.1 (103) (103) 10.2 (260) (260) 10.2 0.8 (20)0.8 (20) 2.3 (57)2.3 (57) 2.3 (57)2.3 (57)
TyPe 2 - horizontal Mount

2.2 (55)2.2 (55) W W
0.8 (21)0.8 (21)
5.7 (145) (145) 5.7
7.7 7.7 (197) (197)
90 Gearmotor
0.8 (21) 0.8 (21)
2.2 (55)2.2 (55) W W
90 Gearmotor
2.2 (55)2.2 (55) W W 4.1 4.1 (103) (103)
7.7 (197) (197) 7.7 C C 1 1
3 A A C C 5.8 5.8 (147) (147) B
0.2 (5) 0.2 (5) 5.5 5.5 (139) (139)A: Standard Load = Load (308) (308) A: Standard 12.1 = 12.1 Heavy Load = Load (321) (321) Heavy 12.6 = 12.6 4 B: Standard Load = Load (362) (362) B: Standard 14.3 = 14.3 Heavy Load = Load (391) (391) Heavy 15.4 = 15.4 C: Standard Load = Load = 7.6 (192) C: Standard 7.6 (192) Heavy Load = Load = 8.1 (206) Heavy 8.1 (206)
B A: Standard Load = Load = 7.2 (183) A: Standard 7.2 (183) Heavy Load = Load = 7.7 (196) Heavy 7.7 (196) B: Standard Load = Load (370) (370) B: Standard 14.6 = 14.6 Heavy Load = Load (399) (399) Heavy 15.7 = 15.7 C: Standard Load = Load = 2.6 (67) C: Standard 2.6 (67) Heavy Load = Load = 3.2 (80) Heavy 3.2 (80)
TYPE 2 recommended for tight spaces and allows for easy access to the drive module.
* Gearmotor not included in mounting package, see page 30 for gearmotor ordering information. Dimensions = in (mm)
39
2200 MPB SerieS: GeArMotor MouNtiNG PACkAGeS

GeARMOTOR MOuNTiNG PACkAGe & GeARMOTOR SeleCTiON STePS
Step 1: Step 2: Step 3: Step 4:
Select a Gearmotor Mounting Package. For End drive conveyors, select a side, bottom, top, flush (pages 41-42). Be sure to note if it is for a 90 or Parallel Shaft Gearmotor. Using Belt Speed and load Requirements, determine the required Gearmotor Type (Light, Heavy or Standard) for your application using the chart below. Go to the set of Belt Speed Charts on page 39 and choose between the Fixed or Variable Speed chart. Go down the first column of the Belt Speed Chart and locate the required Belt Speed for your application. If the desired belt speed is not listed, round up to the next higher speed.
From the row containing your required Belt Speed, check to be sure that speed is available for the Mount Package you chose. (End Drive Only - Top, Bottom or Side) Use the Drive / Driven Pulley Kit combination to complete your Mounting Package Part Number
100 (45.5) 10 (4.5) 20 (9.1) standard Load Heavy Load 0-15 (0-4.6) 16-30 (4.9-9.1) 31-45 (9.5-13.7) Belt speed - ft/min (m/min) 46-60 (14-18.3) 61-75 (18.6-22.9) 76-90 (23.2-27.4) 91-110 (27.7-33.5) 111-130 (33.8-39.6) 131-150 (39.9-45.7) 151-175 (46-53.4) 176-200 (53.7-61) 201-225 (61.3-68.6) 226-250 (68.9-76.2) 251-275 (76.5-83.8) 120 (54.5) 30 (13.6) 40 (18.2) 50 (22.7) 60 (27.3) 70 (31.8) 80 (36.4) 90 (40.9) 110 (50)
Note the RPM from Gearmotor, it will be needed to select the correct Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Chart. Reference the Gearmotor Chart # to locate a compatible Gearmotor Chart on pages 45-49. Be sure to select a Gearmotor Chart to match your Gearmotor Type (Light, Standard or Heavy) and your Mounting Package while meeting your electrical requirements. (Red = Parallel Shaft or Blue = 90) Using the RPM from Gearmotor (Step 6), locate the Part Number for your Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Table.
GeArmotor tyPe Light Load
Conveyor Load - Lbs (Kg)
Step 8:
Step 9:
40

Top Mount Package, Standard load, 90
A: Flat Belt = 9.13 (232) Cleated Belt = 12.69 (322)
A
B 4.85 (123)
B: Flat Belt = 3.17 (81) Cleated Belt = 4.37 (111) C: Flat Belt = 2.74 (69) Cleated Belt = 3.48 (88)
Uses gearmotor type: S Bottom Mount Package, Standard load, 90

B
B: Flat Belt = 8.46 (215) Cleated Belt = 9.73 (247)

4.85 (123)
Uses gearmotor type: S Side Mount Package, Standard load, 90
C: Flat Belt = 2.74 (69) Cleated Belt = 3.48 (88)
5.60 (142) w
Uses gearmotor type: S Top Mount Package, heavy load, 90
5.25 (133) 0.91 (23)

A
B 4.85 (123)
B: Flat Belt = 2.78 (71) Cleated Belt = 4.05 (103) C: Flat Belt = 2.74 (69) Cleated Belt = 3.48 (88)
Uses gearmotor type: h

C
Bottom Mount Package, heavy load, 90

C
w B 4.85 (123)
A: Flat Belt = 9.13 (232) Cleated Belt = 12.69 (322) B: Flat Belt = 8.46 (215) Cleated Belt = 9.73 (247) C: Flat Belt = 2.74 (69) Cleated Belt = 3.48 (88)
Uses gearmotor type: h 90 Gearmotor location Options

2
2.48 (63)
Notes:
3 3 1
Position 1 recommended Vertical positions 2 and 4 may require additional stabilizing bracket. Consult factory for details. Heavy load bottom drive cannot be mounted in Position 4
Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
41

Top Mount Package, light load, Parallel Shaft
1.88 (48) 0.15 (4) A 3.40 (86) 8.85 (225) 2.72 (69) 6.11 5.63 (155) (143)
Flat Belt Models Only
2.58 (66)
A:
Fixed Speed and VFD Variable Speed = 4.61 (117) DC Variable Speed = 6.69 (170)
Uses gearmotor type: l = Fixed Speed V = Variable Speed
Bottom Mount Package, light load, Parallel Shaft

2.58 (66)
0.03 (1) 5.09 (129) 6.11 5.63 (155) (143)
Flat Belt Models Only
8.85 (225)
3.40 (86) 0.15 (4) 1.88 (48) A
A:
Fixed Speed and VFD Variable Speed = 4.61 (117) DC Variable Speed = 6.69 (170)
Side Mount Package, light load, Parallel Shaft
2.1 (52) A 3.2 (81)
w
1.7 (44)
6.1 (155) 3.2 (81) 0.6 (15)
A: Fixed Speed and VFD Variable Speed = 4.61 (117) DC Variable Speed = 6.69 (170)
Top Mount Package, Standard load, Parallel Shaft
A:
A 6.35 (161) 4.85 (123) C w B
Flat Belt = 9.19 (234) Cleated Belt = 12.69 (322) Flat Belt = 3.29 (84) Cleated Belt = 5.09 (129) Flat Belt = 2.74 (69) Cleated Belt = 3.48 (88)
B: C:
Uses gearmotor type: S
Bottom Mount Package, Standard load, Parallel Shaft

C w
B A 6.35 (161) 4.85 (123)
A: B: C:
Flat Belt = 9.19 (234) Cleated Belt = 12.69 (322) Flat Belt = 5.66 (144) Cleated Belt = 7.47 (190) Flat Belt = 2.74 (69) Cleated Belt = 3.48 (88)
Uses gearmotor type: S
42
2200 MPB SerieS: Belt SPeeD ChArtS

Fixed Speed
RPM From Ft/min m/min Gearmotor 4.5 6.5 13 20 25 28 29 39 44 45 57 59 1.4 2 4.1 6.0 7.5 8.6 8.9 11.9 13.4 13.6 17.3 17.9 10 10 29 29 42 42 43 58 43 42 42 86 Belt Speed Mount Package Top & Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side Pulley Kit Drive Driven Pulley Pulley 22 28 22 28 28 28 28 28 48 44 44 28 32 28 32 28 32 28 28 28 32 28 22 28 1 1 4, 5 12, 13 1 1 4 5 4 12, 13 12, 13 Gearmotor Chart # Light Load Standard Load 5 5 4, 5 4, 5 12, 13 12, 13 Heavy Load
Variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 1.1 - 9 1.3 - 13.4 2.0 - 19 2.3 - 19 3.4 - 28 2.9 - 29 5.1 - 42 5.3 - 44 6.8 - 57 5.9 - 59 10 - 85 11 - 94 11 - 117 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 22 28 28 28 28 48 44 28 44 44 32 28 28 32 28 32 28 28 22 32 2 6 2 6 2 2 6 6 6 6 15 - 127 11 - 148 20 - 170 17 - 175 23 - 234 31 - 255 m/min 0.3 - 2.9 .4 - 4.1 .9 - 5.9 .7 - 5.9 1 - 8.6 .9 - 8.9 1.6 - 12.9 1.6 - 13 2.1 - 17 1.8 -18 3 - 26 3.5 - 28 3.6 - 36 4.7 - 39 5 - 45 6 - 52 5.4 - 54 7.1 - 71 9 - 77 Mount Package Pulley Kit RPM From Gearmotor Top & Side Drive Driven Pulley Pulley Bottom 14 29 29 42 42 43 63 42 83 86 125 139 173 125 139 250 173 345 250 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 28 22 28 22 28 28 28 44 28 28 28 28 28 48 44 28 48 28 48 28 32 28 32 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 32 28 28 32 28 32 3 7, 10 8, 11 8, 11 7, 10 14 15, 16 15, 16 14 3 8, 11 7, 10 15, 16 14 3 3 3 Gearmotor Chart # Light Load Standard Load 10 8, 11 8, 11 7, 10 7, 10 8 7 7, 10 10 8, 11 7, 10 15, 16 14 15, 16 15, 16 14 14 15, 16 14 14 Heavy Load
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz.

11 16 24 24 28 36 44 48 56 65 3.3 4.8 7.4 7.4 8.5 10.9 13.3 14.5 16.9 19.9 23 23 35 41 41 35 41 70 41 70
RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors. VFD drive at 63 max. Hz. output.

5.4 - 13.7 7.9 - 20 11.9 - 30 24 - 60 36 - 90 48 - 120 71 - 180 95 - 240 1.7 - 4.2 2.4 - 6.1 3.6 - 9.1 7.2 - 18 11 - 27 14 - 36 22 - 55 29 - 73 23 23 35 70 70 140 140 280 x x x x x x x x x x x x x 22 28 28 28 48 28 48 28 32 28 28 28 32 28 32 28 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Note: Red = Parallel Shaft, Blue = 90
43
2200 SerieS: GeArMotorS

GeARMOTOR SeleCTiON STePS Refer to page 32 and 40 for instructions on Selecting a Gearmotor Mounting Package and Gearmotor. 2200 Belt
GeARMOTOR TyPe light load 30 (13.6) 40 (18.2) 50 (22.7) 60 (27.3) 70 (31.8) 80 (36.4) 90 (40.9) 10 (4.5) 20 (9.1) Standard load heavy load 0-15 (0-4.6) 16-30 (4.9-9.1) Belt Speed - Ft/min (m/min) 46-60 (14-18.3) 61-75 (18.6-22.9) 76-90 (23.2-27.4) 91-110 (27.7-33.5) 111-130 (33.8-39.6) 131-150 (39.9-45.7) 151-175 (46-53.4) 176-200 (53.7-61) 201-225 (61.3-68.6) 226-250 (68.9-76.2) 251-275 (76.5-83.8) Belt speed - ft/min (m/min) 31-45 (9.5-13.7) Conveyor load - lbs (kg) 100 (45.5) 120 (54.5) 110 (50)
2200 MPB
GeARMOTOR TyPe light load 25 (11.4) 50 (22.7) heavy load 0-15 (0-4.6) 16-30 (4.6-9.1) 31-45 (9.5-13.7) 46-60 (14-18.3) 61-75 (18.6-22.9) 76-90 (23.2-27.4) 91-110 (27.7-33.5) 111-130 (33.8-39.6) 131-150 (39.9-45.7) 151-175 (46-53.4) 176-200 (53.7-61) 201-225 (61.3-68.6) 226-250 (68.9-76.2) 10 (4.5) Standard load 75 (34.1)
Conveyor load - lbs (kg)
100 (45.5)
125 (68.2)
GeARMOTOR ACCeSSORieS
90 Gearmotor heat Sink
Reduces gear head surface temperature by up to 50F (10C)

2.80 (71) 5.43 (138) 5.25 (133)
Compatible with Standard and Heavy Load 90 gearmotors Black anodized aluminum
Part Number 694025
Description 90 Gearmotor Heat Sink
44
150 (58.2)

liGhT lOAD, FixeD SPeeD
Chart 1 Parallel Shaft
4.1 (105) 2.9 (75)
Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Includes switch, cord and overload protection on 1 Phase unit
115V, 1 Phase 230V, 3 Phase Non-reversing 60 Hz
8.0 (202) 5.0 (126)
5.7 (145) 3.2 (80) 3.2 (80)
1.0 (25) 1.3 (32) 5.0 (128)
Part Number 62M036PL4(vp)F(N) 62M015PL4(vp)F(N)
RPM 42 100
Gearmotor Type L L
Hp 0.03 0.03
kW 0.025 0.025
1 Phase FLA 0.46 0.46 in.-lbs. 26 12 Nm 2.9 1.4 FLA 0.22 0.22
3 Phase in.-lbs. 37 16.8 Nm 4.2 1.9
Starter Chart H H
(vp) = Voltage and Phase 11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 230V, 3 phase (n) = Reversing capability N = No reversing switch R = With reversing switch
Chart 2
Parallel Shaft
5.2 (133) 8.8 (224) 2.5 (63) 1.0 (25) 3.2 (80) 12 mm
Totally enclosed, fan cooled 50 Hz IP44 protection rating Order starter separately, see page 51 Non-reversing
Part Number 62Z028PL421FN 62Z028PL4(vp)FN 62Z008PL421FN 62Z008PL4(vp)FN RPM 41 41 144 144 Gearmotor Type L L L L 1Ph kW 0.022 n/a 0.022 n/a 1 Ph FLA 0.31 n/a 0.31 n/a 3Ph kW n/a 0.020 n/a 0.020
3 Ph FLA n/a 0.22 / 0.13 n/a 0.22 / 0.13
Nm 2.6 3.5 0.9 1.2
3 Phase Starter Chart H H H H
(vp) = Voltage and Phase 23 = 230V, 3 phase 43 = 400V, 3 phase
Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive.
liGhT lOAD, VARiABle SPeeD

300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see page 50
3.4 (86) 1.7 (43) 1.0 (25) 3.4 (86) .5 2.4 (61) 9.4 (238) 1.6 (40) 2.9 (73)
130 Volts DC Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, non-ventilated

Part Number 62M060PLD3DEN 62M018PLD3DEN RPM 42 139
Gearmotor Type V V
Hp 0.06 0.06
kW 0.04 0.04
FLA 0.48 0.48
in.-lbs. 65 21
Nm 7.3 2.4
Vari - Speed Control Chart A A
Chart 18
Parallel Shaft
4.1 (105) 2.9 (75) 8.0 (202) 5.0 (126)
VFD Variable Speed 230V, 3 Phase, 10 to 60 Hz Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Order controller separately, see page 50
Part Number 62M036PL423EN 62M015PL423EN RPM 42 100 Gearmotor Type L L Hp 0.03 0.03 kW 0.025 0.025 FLA 0.22 0.22
5.7 (145) 3.2 (80) 3.2 (80)
1.0 (25) 1.3 (32) 5.0 (128)
in.-lbs. 37 16.8
Nm 4.2 1.9
Vari - Speed Control Chart E E
FlA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
45

STANDARD lOAD, FixeD SPeeD
Chart 4 90
14.3 (362) 6.6 (168) 6.5 (164) 1.4 (35) 2.8 5.2 (70) (133) 2.9 1.3 (74) (34) 2.2 (56) 5.3 (133)
Sealed gearmotor NEMA 42 CZ C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 208-230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 51
Part Number 32M060HL4(vp)F(n) 32M040HL4(vp)F(n) 32M020HL4(vp)F(n) 32M010HL4(vp)F(n) 32M005HL4(vp)F(n) (vp) = Voltage and Phase (n) = Reversing Capability RPM 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type S S S S S 1 Phase Hp 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 kW 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 FLA 5 5 5 5 5
5.3 (133)
3 Phase Hp 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 kW 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 FLA 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6
in.-lbs. 226 237 142 78 41
Nm 25.5 26.8 16.0 8.8 4.6
3 Phase Starter Chart L L L L L
11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 208 - 230 / 460V, 3 phase N = No reversing switch R = With reversing switch (115V, 1 phase only)
Chart 5
Parallel Shaft
1.49 (38) 4.75 (121) 2.39 (61) 2.04 (52) .75 2.62 (67) 2.00 (51) 11.00 (281) 4.75 (121)
Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 51
Part Number 62M180PS4(vp)F(n) 62M060PS4(vp)F(n) 62M030PS4(vp)F(n) 62M020PS4(vp)F(n) 62M010PS4(vp)F(n) 62M005PS4(vp)F(n) RPM 10 29 58 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type S S S S S S 1 Phase Hp 0.08 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 kW 0.06 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 FLA 1.2 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 in.-lbs. 341 270 135 90 45 25
6.73 (171)
3 Phase Hp 0.17 0.17 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 kW 0.13 0.13 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 FLA 1.0 / 0.5 1.0 / 0.5 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95 in.-lbs. 341 270 250 167 115 58
Nm 38.5 30.5 15.3 10.2 5.1 2.8
3 Phase Starter Chart L L M M M M
(vp) = Voltage and Phase 11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 230/460V, 3 phase (n) = Reversing Capability N = No reversing switch R = With reversing switch (115V, 1 phase only)
Chart 6
90
Non-reversing 50 Hz Order starter separately, see page 51
6.6 (168) 5.5 (140) 5.7 (144) 2.8 (70) 1.4 (35) 13.4 (339) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 4.9 (124)
Sealed gearmotor IEC 63 B5 C Face IP 55 protection rating Totally enclosed, fan cooled
Part Number 62Z060HS4(vp)FN 62Z040HS4(vp)FN 62Z020HS4(vp)FN 62Z010HS4(vp)FN 62Z005HS4(vp)FN RPM 23 35 70 140 280
Gearmotor Type S S S S S
1Ph kW 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
1 Ph FLA 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
3 Ph kW 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
3 Ph FLA 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8
Nm 26.4 28.9 19.4 10.7 5.6
Starter Chart I I I I I
(vp) = Voltage and Phase 21 = 230V, 1 phase 23 = 230V, 3 phase 43 = 400V, 3 phase FlA = Full Load Amperes
46
Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)

STANDARD lOAD, VARiABle SPeeD
Chart 7 90
1.4 (35)
5.3 (135) 5.0 (127) 14.5 (368) 5.3 (133) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 4.8 (122)
130 Volts DC Sealed gearmotor NEMA 42 CZ C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see page 50
Part Number 22M060HSD3DEN 22M040HSD3DEN 22M020HSD3DEN 22M010HSD3DEN 22M005HSD3DEN RPM 42 63 125 250 500 Gearmotor Type S S S S S Hp 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33
kW 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
FLA 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
in.-lbs. 198 163 98 54 28
Nm 22.4 18.4 11.1 6.1 3.2
Vari-Speed Control Chart A A A A A
Chart 8
90
12.9 (327) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 7.6 (194) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
Variable frequency drive, 6 - 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56C C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/460 Volts, 3 phase Order controller separately, see page 50
Part Number 32M060HL423EN 32M040HL423EN 32M020HL423EN 32M010HL423EN 32M005HL423EN RPM 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type S S S S S Hp 0.5** 0.5** 0.5** 0.5** 0.5** kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
FLA 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97
in.-lbs. 226 237 142 78 41
Nm* 25.5 86.8 16.0 8.8 4.6
Vari-Speed Control Chart D and E D and E D and E D and E D and E
* = At 60 Hz ** = Motor de-rated to 0.25 Hp for full torque throughout speed range.
Chart 9
90
7.4 (187) 6.3 (160) 6.3 (160) 1.4 (35) 14.5 (368)
Variable frequency drive, 25-63 Hz Sealed gearmotor IEC 63 B5 C Face IP 55 protection rating Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/400 Volts, 3 phase Order controller separately, see page 50
Part Number 62Z060HS423EN 62Z040HS423EN 62Z020HS423EN 62Z010HS423EN 62Z005HS423EN * = At 50 Hz RPM 23 35 70 140 280 Gearmotor Type S S S S S 3 Ph kW 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
5.9 (149)
5.4 (137)
3 Ph FLA 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Nm* 26.4 28.9 19.4 10.7 5.6
Vari-Speed Control Chart B B B B B
Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
FlA = Full Load Amperes
47

STANDARD lOAD, VARiABle SPeeD
12.5 (318) 2.0 (51) 1.5 (37) 4.8 (121) 4.3 (108) .75
130 Volts DC Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see page 50
Part Number 62M180PSD3DEN 62M060PSD3DEN 62M030PSD3DEN 62M020PSD3DEN 62M010PSD3DEN 62M005PSD3DEN RPM 14 42 83 125 250 500 Gearmotor Type S S S S S S Hp 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.33 0.25 kW 0.09 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.25 0.19
2.4 (62) 4.9 (124)
FLA 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.3 1.8
in.-lbs. 341 270 135 90 72 25
Nm 38.5 30.5 15.3 10.2 8.1 2.8
Vari - Speed Control Chart A A A A A A
Chart 11
Parallel Shaft
1.49 (38) 4.75 (121) 2.39 (61) 2.04 (52) .75 2.62 (67) 2.00 (51) 11.00 (281) 4.75 (121)
Variable frequency drive, 10 to 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/460 Volts / 3 Phase, VFD duty Order controller separately, see page 50
Part Number 62M180PS423EN 62M060PS423EN 62M030PS423EN 62M020PS423EN 62M010PS423EN 62M005PS423EN * = At 60 Hz RPM* 10 29 58 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type S S S S S S Hp 0.17 0.17 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 kW 0.13 0.13 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28
6.73 (171)
FLA 1.0 / 0.5 1.0 / 0.5 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95
in.-lbs. 341 270 250 167 115 58
Nm 38.5 30.5 28.3 18.9 13.0 6.5
Vari - Speed Control Chart D and E D and E D and E D and E D and E D and E
heAVy lOAD, FixeD SPeeD

Chart 12 90
7.7 (196) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 2.9 1.3 (74) (34) 15.2 (386) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.8 (70) 6.2 (157)
Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56 C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 208-230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 51
Part Number 32M060HS4(vp)F(n) 32M040HS4(vp)F(n) 32M020HS4(vp)F(n) 32M010HS4(vp)F(n) 32M005HS4(vp)F(n) (vp) = Voltage and Phase (n) = Reversing Capability RPM 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type H H H H H 1 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 FLA 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1.4 (35) 7.7 (196)
3 Phase kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 FLA 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0
in.-lbs. 226 247 248 156 81
Nm 25.5 27.9 27.9 17.6 9.1
3 Phase Starter Chart M M M M M
11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 208 - 230 / 460V, 3 phase N = No reversing switch R = With reversing switch (115V, 1 phase only) Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
48

heAVy lOAD, FixeD SPeeD
Chart 13 90 Air Gearmotor
6.6 (168) 3.3 (84) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 10.5 (267) 5.9 (149)
Sealed gearmotor Nema 56 C Face Non-reversing Includes muffler, filter, regulator and lubricator
Part Number 62M060HH000FN 62M040HH000FN 62M020HH000FN 62M010HH000FN 62M005HH000FN RPM** 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type H H H H H
2.2 (56)
6.5 (165)
Hp* 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
in.-lbs.** 226 247 248 156 81
Nm** 25.5 27.9 27.9 17.6 9.1
* = At 40 PSI (2,8 bar) line pressure ** = At 1725 RPM from motor, 25 CFM
heAVy lOAD, VARiABle SPeeD

Chart 14 90
7.7 (195) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 2.6 (67) 14.6 (372)
90V DC Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56 C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see page 50
Part Number 32M060HSD9DEN 32M040HSD9DEN 32M020HSD9DEN 62M010HHD9DEN 62M005HHD9DEN RPM 42 63 125 250 500 Gearmotor Type H H H H H Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.75 0.75
2.2 (56) 6.6 (168) 2.9 (74)
5.9 (149)
5.2 (131) 1.3 (34)
kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.50 0.50
FLA 5.0 5.0 5.0 7.5 7.5
in.-lbs. 198 215 196 108 56
Nm 22.4 24.3 22.1 12.2 6.3
Vari - Speed Control Chart C C C C C
Chart 15
90
7.9 (201) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 3.1 (79) 5.9 (149) 14.4 (365)
Variable frequency drive, 6 - 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56 C Face Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 230/460 Volts, 3 Phase Order controller separately, see page 50
Part Number 32M060HS423EN 32M040HS423EN 32M020HS423EN 32M010HS423EN 32M005HS423EN * = At 60 Hz RPM* 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type H H H H H 3 Ph Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3 Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
6.1 (155)
3 Ph FLA 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8
in.-lbs.* 226 247 248 156 81
Nm* 25.5 27.9 27.9 17.6 9.1
Vari - Speed Control Chart D and E D and E D and E D and E D and E
FlA = Full Load Amperes Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
49
2200 SerieS: vAriABle SPeeD CoNtrollerS

VARiABle SPeeD CONTROlleRS
Chart A
PWM DC control Nema 1 enclosure Line cord and motor cord On/Off switch for 62MD1134 Forward/Off/Reverse switch for 62MD1134R Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware Part Number 62MD1134 62MD1134R Input Volts 115 115 Input Phase 1 1
62md1134
7.1 (181) 5.3 (133) 4.5 (114) 4.6 (116) 7.1 (180) 5.3 (135)
62md1134r
5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
3.9 (100)
* = See FLA from motor charts
Input Hz 60 60
Output Volts 130VDC 130VDC

6.3 (160) 5.9 (150)
Max Amps* 3.2 5.0
Reversing No Yes
Chart B
VFD control IP 65 enclosure EMC filter Mounting hardware Part Number 62UV2121 62UV4341 Variable speed Motor cord only on 460V Line cord and motor cord
4.5 (114)
8.0 (203)
10.5 (268)
Input Volts 230 400
Input Phase 1 3
Input Hz 50 50
Output Volts 230 400
Output Phase 3 3
Max Kw* 0.75 0.75
Max Amps 4.2 2.1
Reversing Yes Yes
Chart C
PWM DC control NEMA 1 enclosure Line cord and motor cord On/Off switch for 62MD1192 & 62MD1193 Forward/Off/Reverse switch for 62MD1192R & 62MD1193R Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware Part Number 62MD1192 62MD1192R 62MD1193 62MD1193R Input Volts 115 115 115 115 Input Phase 1 1 1 1
62MD1192 & 62MD1192R

7.1 (180) 5.3 (135) 5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
62MD1193 & 62MD1193R

5.5 (140) 4.1 (105)
8.3 (210)
10.0 (254)
Input Hz 60 60 60 60
6.3 (160) 5.9 (150)
Output Volts 90VDC 90VDC 90VDC 90VDC
Max Amps* 5.0 5.0 7.5 7.5
Reversing No Yes No Yes
Chart D
Full feature VFD control NEMA 4 enclosure Digital display Keypad with Start/Stop, Forward/Reverse and speed variations Part Number 32MV1122 32MV2122 32MV1121 32MV2121 32MV2127 32MV2322 32MV2327 32MV4341 32MV4347 Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others 32MV1122 includes line cord to controller Mounting hardware
4.5 (114)
8.0 (203)
10.5 (268)
Input Volts 115 230 115 230 230 230 230 460 460
Input Phase 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3
Input Hz 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
Output Volts 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 460 460
Output Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Max Hp 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.5 2.0 1.0 2.0
Output Amps* 2.2 2.2 4.0 4.0 6.8 2.2 6.8 2.0 3.4
Reversing Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
50
2200 SerieS: MANuAl Motor StArterS

VARiABle SPeeD CONTROlleRS
Chart e
VFD control Nema 1 enclosure Line cord and motor cord On/Off switch Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware Forward/Reverse switch Part Number 62MV1122B 62MV1122BR Input Volts 115 115 Input Phase 1 1 Input Hz 60 60 Output Volts 230 230 Output Phase 3 3
7.1 (180) 5.3 (135) 5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
5.5 (14
Max Hp 0.5 0.5
Max Amps* 2.4 2.4
Reversing No Yes
MANuAl MOTOR STARTeRS Manual motor starts are manual electronic disconnects that provide motor overload protection and are required by the National Electric Code (NEC) for safe motor operation. Illustration A
IP 55 Enclosure Push button Start / Stop Includes mounting hardware
3.4 (86) 3.7 (94)
Illustration B
3.4 (86) 3.7 (94)
7.0 (178)
7.0 (178)
Chart h
230V, 1 phase includes cord, plug & starter 230/400 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M21H 62(c)M23H 62(c)M43H In Volts 230 230 400 In Phase 1 3 3 Amp Range 0.25 - 0.4 0.16 - 0.25 0.1 - 0.16 Illustration A B B
Chart i
230V, 1 phase includes cord, plug and starter 230/400 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M21T 62(c)M23T 62(c)M43T In Volts 230 230 400 In Phase 1 3 3 Amp Range 1.6 - 2.5 1.0 - 1.6 0.63 - 1.0 Illustration A B B
Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with NEC and CE safety directive.
(c) = Electrical Configuration G = CE German F = CE French U = CE Great Britain
Chart l
230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 60 Hz Part Number 62MM23L 62MM43L 62MM23H In Volts 230 460 230 In Phase 3 3 3 Amp Range 1.0 - 1.6 0.4 - 0.63 0.16 - 0.25 Illustration B B B
Chart M
230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 60 Hz Part Number 62MM23M 62MM43M In Volts 208 - 230 460 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 1.6 - 2.5 1.0 - 1.6 Illustration B B
51
2200 SerieS: SuPPort StANDS

QuANTiTy ChARTS
Support Stand Quantity Chart
Conveyor Length
2 (610) - 4 (1219) 2 (610) - 6 (1829) 7 (2134) - 12 (3658) 13 (3962) - 18 (5486) 19 (5791) - 24 (7315)
Required Return Roller Quantity Chart

Max feet between return rollers Conveyor Width 1.75 Flat Belt Cleated Belt
8.75 5.75 2.75 8.5 5.5 3.75 7.5 5.25 5 7.25 5.0 6 7.0 4.75 8 6.75 4.5 10 6.5 4.25 12 6.0 4.0 18 5.5 3.5 21 5.0 3.25 24 4.5 3.0
# of Supports
1* 2 3 4 5
Quantity of return rollers required = whole number result of:
conveyor length in feet max distance between return rollers 14 6.75 =2.07 2 return rollers required
* End Drive Conveyors with Single-Post Support Stands only. Requires the use of diagonal bracing, see page 53. Heavy load gearmotors require a minimum of two stands to support conveyor and gearmotor package.
example Description: 2200 flat belt 8 wide x 14 long
MOuNTiNG BRACkeTS
Cleated Belt Stand Mounting Bracket
3.00 (76) 3.04 (77)
Flat Belt Stand Mounting Bracket

3.00 (76)
3.04 (77)
w - .16 (4)
2.25 w = Conveyor Belt width (57)
w - .16 (4)
2.25 (57)
Part Number 240838
Description Stand Mounting Bracket, Cleated Belt Conveyor
Part Number 240839
Description Stand Mounting Bracket, Flat Belt Conveyor
Note: Conveyors can be ordered with the required number of mounting brackets. If desired, order additional mounting brackets separately.
ReTuRN ROlleRS
Cleated Belt Return Roller
2.25 (57)
Flat Belt Return Roller for 2 to 6 wide Conveyors

1.25 (32)
w+.96 (24)
.78 (20) .75 (19)
w+.96 (24)
.75 (19)
.78 (20)
Part Number 240832
Description Return Roller for 2200 Series, Cleated Belt
Part Number 240830
Description Return Roller for 2200 Series 2 (44 mm) to 6 (152 mm) wide Flat Belt Conveyor
Flat Belt Return Roller for 8 to 48 wide Conveyors

1.25 (32)
w+.96 (24)
.78 (20) .75 (19)
Note: Conveyors can be ordered with the required number of mounting brackets. If desired, order additional mounting brackets separately.
52

STAND ACCeSSORieS
Adjustable Tie Bracket
1.3 (33) 1.9 (48) 1.0 (25) 1.5 0.8 (38) (20) L + 1.9 (48) 0.9 (23)
Compatible with steel and aluminum support stands Secure critical stand and conveyor locations Length (L) adjusts + 0, - 11.25 (286 mm) Includes metric mounting hardware
Part Number 27M400-02 27M400-03 27M400-04 27M400-05 27M400-06 Description Adjustable Tie Bracket, 2 (610 mm) Adjustable Tie Bracket, 3 (914 mm) Adjustable Tie Bracket, 4 (1,219 mm) Adjustable Tie Bracket, 5 (1,524 mm) Adjustable Tie Bracket, 6 (1,829 mm)
L .28 (7) Diameter 1.0 (25)
1.3 (33) .25 (6) Diameter x .75 (19) Long slotted hole
Dim = in (mm)
Bottom Mount Stand Bracket

Bolts to 90 standard load gearmotor Includes metric mounting hardware
Part Number *Not compatible with MPB option. 699702M 6997WWM Description L Bracket only for 2 to 5 wide conveyors Bracket Assembly, 06 and wider 2200 conveyors
Diagonal Bracing
For use on steel, aluminum and single post support stands with casters Metric fastener mounting hardware included For use on all stands with casters and any stands over 72 (1829 mm) tall One brace per stand for conveyors up to 24 wide (610 mm) Two braces per stand for conveyors over 24 wide (610 mm)
Part Number 39MB-TT 39MB-TS 39MB-PT Description for two-legged H style stands up to 30 tall (762 mm) for two-legged H style stands over 30 tall (762 mm) for Single Post and Pillar stands over 30 tall (762 mm)
*Not compatible with MPB option.
Common Mount kit

Stand accessory for mounting multiple conveyors in parallel to one stand Adds 2 (51 mm) to stand height Adds 2.79 (71 mm) to overall stand width

Tall Support Stands
Tall Stands are the Fixed Height and Adjustable Height Stands as shown with additional outrigger support for added stability. These outriggers are required when the height of the stand exceeds 3.5x its width, and they add 16 to stand width. Tall stands over 6 tall include diagonal bracing.
Note: Due to the wide variety of conveyor and stand options along with possible configurations, stability of the final setup is the responsibility of the end user.
Fine Adjustment kit

Provides fine height adjustment via a threaded bolt For use with Fixed Height Stands
Part # 710028
Outriggers
53

FixeD heiGhT SuPPORT STANDS
Fixed Foot Model
Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Stand Height (HH)* Part # Reference 12 (305mm) 12 15 - 19 (381 - 483mm) 1519 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... in 1 (25mm) increments up to... in 0101 increments up to... 48 (1,219mm) 48 95 - 99 (2,413 - 2,515mm) 9599
Metric fasteners 4 (102 mm) Height Adjustment

* Dependent on stand width, stands over 42 (1,067 mm) may include outriggers (see page 53)
ww
Swivel locking Caster Model

HH
Full width is top plate on 12 wide stands only
ADjuSTABle heiGhT SuPPORT STANDS

Fixed Foot Model
Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Stand Height (HH) Part # Reference 12-13
(305-330)
12 (305mm) 12 13-15
(330-381)
2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to...
48 (1,219mm) 48
(1,067-1,524)
ww
14-17
(356-432)
16-21
(406-660)
19-26
(483-686)
24-36
(610-914)
(762-1,219)
30-48 3048
42-60* 54-72* 66-84* 78-96*

(1,372-1,829) (1,676-2,134)
(1,981-2,438)
1213
1315
1417
1621
1926
2436
4260
5472
6684
7896
HH

(432-457)
Metric fasteners
12 (305mm) 12 18-20
(457-508)
48 (1,219mm) 48
(762-1,346)
19-22
(483-559)
21-26
(533-660)
24-31
(610-787)
(737-1,041)
29-41 2941
35-53 3553
(1,194-1,651) (1,499-1,956)
47-65* 59-77* 4765 5977
* Dependent on stand width, stands over 42 (1,067 mm) may include outriggers (see page 53) Full width is top plate on 12 wide stands only
1718
1820
1922
2126
2431
SiNGle POST & PillAR SuPPORT STANDS

ww ww
Standard Sizes
Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference 1.75 2.75 3.75
(44) (70) (95) (44)
(152)
(203)
10
(254)
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)
18
(457)
02
03
04
05
06
08
(813-1,067)
10
12
14
16
18
HH
Bd
HH
Stand Height (HH)* Part # Reference Base Diameter (BD)
16-26
(406-660)
24-34
(610-864)
32-42 32
(1,016-1,270)
40-50 40
(1,219-1,473)
48-58 48
16 24 (610)
24 27 (686)
30(762)
33 (838)
36 (915)
Single Post Support Stand
Pillar Stand
(must be secured to floor)
Casters do not change overall height Metric fasteners
54

ShORT SuPPORT STANDS
Fixed Foot Model
Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Stand Height (HH)* Part # Reference 12 (305mm) 12 06 - 08 (152 - 203mm) 0608 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... in 1 (25mm) increments up to... in 0101 increments up to... 48 (1,219mm) 48 12 - 14 (305 - 356mm) 1214
HH ww + 4.4 (112)
ww

Fully ADjuSTABle SuPPORT STANDS

Fixed Foot Model
Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Top of Belt Range Stand Height Reference 1.75
(44)
Metric fasteners
2.75
(70)
3.75
(95)
(44)
(152)

(305-1,097)
(1,219)
48 48
02
(179-483)
03 7-19 0719
04 12-31
(305-787)
05
06 12-43 1243
ww + 9.2 (234)
(305-1,397)
12-55 1255
(305-1,702)
12-67 1267
1231
ww

(44)
2.75
(70)
3.75
(95)
(44)
(152)

(432-1,097)
(1,219)
48 48
02 12-19
(305-483)
03
04 17-31
(432-787)
05
06 17-43 1743
(432-1,397)
17-55 1755
(432-1,702)
17-67 1767
1219
1731
MulTi TieR STANDS

Minimum Tier height Per Conveyor
Flat Belt Cleated Belt
ww + 8.2 (208)
Base
Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Stand Height (HH)* Part # Reference 12 (305mm) 12 12 (305mm) 1212 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 0002 increments up to... 48 (1,219mm) 48 60 (1,524mm) 1260
12 (305mm) 15 (381mm)
ww HH HH
ww + 8.2 (208) ww
Tier
Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Stand Height (HH)* Part # Reference 12 (305mm) 12 12 (305mm) 0712 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to... in 0002 increments up to... 48 (1,219mm) 48 36 (914mm) 0736
Base
tier
Note: Do not use with support stands equipped with casters. Support Stands must be anchored to the floor. Do not use if conveyed product overhangs the edge of the conveyor belt due to pinch point created.
55
2200 SerieS: ACCeSSorieS

ADjuSTABle lANe GuiDiNG
L
36.0 (914) Max.
18.0 (457) Max.
W + 4.8 (122)
7.7 5.0 (127) 9.6 (244) (196) Max. Product 1.2 (30) 0.1 (3) 0.8 (20) W
Specifications:
UHMW guide surface on an anodized aluminum mounting rail Painted Steel mounting hardware Available in standard 1 (305 mm) increments or can be ordered to any length 5 (127 mm) maximum, 0.25 (7 mm) minimum part height 0.25 (6mm) minimum lane width Package includes (1) lane guide, mounting hardware and adjusting knobs For conveyors up to 24 (610 mm) wide Consult factory for wider lane guide availability Metric fasteners only
important: Exceeding 5 (127 mm) product height will produce a pinch point.

Compatible with standard Dorner bolt-on profiles Easily adjusts for quick product change over Attach additional guides to create multiple lanes Create lanes, plows, merges and transfers
Order additional lane kits separately
Pulley TRANSFeR PlATe*
Specifications:
0.88 (22 mm) diameter minimum product transfer for 2200 Series Hard coat anodized finish Package includes extruded aluminum transfer plate, required pulley tail plates and mounting hardware Metric fasteners only
w+.25 (6)
.87 (22)
1.65 (42)
Secures into bottom wiper slot Hardcoat anodized aluminum Includes metric set screws
* Not compatible with Gang Drive or MPB option * Not compatible with clipper splice or high friction belts
56

90 ADjuSTABle TRANSFeR
.5 (12) x 12.00 (305) Long Guide Mount (x2)
2.1 (53) Max. Customer to install guiding in this area to prevent against possible pinch point.
Specifications:
For conveyors up to 12 (305 mm) wide Requires low side conveyors 0.25 (6 mm) minimum part thickness Hard coat anodized transfer plate Painted steel mounting hardware 48 (1,219 mm) long UHMW outside turn guide, customer can trim to fit Maximum recommended part weight is 20 lbs (9 kg) at 50 ft/min (15 m/min) belt speed. Consult factory regarding applications for higher product weights or faster belt speeds. 0.88 (22 mm) minimum product size for 2200 Series Package includes outside turn guide, guide wheel, adjustable mounting hardware and extruded aluminum transfer plate
Note: Due to the wide variety of drive setups and applications point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. important: Do not use with 03, 08, 55, 62, or 64 High Friction Belts on Infeed conveyor
3.1 (79) 2.5 (64)
w = Conveyor Belt width

6.0 (152) Dia. 1.0 (25) 0.8 (20) 0.9 (23) 1.0 (25)
T.O.B.

Pre-engineered guided turns adjust to a variety of products Accepts standard Dorner bolt-on profiles outside of transfer area Place adjusting rods where required Easily adjusts for quick product change-over Metric fasteners only
* Not compatible with MPB option
hARDwARe ACCeSSORieS
Spring T-Nut
Mounts in T-slots to attach light weight accessories Recommended for vertical aluminum stand T-slots Part Number
.25-20 (m61.0)
T-Slot extenders
w + 2.25 (57)
Description Spring T-nut, 0.25-20 Spring T-nut, M6-1.0 Package of 5 Spring T-nuts, 0.25-20 Package of 5 Spring T-nuts, M6-1.0
10.75 (273)
200124 200124M 200300 200300M
Provides additional T-slots to the end of conveyor Includes mounting brackets and hardware Metric fasteners Part Number 307000M Description T-Slot Extender, Pair
2200 Series T-Bars

Mounts in T-slots to attach heavy accessories 2.63 (67 mm) long 2 hole model, 0.75 (19 mm) 1 hole model Part Number
1.88 (48)
T-Slot Cover
Snaps into conveyor and aluminum stand T-slots Black plastic extrusion Can be trimmed to fit Part Number 645656P Description T-Slot Cover, Per 1 (305 mm) of length
2.63 (67)
Description 1 hole T-bar, 0.25-20 1 hole T-bar, M6-1.0 2 hole T-bar, 0.25-20 2 hole T-bar, M6-1.0 Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
.38 (10)
.25-20 (m6-1.0)
639971 639971M 300150 300150M
57

hARDwARe ACCeSSORieS
Bottom wiper*
Locate at discharge end of conveyor 0.25 (6 mm) thick steel Removes debris from belt Includes metric set screws Part Number 2225WWM Description 2200 Series Bottom Wiper * Not compatible with MPB option or high friction belts
ww = Conveyor Width Reference Note: Bottom wiper standard on 2200 Gang Drive Conveyor
SiDe TABleS
6.00 (152) 5.73 (145) LLLL 12 (304) wide table 6 (152) wide table w 2.08 (53)
Specifications:
Provides a 6 (152 mm) or 12 (305 mm) wide working surface Adjusts in/out and up/down (0.25 max above bedplate) for product transfer on/off conveyor belts Can be positioned anywhere along the conveyor Anodized aluminum work surface Max load: 5 lbs/ft (6 kg/m), use Adjustable Tie Brackets for added capacity Available in 1 (305mm) increments from 1 (305 mm) to 99 (30,175 mm) Compatible with 2200, 3200 and 5200 Series Conveyors
supports can be positioned anywhere along table LLLL = 1' to 99' (Maximum 8' length single piece)
58

SiDe GuiDeS
Flared Side Guide
W + 4.52 (115) L W
Guides parts onto conveyor belt surface Includes metric mounting hardware
Part Number
Top of Belt .56 (14) 2.75 (70) Top of Belt L = Accessory length W = Conveyor width
Description 2 (610 mm) Flared Side 3 (914 mm) Flared Side 4 (1,219 mm) Flared Side 5 (1,524 mm) Flared Side 6 (1,829 mm) Flared Side
W+1.05 (27)
280802M 280803M 280804M 280805M 280806M
STOPS
Adjustable Stop*
1.81 (46)
Slides up and down T-slot length Includes metric mounting hardware Part Number 3076WWM 2460WWM Description Adjustable Stop, 2200 Belt Adjustable Stop, MPB
w + .98 (25) 1.75 (44)
ww = Conveyor Width Reference

* Not compatible with high friction belts
end Stop*
1.65 (42) W+.68 (17)
Roller Conveyor end Stop

Anodized aluminum stop Includes tail plates and mounting hardware Part Number
1.92 (49)
Includes metric mounting hardware
Description End Stop, metric fasteners End Stop, MPB Part Number Description 2086WWM Roller End Stop
2255WWM 2459WWM
Note: No Gang Drive Option
59

BRACkeTS
Table Top Mounting Bracket*
1.62 (41) .50 (13) .75 (19) 1.50 (38) 1.38 (35) .34 dia. (9)
Part Number 200349M Description Table top bracket
Frame Mount Casters*

2.00 (51) w
3.65 (93) w + 2.75 (70)
3.00 diA (76)
Part Number 390207
Description Frame mount casters, pair
Floor Mount Brackets

2.00 (51) .56 diA (14) (2x) w
3.53 (90)
w + 3.56 (90) w + 4.65 (118)
Part Number 390217
Description Floor mount brackets, pair * Not compatible with MPB option
Note: If the discharge end of conveyor is mounted over a table or similar structure, a conveyor bottom wiper must be installed to prevent against possible pinch point. Order bottom wiper separately.
60

DRiVe ShAFT ACCeSSORieS
Support Block*
.41 (10) Diameter 1.0 (25) 2.5 (64) 1.50 (38) 1.38 1.76 (35) (45) .38 (10)
Clear Cover
For 2200 Series Gang Drive Conveyors
Part Number 23-33M
Description Support Block, 0.38 Hex Shaft
Solid Coupling, hex to hex*

1.25 (32)
Includes metric set screws Part Number Description Solid Coupling, 0.38 Hex to Hex Fits 2200 light load top mount and standard and heavy load top and bottom mount packages Part Number 689499M Description Clear cover, ordered separately
1.0 (25)
210064M
hex Shaft*
L
Part Number 23-24SS 631418
Description 0.38 Hex Shaft, stainless steel, 48 (1,219 mm) long 0.38 Hex Shaft, stainless steel, 72 (1,829 mm) long
.38" Across the flats
Flexible Coupling
Coupling A
2.38 (60)
Coupling B
2.63 (67)
1.25 (32)
1.5 (38)
(A) Includes SAE set screws, (B) metric set screws Part Number 23M29 23M31 Description Flexible Coupling, 12 mm bore x 0.38 hex Flexible Coupling, 12 mm bore x 12 mm bore Coupling B B
SeRViCe ACCeSSORieS
Tool kit
Part Number 2200M 2500M
Description Tool Kit, 2200 Series, Metric Tool Kit, 2200 Series, Gang Drive Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
61
2200 Belt SerieS: PerForMANCe ChArtS / DAtA

CONVeyOR NO-lOAD TORQueS
(t no-load) Average no-load torque* for 2200 series Conveyors
= Torque requirements for unloaded Center Drive Conveyors = Torque requirements for unloaded End Drive & Cleated Conveyors 23 in-lb (2.6 Nm) 25 in-lb (2.8 Nm) 18 in-lb (2.0 Nm) 15 in-lb (1.7 Nm) 20 in-lb (2.3 Nm) 35 in-lb 32 in-lb (4.0 Nm) 30 in-lb (3.6 Nm) (3.4 Nm)
20 in-lb (2.3 Nm) 15 in-lb (1.7 Nm) 12 in-lb 11 in-lb (1.4 Nm) 10 in-lb (1.2 Nm) (1.1 Nm) 8 in-lb 7 in-lb (0.9 Nm) 6 in-lb (0.8 Nm) (0.7 Nm)
12 in-lb (1.4 Nm) 10 in-lb (1.1 Nm)
14 in-lb (1.5 Nm)
9 in-lb (1.0 Nm)
5 in-lb 4 in-lb (0.6 Nm) (0.5 Nm)
1.75" (44)
2.75" (70)
3.75" (95)
5" (127)
6" (152)
8" (203)
10" (254)
12" (305)
18" (457)
21" (533)
24" (610)
Conveyor Belt Width

Note: The torque required to overcome the conveyors initial startup inertia may temporarily exceed the average no-load torque by a factor of 2-3 times. * Stated torques are average values based on Dorner standard belts running at 50 (15 m) per minute.
62
2200 Belt SerieS: PerForMANCe ChArtS / DAtA

MAxiMuM CONVeyOR lOAD ChARTS
Maximum Conveyor Load Maximum Conveyor Load Direction A and D for 2200 Series Conveyors Direction A and D for 2200 Series Conveyors
Maximum evenly distributed load for: Maximum evenly distributed load for: = Center Drive Conveyors = Center Drive Conveyors = End Drive & Cleated Conveyors = End Drive & Cleated Conveyors 75 lbs 75 lbs (34 kg) (34 kg) 60 lbs 60 lbs (27 kg) (27 kg) 42 lbs 42 lbs (19 kg) (19 kg) 50 lbs 50 lbs (23 kg) (23 kg) 60 lbs 60 lbs (27 kg) (27 kg) 105 lbs 105 lbs (47 kg) (47 kg) 90 lbs 90 lbs (41 kg) (41 kg) 80 lbs 80 lbs (36 kg) (36 kg) 80 lbs 80 lbs (36 kg) (36 kg) 80 lbs 80 lbs (36 kg) (36 kg) 80 lbs 80 lbs (36 kg) (36 kg) 80 lbs 80 lbs (36 kg) (36 kg) 120 lbs 120 lbs (54 kg) (54 kg) 120 lbs 120 lbs (54 kg) (54 kg) 120 lbs 120 lbs (54 kg) (54 kg) 120 lbs 120 lbs (54 kg) (54 kg) 120 lbs 120 lbs (54 kg) (54 kg)
70 lbs 70 lbs (32 kg) (32 kg)
40 lbs 40 lbs (18 kg) (18 kg) 30 lbs 30 lbs (14 kg) (14 kg)
1.75" 1.75" (44) (44)
2.75" 2.75" (70) (70)
3.75" 3.75" (95) (95)
5" 5" (127) (127)
6" 6" (152) (152)
8" 8" (203) (203)
10" 10" (254) (254)
12" 12" (305) (305)
18" 18" (457) (457)
21" 21" (533) (533)
24" 24" (610) (610)
Conveyor Belt Width Conveyor Belt Width Maximum Conveyor Load Maximum Conveyor Load Direction B and C for 2200 Series Conveyors Direction B and C for 2200 Series Conveyors
Maximum evenly distributed load for: Maximum evenly distributed load for: = Center Drive Conveyors = Center Drive Conveyors = End Drive & Cleated Conveyors = End Drive & Cleated Conveyors 35 lbs 35 lbs (16 kg) (16 kg) 30 lbs 30 lbs (14 kg) (14 kg) 23 lbs 23 lbs (10 kg) (10 kg) 27 lbs 27 lbs (12 kg) (12 kg) 27 lbs 27 lbs (12 kg) (12 kg) 27 lbs 27 lbs (12 kg) (12 kg) 27 lbs 27 lbs (12 kg) (12 kg) 27 lbs 27 lbs (12 kg) (12 kg)
40lbs 40lbs (18 kg) (18 kg)
40 lbs 40 lbs (18 kg) (18 kg)
40lbs 40lbs (18 kg) (18 kg)
40lbs 40lbs (18 kg) (18 kg)
40lbs 40lbs (18 kg) (18 kg)
25 lbs 25 lbs (11 kg) (11 kg) 17 lbs 17 lbs (8 kg) (8 kg) 13 lbs 13 lbs 12 lbs 12 lbs (6 kg) 10 lbs (6 kg) 10 lbs (5 kg) (5 kg) (5 kg) (5 kg) 20 lbs 20 lbs (9 kg) (9 kg) 14 lbs 14 lbs (6 kg) (6 kg) 17 lbs 17 lbs (8 kg) (8 kg) 20 lbs 20 lbs (9 kg) (9 kg)
1.75" 1.75" (44) (44)
2.75" 2.75" (70) (70)
3.75" 3.75" (95) (95)
5" 5" (127) (127)
6" 6" (152) (152)
Conveyor Belt Width Conveyor Belt Width
8" 8" (203) (203)
10" 10" (254) (254)
12" 12" (305) (305)
18" 18" (457) (457)
21" 21" (533) (533)
24" 24" (610) (610)

A B C D
63
2200 MPB SerieS: PerForMANCe ChArtS / DAtA

CONVeyOR NO-lOAD TORQueS
Average No load Torque* for MPB Series in inch lbs. and (Nm) Note: 1)
18 (457mm)
7 (0.8) 8 (0.9) 8 (1) 9 (1) 10 (1.1) 11 (1.2) 12 (1.3) 13 (1.4) 14 (1.5) 14 (1.6) 15 (1.7) 16 (1.8) 17 (1.9) 18 (2) 19 (2.1) 19 (2.2) 20 (2.3) 21 (2.4) 22 (2.5) 23 (2.6) 24 (2.7) 25 (2.8) 25 (2.9) 26 (3) 27 (3.1) 28 (3.2) 29 (3.3) 30 (3.4) 31 (3.5)
BelT wiDTh
3.75 (95mm) 2 (610mm) 3 (914mm) 4 (1219mm) 5 (1524mm) 6 (1829mm) 7 (2134mm) 8 (2438mm) 9 (2743mm) 10 (3048mm) 11 (3353mm) 12 (3658mm)
5 (0.6) 5 (0.6) 6 (0.6) 6 (0.7) 6 (0.7) 6 (0.7) 6 (0.7) 6 (0.7) 7 (0.7) 7 (0.8) 7 (0.8) 7 (0.8) 7 (0.8) 7 (0.8) 8 (0.9) 8 (0.9) 8 (0.9) 8 (0.9) 8 (0.9) 8 (0.9) 9 (1) 9 (1) 9 (1) 9 (1) 9 (1) 9 (1.1) 9 (1.1) 10 (1.1) 10 (1.1)
6 (152mm)
6 (0.6) 6 (0.7) 6 (0.7) 6 (0.7) 7 (0.7) 7 (0.8) 7 (0.8) 7 (0.8) 8 (0.9) 8 (0.9) 8 (0.9) 8 (0.9) 9 (1) 9 (1) 9 (1) 9 (1.1) 10 (1.1) 10 (1.1) 10 (1.2) 10 (1.2) 11 (1.2) 11 (1.2) 11 (1.3) 11 (1.3) 12 (1.3) 12 (1.4) 12 (1.4) 13 (1.4) 13 (1.4)
12 (305mm)
6 (0.7) 7 (0.8) 7 (0.8) 8 (0.9) 8 (0.9) 9 (1) 9 (1.1) 10 (1.1) 11 (1.2) 11 (1.3) 12 (1.3) 12 (1.4) 13 (1.4) 13 (1.5) 14 (1.6) 14 (1.6) 15 (1.7) 16 (1.8) 16 (1.8) 17 (1.9) 17 (1.9) 18 (2) 18 (2.1) 19 (2.1) 19 (2.2) 20 (2.3) 21 (2.3) 21 (2.4) 22 (2.5)
24 (610mm)
7 (0.8) 8 (1) 10 (1.1) 11 (1.2) 12 (1.3) 13 (1.5) 14 (1.6) 15 (1.7) 16 (1.9) 18 (2) 19 (2.1) 20 (2.3) 21 (2.4) 22 (2.5) 23 (2.6) 25 (2.8) 26 (2.9) 27 (3) 28 (3.2) 29 (3.3) 30 (3.4) 31 (3.6) 33 (3.7) 34 (3.8) 35 (3.9) 36 (4.1) 37 (4.2) 38 (4.3) 39 (4.5)
No Load torques are for Flat Belt conveyors only. For No Load torques on Cleated and Sidewall Cleated Conveyors contact the factory. The torque required to overcome the conveyors initial startup inertia may temporarily exceed the average no load torque by a factor of 2 to 3 times.
2)
*3) Stated torques are average values based on Dorner standard belts running at 50 (15 meters) per minute.
CONVeyOR leNGTh 64
13 (3962mm) 14 (4267mm) 15 (4572mm) 16 (4877mm) 17 (5182mm) 18 (5486mm) 19 (5791mm) 20 (6096mm) 21 (6401mm) 22 (6706mm) 23 (7010mm) 24 (7315mm) 25 (7620mm) 26 (7925mm) 27 (8230mm) 28 (8534mm) 29 (8839mm) 30 (9144mm)
2200 MPB SerieS: PerForMANCe ChArtS / DAtA

CONVeyOR lOAD
3.75" (95) Wide Conveyor
Maximum Evenly Distributed Load - Lbs (Kg)
90 (41) 80 (36) 70 (32) 60 (27) 50 (23) 40 (18) 30 (14) 20 (9) 10 (4) 0 10 (3) 20 (6) 30 (9) 40 (12) 50 (15) 60 (18) 80 (24) 100 (31) 125 (38) 160 (49) 175 (53) 200 (61) 220 (67) 235 (72) 250 (76)
3' (91
4) Lo
ng
6' (1
ng Lo 4) 14 ' (9 g 30 g on on )L )L 96 72 60 (45 '( '
10
20
829
'(
) Lo
30
ng
48 )L on g
15
Belt Speed Ft/min - (M/min)
6" (152) Wide Conveyor

Max. Evenly Distributed Load - Lbs (Kg)
120 (54) 100 (45) 80 (36) 60 (27) 40 (18) 20 (9) 0 10 (3) 20 (6) 30 (9) 40 (12) 50 (15) 60 (18) 80 (24) 100 (31) 125 (38) 160 (49) 175 (53)
3' (914
) Long
' (9 14 4) (60 Lo 15' 96) 10' (3 ng (457 048) Lon Long 2) Lo g ng 6' (1829) Long
20'
200 (61) 220 (67) 235 (72) 250 (76)
30

160 (72)
30
140 (63) 120 (54) 100 (45) 80 (36) 60 (27) 40 (18) 20 (9) 0 10 (3) 20 (6) 30 (9) 40 (12)
3' (91
' (9
4) Lo
ng
10
' (3
14
04
6' (1 82 9) Lo ng
15
4)
8)
20
'(
Lo
Lo
'(
45
ng
ng
60 96
g
72 )L
)L on g
on
50 (15)
60 (18)
80 (24)
100 (31)
125 (38)
160 (49)
175 (53)
200 (61)
220 (67)
235 (72)
250 (76)

160 (72) 140 (63) 120 (54) 100 (45) 80 (36) 60 (27) 40 (18) 20 (9) 0 10 (3) 20 (6) 30 (9) 40 (12) 50 (15) 60 (18) 80 (24) 100 (31) 125 (38) 160 (49) 175 (53) 200 (61) 220 (67) 235 (72) 250 (76)
20
3' (91 4) Lo ng
30
' (6
' (9 14
Lo
6' (
09
182
6)
10 '(
9) L
ng
4) Lo
30
15
ong
48 )L on g
ng
'( 45 72 )L on g

160 (72) 140 (63) 120 (54) 100 (45) 80 (36) 60 (27) 40 (18) 20 (9) 0 10 (3) 20 (6) 30 (9) 40 (12) 50 (15) 60 (18) 80 (24) 100 (31) 125 (38) 160 (49) 175 (53) 200 (61) 220 (67) 235 (72) 250 (76)
3' (
30' (9144) Long
20
914 ) Lo ng
' (6
09
6)
Lo
ng
15
6'
(18
29
10
)L on g
'( 45 72 )L g on
Lo ng 8) 04 ' (3
65
2200 SerieS: PArt NuMBer reFereNCe

2200 SeRieS: FlAT BelT eND DRiVe 2 1 0 M WW LLLL A PP B B - EDS TP
A
Drive Shaft Position

B C D
Optional End Stop (-EDSTP) or iDrive (see iDrive Options below) Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D (non-Gang Drive) Conveyor Length Reference Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are Conveyor Width Reference preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English, G = CE German Pulley Type: 0 = Standard 1.25 (32) Dia. Pulleys, 1 = 1 (25) Dia. Gang Drive Pulleys Tail Type: 1 = with belt tracking cams & mounting brackets 4 = with V-guide tracking & no mounting brackets* 2 = with V-guide tracking & mounting brackets 5 = with belt tracking cams & no mounting brackets* 3 = with nose bar transfer tail & mounting brackets 6 = with nose bar transfer tail & no mounting brackets* *may require belt return rollers Example : 210M061200A0158 Description: 2200 Series End Drive Conveyor with belt tracking cams, 6 (152) wide x 12 (3,658) long with drive shaft in mount position A, low side profile, cut resistant non v-guide belt and English documentation.
2200 SeRieS: iDRiVe OPTiONS FD C P S Speed Range: E = Extra Low L = Low H = High Power Supply: P = Power Supply Included N = No power supply Control Type: S = Separate (only available as no power supply) M = Mounted Integrated Frame Drive
2200 SeRieS: FlAT BelT CeNTeR DRiVe 2 1 5 M WW LLLL A PP BB - EDS TP Optional End Stop (-EDSTP) Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English, G = CE Tail Type: 0 = Nose Bar Transfer Tail at both ends & no mounting brackets* 1 = belt tracking cams & mounting brackets 2 = V-guided belt tracking & mounting brackets 3 = Nose Bar Transfer Tail at infeed end & mounting brackets 4 = belt tracking cams & no mounting brackets* *may require belt return rollers Drive Shaft Position
German 5 = V-guided belt tracking & no mounting brackets* 6 = Nose Bar Transfer Tail at discharge end & mounting brackets 7 = Nose Bar Transfer Tail at both ends & mounting brackets 8 = Nose Bar Transfer Tail at infeed end & no mounting brackets* 9 = Nose Bar Transfer Tail at discharge end & no mounting brackets*
Example: 215M061200A0158 Description: 2200 Series Center Drive Conveyor with belt tracking cams, 6 (152) wide x 12 (3,658) long with drive shaft in mount position A, low side profile, cut resistant non V-guided belt and English documentation.
These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to www.dorner.com.
66

2200 SeRieS: CleATeD BelT eND DRiVe 2 4 C M WW L L L L A S S S S Cleat Spacing Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English, G = CE German Cleat Type Type: 4 = V-guide tracking & mounting brackets 9 = V-guide tracking & no mounting brackets* 5 = non V-guided belt & mounting brackets 0 = non V-guided belt & no mounting brackets* *may require belt return rollers
A

B C D
Example: 24AM061200A0604 Description: 2200 Series Cleated Belt End Drive Conveyor with V-guide belt tracking, 6 (152) wide x 12 (3,658) long with drive shaft in mount position A, with type A cleats on 6.04 centers and English documentation.
2200 SeRieS: GRAViTy ROlleR 2160 M 06 04 - 01 / 15 Roller Center Reference Select Profile Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English 2160 Series Gravity Roller Conveyor Example: 2160M0604-01/15 Description: 2160 Series Gravity Roller Conveyor, 6 (152) wide x 4 (1,219) long with low side profile, rollers on 1.5 (38) centers and English documentation.
67

2200 MPB SeRieS: FlAT BelT eND DRiVe 2 C 0 M 12 0600 A 04 40 Drive Shaft Position Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Stand Brackets: 0 = With required brackets, 1 = Without required brackets Bedplate Style: C = Closed, P = Perforated (12, 18 & 24 widths only)
A d
Example : 2C0M120600A0440 Description: MPB Series Conveyor with closed bedplate, 12 (305) wide x 6 (1,829) long with drive shaft in mount position A, 04 bolt-on high side, type 40 closed mesh accumulation belt and English documentation.
2200 MPB SeRieS: CleATeD BelT eND DRiVe 2 C 2 M 12 0600 A 44 11 Cleat Spacing Reference: in links, 1 link = 15mm Belt Type Drive Shaft Position: A or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Stand Brackets: 2 = With required brackets, 3 = Without required brackets Bedplate Style: C = Closed, P = Perforated (12, 18 & 24 widths only) Drive Shaft Position
A d
Example : 2C2M120600A4411 Description: MPB Series Conveyor with closed bedplate, 12 (305) wide x 6 (1,829) long with required stand mounting brackets, drive shaft in mount position A, type 44 general purpose, closed top, cleated belt with cleats spaced every 11 links (6.49) and English documentation.
2200 MPB SeRieS: SiDewAll-CleATeD BelT eND DRiVe 2 C 2 M 12 0600 A 48 22 Cleat Spacing Reference: in 2 link increments, 1 link = 15mm, (00 = no cleats, sidewall only) Belt Type Drive Shaft Position Drive Shaft Position: A or D d A Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Stand Brackets: 2 = With required brackets, 3 = Without required brackets Bedplate Style: C = Closed, P = Perforated Example : 2C2M120600A4822 Description: MPB Series Conveyor closed bedplate, 12 (305) wide x 6 (1,829) long with required stand mounting brackets, drive shaft in mount position A, type 48 chemical resistant, closed top, cleated sidewall belt with cleats spaced every 22 links (12.99) and English documentation.
68

Gearmotor Mounting Package Selection Guide
Use this guide as a reference when selecting Gearmotor Mounting Packages
Side Mount Package
APPliCATiON
Manual / Automated Assembly Wet Products / Environments
Driving multiple conveyors
3 (76) and taller products
Tight machine interface
Clearance at discharge
Operator Ergonomics
Table top mounting
Test and Inspect
Metal Forming X
X X
X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X
MOuNT PACkAGe
Top Mount Package Bottom Mount Package Center Drive Conveyor Flush Mount Gang Drive Mount Package Common Drive Package
2200 SeRieS: eND DRiVe MOuNTiNG PACkAGeS 22 M B P S 06 A - 2828 Drive / Driven Pulley Combination (Top and Bottom mounts only) Belt Style: - = Flat Belt or add Cleat Type: A, B, C, F, G, H, J, V Gearmotor Mounting Position: A, B, C, D Drive Shaft Position Conveyor Width Reference D C A B Gearmotor Type L, V, S, H Gearmotor Output Shaft P = Parallel Shaft or H = 90 Mount Style: S = Side Mount B = Bottom Mount Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are T = Top Mount F = Flush Bottom Mount preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor Documentation Language: M = English, G = CE German, U = CE English load capacity by approximately 66%. Conveyor Series: 22 = 2200 End Drive (non-Gang Drive) Example: 22MBPS06A-2828 Description: Bottom mount package with English documentation for 6 (152) wide 2200 series end drive conveyor. Configured for a parallel shaft, Standard load motor in the A1 mount position with a 28:28 drive / driven pulley combination.
Metal Forming
Aesthetics
69

2200 SeRieS: CeNTeR DRiVe MOuNTiNG PACkAGeS 22 M 2 P S 06 A - 3232 Drive Shaft Position Drive / Driven Pulley Combination Mount Position: A or D Conveyor Width Reference Gearmotor Type: S, H Gearmotor Output Shaft: P = Parallel Shaft, H = 90 Mount Style: 1 = Type 1, Vertical Mount 2 = Type 2, Horizontal Mount Documentation Language: M = English, G = CE German, U = CE English Conveyor Series: 22 = 2200 Center Drive
Example: 22M2PS06A-3232 Description: 2200 Series Horizontal Center Drive Mounting Package with English documentation for a parallel shaft standard load gearmotor mounted in the A position, with a 32:32 drive / driven pulley combination, on a 6 (152) wide conveyor.
2200 SeRieS: GANG DRiVe MOuNTiNG PACkAGe 63 M 01 Output Shaft: 01 = Single , 03 = Double Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Example: 63M01 Description: Gang drive mounting package with English documentation.
2200 MPB SeRieS: eND DRiVe MOuNTiNG PACkAGeS 2P M B P S 06 A - 2828 Drive / Driven Pulley Combination (Top and Bottom mounts only) Belt Style: - = Flat Belt, C = Cleated Drive Shaft Position Gearmotor Mounting Position: A or D d A Conveyor Width Reference Gearmotor Type: L, V, S or H Gearmotor Output Shaft: P = Parallel Shaft or H = 90 Mount Style: S = Side Mount, B = Bottom Mount, T = Top Mount Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Conveyor Series: 2P = MPB Series Example: 2PMBPS06A-2828 Description: Bottom mount package for 6 (152) wide MPB conveyor, standard load parallel shaft gearmotor in the A mount position with a 28:28 drive / driven pulley combination with English documentation.
2200 SeRieS: COMMON MOuNT kiT 39MC M - WW # Number of Conveyors Width Stand Example: 39MCM-244
70

2200 SeRieS: SuPPORT STANDS S 9 M T T W W - HH(min) HH(max) F A Feet or Casters (not available for multi tier stands) F = fixed foot pad C = total lock swivel caster Height Reference Width Reference Stand Type LH = short stand FH = fixed height AH = adjustable height FA = fully adjustable T1 = multi tier stand base T2 = multi tier stand tier FT = tall fixed* AT = tall adjustable* SP = single post PS = pillar support Note: Due to the wide variety of conveyor and stand Documentation Language: M = English options along with possible configurations, stability is Stand Style final setup of the responsibility of the end user. 3 = 2-legged stand, 4 = Single post or pillar style EXAMPLE: 39MAH12-2126CP
*Tall stands are required when the stand width is 3.5 times the stand height.
2200 SeRieS: ADjuSTABle lANe GuiDiNG 27M G G G - 06 L L Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Guide Type: 500 = 2200 Package 502 = Additional Lane Kit for 2200 503 = MPB Package 504 = Additional Lane Kit for MPB Example: 27M500-0620 2200 SeRieS: Pulley TRANSFeR PlATe 27M 2200 - 06 Conveyor Width Reference Example: 27M2200-06 2200 SeRieS: 90 ADjuSTABle TRANSFeR 27M 2201 - 06 Infeed Conveyor Width Reference Example: 27M2201-06 2200 SeRieS: SiDe TABleS 27M TTT - 06 L L LL Table Length (ex. 0250 = 2.5) Table Width: 06 = 6 12 = 12 Conveyor / Table Type: 601 = 2200, one side 602 = 2200, two sides 603 = MPB, one side 604 = MPB, two sides Example: 27M601-060250
71
Heavy Duty Belt Conveyors extruDeD aluminum
3200 SerieS
Flat Belt End Drive, Cleated Belt End Drive, and Center Drive models 3 (76mm) diameter head and tail pulleys Widths: 3.75 (95 mm) to 48 (1,219 mm) Lengths: 3 (914 mm) to 99 (30,175 mm) Loads up to 1,000 lbs (455 kg) Sealed Bearings models available
Applications:
Part Transfers Part Accumulation Precision Part Movement Part Incline / Decline Routing (Z-Frame) Part Handling and Positioning Automated and Manual Assembly
72
3200 SerieS
FlAT BelT end dRiVe FlAT BelT CenTeR dRiVe
CleATed BelT end dRiVe Z-FRAme FlAT BelT end dRiVe Z-FRAme FlAT BelT CenTeR dRiVe Z-FRAme SideWAll CleATed BelT end dRiVe
Wide Widths
Z-FRAme STAndARd CleATed BelT end dRiVe PRoFileS BelTinG GeARmoToR mounTinG PACkAGeS GeARmoToRS SuPPoRT STAndS ACCeSSoRieS PeRFoRmAnCe ChARTS / dATA PART numBeR ReFeRenCe
Rack and Pinion Belt Tensioning
74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 89 92 96 107 111 116 118
Adjustable Angles
73
3200 SerieS: FLAT BeLT eND DriVe
Specifications:
Loads up to 400 lbs* (181 kg) Belt speeds up to 421 ft/min (128 m/min) Belt widths: 3.75 (95 mm) to 48 (1,219 mm) Conveyor lengths: 3 (914 mm) to 40 (12,192 mm) 1.62 (41 mm) of belt take-up on conveyors up tor 20 long 3.24 (82 mm) of belt take-up on conveyors over 20 long 3 (76mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 9.7 (246 mm) of belt per revolution models available

Quick five-minute belt change Rack and pinion belt tensioning for fast, accurate single point belt tensioning V-groove bed plate with guided belt provides positive belt tracking, even under demanding side load applications Belt take-up indicator allows for quick reading of remaining belt life Strong, box-like construction resists damaging frame twist Stand mounting brackets and return belt rollers are easily re-positioned along the frame Two T-Slots on each side for easy mounting of pre-engineered accessories
oPTionAl:
nose Bar Tail

Includes sealed bearings, 1 (25 mm) diameter rollers and is available at both ends for small part transfers.
STAndARd FeATuRe:
Rack and Pinion
Allows the tail section to be easily slid back for quick belt removal.
74
3200 FlAT BelT end dRiVe
Position A
1.14 (29) Optional Nose Bar Tail
1.00 DIA. (25) 3.21 (82) 9.00 (229
W + 1.33 (34) RECOMMENDED FLOW DRIVE END W 2.49 (63)
TENSION END
Position D 20mm
L (AT INITIAL FACTORY BELT TENSION) T.O.B. 2.23 (57) 1.28 (33) 3.22 (82) 3.80 (97)
6.83 (174) 3.04 (77)
9.00 (229)
W = Conveyor Belt Width dim = in (mm)
STAndARd SiZeS
Drive shaft Position

04 3.75 6 (95mm) (152mm) 0300 3 (914mm) 06 02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 0001 increments up to... 0.12 (3mm) increments up to... 48 48 (1,219mm) 4000 40 (12,192mm)
A B C D
Conveyor Width Reference
Conveyor Belt Width (W)
Conveyor length (l)
noTe: Conveyor longer than 12 (3,658 mm) will be constructed using a multiple piece frame. Consult factory for locations. noTe: Conveyors wider than 40 require v-guide belt tracking.
75
3200 SerieS: FLAT BeLT CeNTer DriVe
Specifications:
Loads up to 1,000 lbs* (455 kg) Belt Speeds up to 368 ft/min (112 m/min) Belt widths: 3.75 (95 mm) to 48 (1,219 mm) Conveyor lengths: 4 (1,219 mm) to 99 (30,175 mm) 16 (406 mm) of belt take-up 6 (152 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 18.8 (479 mm) of belt per revolution models available

Quick five-minute belt change Center Drive Module frees up both ends of conveyor for operator and machine interface The Center Drive Module can be easily repositioned along the length of the conveyor Maintenance free pneumatic belt tensioner maintains uniform belt tension (Manual spring tension available) V-groove bedplate with guided belt provides positive belt tracking, even under demanding side load applications Non V-guided belts use our patented belt tracking cams, offering you the widest belt selection possible Strong, box-like construction resists damaging frame twists 16 of belt take-up extends conveyor belt life Stand mounting brackets and return belt rollers are easily re-positioned along the frame Special length conveyors in 0.12 (3 mm) increments at standard price and delivery Two T-Slots on each side for easy mounting of pre-engineered accessories
oPTionAl:
nose Bar Tail

76
3200 FlAT BelT CenTeR dRiVe

Position D
optional nose Bar tail
1.00 Dia. (25)
reCommenDeD FloW W
9.00 (229)
3.21 (82)
W + 1.33 (34)
9.7 (246) Position a (Shown) l (at initial FaCtory Belt tension) 17.39 (442) t.o.B. 4.72 (121) W + 5.87 W
2.94 (75) t.o.B.
9.00 (229) 9.94 (253)
3.22 (82) 1.49 (38) 15.90 (403) 24.36 (618) Gearmotor Not Included, Order Separately
13.05 (332)
1.28 (33)
3.04 (77) 2.25 (57) 3.8 (97) 6.83 (174)
2.18 (55)
Position a (Shown)
Position D

STAndARd SiZeS

04 3.75 6 (95mm) (152mm) 0400 4 (1,219mm) 06 02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 0001 increments up to... 0.12 (3mm) increments up to... 48 48 (1,219mm) 9900 99 (30,175mm)
a D
Conveyor length (l)
77
3200 SerieS: CLeATeD BeLT eND DriVe
Specifications:
Loads up to 400 lbs* (181 kg) Belt speeds up to 275 ft/min (128 m/min) Belt widths: 3.75 (95 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Conveyor lengths: 3 (914 mm) to 40 (12,192 mm) Cleats available from 0.24 (6 mm) to 2.36 (60 mm) high 2 (51 mm) minimum cleat spacing 1.62 (41 mm) of belt take-up on conveyors up to 20 long 3.24 (82 mm) of belt take-up on conveyors over 20 long 3 (76 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 9.7 (246 mm) of belt per revolution models available

Quick five-minute belt change Rack and pinion belt tensioning for fast, accurate single point belt tensioning V-groove bed plate with guided belt provides positive belt tracking, even under demanding side load applications V-guided belts eliminate belt tracking Strong, box-like construction resists damaging frame twist Stand mounting brackets and return belt rollers are easily re-positioned along the frame Special length conveyors in 0.12 (3 mm) increments at standard price and delivery Two T-Slots on each side for easy mounting of pre-engineered accessories
STAndARd FeATuRe: oPTionAl:
Sidewall Cleated Belt

Used for small part handling. Available in 6 (152 mm) and wider belt widths.
Rack and Pinion
Allows the tail section to be easily slid back for quick belt removal.
78
3200 CleATed BelT end dRiVe

Position A 1.14 (29)
Standard Cleated Belt

W + 1.25 (32) W W - 1.00 (25)
[pocket width]
RECOMMENDED FLOW W W - 1.20 (30) 2.49 (63) T.O.B. 6.83 (174) L (AT INITIAL FACTORY BELT TENSION) 1.64 (42) T.O.B. 2.23 (57) 3.22 (82) 1.28 (33) 9.00 (229) 3.80 (97) W - .16 (4) W + .82 (21) 1.28 (33) Position D 20mm
W - 1.33 (34)
1.94 (49)
4.33 (110)
3.04 (77)
W = Conveyor Belt Width dim = in (mm) note: 6 min width for Sidewall Cleated Belt

W W - 1.2 (30) W - 4.0 (102)
[pocket width]
T.O.B.
STAndARd SiZeS
1.94 (49)

04 3.75 (95mm) 0300 3 (914mm) 6 (152mm) 06 02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 0001 increments up to... 0.12 (3mm) increments up to... 24 24 (1,219mm) 4000 40 (6102mm)
A B C D
6.83 1.28 (174) (33)
4.33 (110)
Conveyor length (l)
noTe: Conveyor longer than 12 (3,658mm) will be constructed using a multiple piece frame. Consult factory for locations.
W - .16 (4) W + .82 (21)
79
3200 SerieS: Z-FrAme FLAT BeLT eND DriVe
Specifications:
Loads up to 400 lbs* (181 kg) Belt speeds to 421 ft/min (128 m/min) Belt widths: 3.75 (95 mm) to 48 (1,219 mm) Conveyor lengths: 4 (1,219 mm) to 40 (12,192 mm) Adjustable angle, 0 to 35 1.62 (41 mm) of belt take-up on conveyors up to 20 long 3.24 (82 mm) of belt take-up on conveyors over 20 long 3 (76 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 9.7 (246 mm) of belt per revolution models available

Nose-over and walk-thru configurations Quick five-minute belt change Adjustable angle frames conform to applications Rack and pinion belt tensioning for fast, accurate single point belt tensioning V-groove bed plate with guided belt provides positive belt tracking, even under demanding side load applications Strong, box-like construction resists damaging frame twist Stand mounting brackets and return belt rollers are easily re-positioned along the frame Two T-Slots on each side for easy mounting of pre-engineered accessories
oPTionAl:
nose Bar Tail

STAndARd FeATuRe:
Adjustable Angles
80
3200 Z-FRAme FlAT BelT end dRiVe

W + 1.29 (33)
1.14 (29) Position D
FloW
2.49 (63) l2 l2 - 2.5 (64) l3 l3 - 1.3 (33) 1.28 (33) 3.22 (82)
Position a 20mm
l1 l1 - 1.3 (33)
Walk - Thru
De clin e
l2 l2 - 1.3 (33)
inc lin e
9.00 (229) 1.58 (40) 3.8 (97) 2.23 (57) 3.22 (82) 1.28 (33) 9.00 (229)
3.04 (77)
.B. t.o 3.8 (97)

t.o.B.
2.23 (57)
l3 l3 - 1.3 (33)
Nose -Over
1.00 Dia. (25) W 3.21 (82) 6.83 (174) 9.00 (229)
optional nosebar tail
W = Conveyor Belt Width dim = in (mm) note: Belt Direction is not reversible
STAndARd SiZeS

A B C D
Conveyor length (l)
l1 + l2 + l3 = maximum 40 (12,192mm) long conveyor
81
3200 SerieS: Z-FrAme FLAT BeLT CeNTer DriVe
Specifications:
Loads up to 1,000 lbs* (455 kg) Belt speeds to 370 ft/min (112 m/min) Belt widths: 3.75 (95 mm) to 48 (1,219 mm) Conveyor lengths: 6 (1,829 mm) to 99 (30,175 mm) Adjustable angle, 0 to 35 Drive module requires a 4 (1,219 mm) minimum section 6 (152 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 18.8 (479 mm) of belt per revolution Belt direction is not reversible models available

Nose-over and walk-thru configurations Low maintenance sealed bearings Center drives free up ends for machine and operator interface Center drive module can be easily repositioned along section length High strength anodized aluminum frame with clear coat finish Two T-Slots on each side for easy mounting of pre-engineered accessories Belt types and materials to match application requirements Adjustable angle frames conform to applications Adjustment cams provide precise belt tracking for non V-guided belts Pneumatic belt tensioner maintains uniform belt tension
oPTionAl:
nose Bar Tail

STAndARd FeATuRe:
Adjustable Angles
82
3200 Z-FRAme FlAT BelT CenTeR dRiVe

W + 1.29 (33)
W FloW
optional nosebar tail
1.00 Dia. (25)
3.21 (82)
l2 l2 - 2.5 (64) 17.39 (442) 0 - 35 0 - 35 9.94 (253)

inc lin e De clin e
9.00 (229)
l1 l1 - 1.3 (33)
l3 l3 - 1.3 (33)
9.00 (229) 3.17 (81) 23.61 (600) 1.49 (38)
3.04 (77)
.B. t.o 3.80 (97)
WALK-THRU
l2 l2 - 1.3 (33) 17.39 (442) 0 - 35 9.94 (253) 13.05 (332) 2.18 (55) 23.61 (600) Order Gearmotor seperately 1.49 (38) Position a (Shown) Position D 4.72 (121) W + 5.87 W 2.94 (75) t.o.B.
2.23 (57)
l3 l3 - 1.3 (33)
9.00 (229)
3.04 (77)
t.o
.B.
NOSE-OVER
W = Conveyor Belt Width dim = in (mm) note: Belt direction is not reversible
3.80 (97)
2.23 (57)
STAndARd SiZeS

a D
Conveyor length (l)
83
noTe: Center drive module requires a 4 (1,219 mm) minimum section. noTe: Conveyor longer than 12 (3,658 mm) will be constructed using a multiple piece frame. Consult factory for locations. noTe: Conveyors wider than 40 require v-guide belt tracking.
3200 SerieS: Z-FrAme SiDewALL CLeATeD BeLT eND DriVe
Specifications:
Loads up to 100 lbs* (45 kg) Belt speeds up to 275 ft/min (83.8 m/min) Belt widths: 8 (203 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Conveyor lengths: 4 (1,219 mm) to 25 (7,620 mm) Adjustable angle, 25 to 60 Available with 20 mm, 30 mm and 40 mm cleat and sidewall heights 1.62 (41 mm) of belt take-up 3 (76 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 9.7 (246 mm) of belt per revolution models available

Z-Frame, nose-over and horizontal-to-incline configurations Low maintenance sealed bearings Rack and pinion belt design offers single point belt tensioning High strength anodized aluminum frame with clear coat finish Two T-Slots on each side for easy mounting of pre-engineered accessories V-guided belts eliminate tracking adjustments Quick belt change increases uptime
STAndARd SiZeS
STAndARd FeATuRe:
Adjustable Angles
Conveyor Width Reference Conveyor Belt Width (W) Pocket Width Conveyor length Reference Section length (l)
08 8 (203mm) 3 (76mm) 0200 2 (610mm)
02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 0001 increments up to... 0.12 (3mm) increments up to...
24 24 (610mm) 19 (482mm) 1300 13 (3,962mm) STAndARd FeATuRe:
Small Parts handing

noTe: Conveyor longer than 12 (3,658 mm) will be constructed using a multiple piece frame. Consult factory for locations.
84
3200 Z-FRAme SideWAll CleATed BelT end dRiVe

W W -2.24 (57)
(pocket width)
W -5.0 (127)
1.14 (29) W + 1.55 (39) 6.83 (174)
Position D
1.94 (49) 4.33 (110) W-.16 (4) W+.82 (21)
FloW
W - 5.32 (135)
2.49 (63) 1.28 (33) t.o.B. 3.80 (97) l1 l1 - 1.3 (33) 1.63 (41) 9.00 (229) l2 l2 - 1.3 (33) 2.23 (57) 1.28 (33) 9.00 (229) 3.22 (82) t.o.B 3.80 (97) 1.62 (41) 2.23 (57)
Position a 20mm
l2
l1 l1 - 1.3 (33) l3 l3 - 1.3 (33)
NOSE OVER
l2 - 1.3 (33)
t.o.B.
1.63 (41)
3.80 2.23 (97) (57)

inc
9.00 (229) l2 l2 - 2.5 (64)

line De clin e
3.04 (77)
3.04 (77) 3.22 (82) 1.28 (33)
HORIZONTAL TO INCLINE
l3 l3 - 1.3 (33)

A
3.04 (77)

B
3.22 (82) 1.28 (33)
Z-FRAME
W = Conveyor Belt Width dim = in (mm) note: Belt direction is not reversible note: 35 to 60 for 18 (457 mm) to 24 (610 mm) wide conveyors
85
3200 SerieS: Z-FrAme STANDArD CLeATeD BeLT eND DriVe
Specifications:
Loads capacity up to 100 lbs* (45 kg) Belt speeds up to 275 ft/min (83.8 m/min) Belt widths: 8 (203 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Conveyor lengths: 4 (1,219 mm) to 25 (7,620 mm) Adjustable angle, 25 to 60 Cleats available from 0.24 (6 mm) to 2.36 (60 mm) high 1.62 (41 mm) of belt take-up 3 (76 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 9.7 (246 mm) of belt per revolution models available

Z-Frame, nose-over and horizontal-to-incline configurations Rack and pinion offers single point belt tensioning Low maintenance sealed bearings High strength anodized aluminum frame with clear coat finish Two T-Slots on each side for easy mounting of pre-engineered accessories V-guided belts eliminate tracking adjustments Adjustable angle frames conform to applications Quick belt change increases uptime
STAndARd SiZeS Drive shaft Position
STAndARd FeATuRe:
Adjustable Angles
Conveyor Width Reference Conveyor Belt Width (W) Pocket Width Conveyor length Reference Section length (l)
08 8 (203mm) 6 (152mm) 0200 2 (610mm)
02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 0001 increments up to... 0.12 (3mm) increments up to...
24 24 (610mm) 22 (559mm) 1300 13 (3,962mm)

noTe: Conveyor longer than 12 (3,658 mm) will be constructed using a multiple piece frame. Consult factory for locations.
86
3200 Z-FRAme STAndARd CleATed BelT end dRiVe

W + 1.55 (39)
(pocket width)
1.14 (29) W + 1.25 (32) W W - 2.00 (51) W - 2.2 (58) t.o.B. 6.83 (174) 1.92 (49) W - 2.20 (56)
Position D
FloW
2.49 (63) t.o.B.
Position a 3.80 (97) 2.23 (57) 1.63 (41) l2 l2 - 1.3 (33) 1.28 (33) 9.00 (229)
20mm Diameter
9.14 (232) 1.94 (49) 4.33 (110) W - .16 (4) W + .82 (21)
l3 l3 - 1.3 (33)
l1 l1 - 1.3 (33) 1.62 (41) 3.22 (82) 1.28 (33)
3.04 (77)
t.o.B. 3.80 (97) 2.23 (57) 1.62 (41) l2 l2 - 2.5 (64) t.o.B. 3.80 (97) 9.00 (229) 2.23 (57) l3 l3 - 1.3 (33)
Horizontal To Incline
l1 l1 - 1.3 (33)
9.00 (229)
1.28 (33)
3.22 (82)

Nose-Over Z-Frame
3.22 (82) 1.28 (33) 3.04 (77) 3.04 (77)
l2 l2 - 1.3 (33)
W = Conveyor Belt Width dim = in (mm) note: Belt direction is not reversible note: 35 to 60 for 18 (457mm) to 24 (610mm) wide conveyors
87
3200 SerieS: ProFiLeS

W W W
0.59 (15)
3.53 (90)
W+1.25 (32)
2.03 (52)
W+1.25 (32)
W-.62 (16)
W-.56 (14)
1.17 (30)
W+1.25 (32)
1.00 (25)
W+1.25 (32)
1.10 (28)
W+1.25 (32)
W=MAX W-8.00 (203) MIN 1.00 (25)
W=MAX W-8.00 (203) MIN 1.00 (25) 5.91 (150)
5.85 (149)
W+12.95 (329) MAX
W+12.95 (329) MAX
Tool-less Fully Adjustable Guide
-14*
* Z-frame compatible profiles ** Do not use with High Friction Belts
88
3200 SerieS: STANDArD BeLTiNg

Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - metal Clipper Belt Type - Finger Splice
Standard belt material is stocked at Dorner, then cut & spliced at the factory for fast conveyor shipment.
maximum Part Temperature
01 02 03 05 06 08
A1 A2 A3 A5 A6 A8
1A 2A 3A 5A 6A 8A
0.067 (1.7) 0.071 (1.8) 0.067 (1.7) 0.047 (1.2) 0.063 (1.6) 0.083 (2.1)
212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 158F (70C)
x x x x
x x x x x x x
Packaging, clean room and inspection Most versatile belt offering Packaging, clean room and inspection Accumulation of products Electronics Handling Conveys up to 35 inclines*
note: See below for splice details. Plastic Clipper splice requires longer lead times. Clipper splice not available on Z-frame Series Conveyors. note: Conveyors wider than 40 (1,016mm) require V-Guide belt tracking note: Belts with V-guiding may have a slight high spot or rib on the top surface. This rib would run longitudinally along the center of the belt. Consult factory with applications for which this may cause interference. *Incline varies due to factors like dust, fluids and part material.
BelT SPliCinG
Finger Splice
All belts are available with a standard Thermoformed finger splice, This splice makes the belt continuous and is virtually undetectable. Splice bonding methods vary by belt type. Consult factory for details.
Plastic Clipper**
metal Clipper**
** See belt charts for compatibility. Not for use with 3200 Series Nose Bar Transfer option. Plastic and Metal Clippers are slightly thicker than base belt. Contact factory for details.
Chemical Resistance
Belt Specifications
Static Conductive
Carcass material
Surface material
FdA Approved
Anti-Static
Thickness
89
3200 SerieS: SPeCiALTy BeLTiNg

17 18 50 51 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 63 64 65 66 67 68 69
B7 B8
7B 8B
Material Handling, Accumulation Material Handling, High Friction Heat Resistant Heat Resistant Translucent, Nose Bar, Accumulation
x x
0.08 (2) 0.08 (2) 0.05 (1.3) 0.04 (1.0) 0.02 (0.5)
PVC PVC Silicone Mesh Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Nitrile Urethane PVC Urethane Urethane Urethane PVC Polypropylene Polyester Polyester Urethane Urethane
180F (82C) 158F (70C) 356F (180C) 600F (316C) 212F (100C) 1 76F (80C) 176F (80C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 176F (80C) 158F (70C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 194F (90C) 248F (120C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 212F (100C)
Low High Low n/a V-Low Low High Med. Med. Low Med. Low Low Low V-High Low Med. n/a Low High x x x x x x x x x x
Poor Poor Good V-Good Good Good Good Good Poor V-Good Poor Good Good Good Poor V-Good V-Good Good Good Good
Low cost alternative, general purpose Low cost alternative, general purpose, dark green colored 0.18 (5mm) square mesh, UV curing, airflow Back lit inspection and very small product transfer Packaging, clean room and inspection Packaging, clean room and inspection Oily product release, metal stamping Felt-like, dry metal stamping, glass and ceramic Cross-linked surface, gold colored Black colored, hides overspray from ink jet Green colored Blue colored Static conductive, electronics handling Dark Green colored, rough top surface, product cushioning, incline/decline apps Very good cut resistance, excellent product release Good cut resistance, metal stamping apps Excellent product release, consult factory for part number and how to specify low friction Urethane enclosed for added sanitary protection Urethane enclosed for added sanitary protection
F4 F5
4F 5F 6F 7F 8F
FDA Sealed Edge FDA Sealed Edge Cut Resistant Cut Resistant* Cut Resistant Color Contrasting Color Contrasting Color Contrasting Electrically Conductive High Friction Chemical Resistant Chemical Resistant Low Friction Cleated (Do not use with Z-frame) FDA Encased** FDA Encased**
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
0.06 (1.6) 0.06 (1.6) 0.08 (2.1) 0.10 (2.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.05 (1.3) 0.05 (1.3) 0.05 (1.2) 0.17 (4.4) 0.05 (1.3) 0.07 (1.7) 0.06 (1.6) 0.06 (1.5) 0.09 (2.2)
F9 G0 G1
9F 0G 1G 3G 4G 5G 6G 7G
G8 G9
note: Clipper Splices not available on Z-frame Series Conveyors. note: Conveyors wider than 40 (1,016 mm) require V-Guide belt tracking note: Belts with V-guiding may have a slight high spot or rib on the top surface. This rib would run longitudinally along the center of the belt. Consult factory with applications for which this may cause interference. * 12 (305 mm) wide conveyor maximum for non V-guided ** Not available in 2 (51 mm) widths
90
Chemical Resistance
Belt Specifications
Surface material
Belt Thickness
FdA Approved
V-guided
3200 SerieS: CLeATeD BeLTiNg
10 .059 typ. (1.5) 1.57 (40) 2.36 (60) .24 (6) .43 (11) 1.57 (40) 10 2.33 (59)
1.00 (25)
.97 (25)
10
A*
.35 typ. (9)
B*
C*
F**
G**
H*
V*
J*
* maximum 20 (508 mm) cleat spacing for 18 and wider conveyors with lengths greater than 7 (2,134 mm) ** 18 and wider conveyors have a maximum length of 7 (2,134 mm) Base Belt material: 0.059 (1.5 mm) thick, high friction FDA approved urethane, 176F (80C) maximum part temperature. See Specialty Belt 67 for low friction base belt material. note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (50 mm). Consult Factory.
SideWAll CleATed BelTinG

W
Sidewall Cleated Belts are used for small part handling.

Chemical Resistance Surface material Cleated & Sidewall height
Cleat Height
Belt Thickness
FdA Approved
W = Conveyor Belt Width A = Pocket Width = W - 4.0 (102 mm) for 3200 = W - 5.0 (127 mm) for Z-frame note: 6 (152 mm) minimum width for 3200 conveyors and 8 (203 mm) minimum width for Z-frame conveyors. 24 (610 mm) maximum conveyor width.
Cleat Type
Color
S T
30mm 40mm
.06 (1.5) .06 (1.5)
Urethane Urethane
White White
212F (100C) 212F (100C)
x x
Good Good
Note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (50 mm). Consult factory for special cleat information.
91
3200 SerieS: geArmoTor mouNTiNg PACkAgeS

GeARmoToR mounTinG PACkAGe & GeARmoToR SeleCTion STePS
Step 1:
Select a Gearmotor mounting Package. For End drive conveyors, select a side, bottom or top drive mount (pages 93-94). If a Center Drive conveyor is being outfitted, refer to the Center Drive section on page 95. Be sure to note if it is for a 90 or Parallel Shaft Gearmotor. Using Belt Speed and load Requirements, determine the required Gearmotor Type (Light, Heavy or Standard) for your application using the chart below. Find the appropriate set of Belt Speed Charts (page 95) for the Mounting Package you selected and choose between the Fixed or Variable Speed chart. Go down the first column of the Belt Speed Chart and locate the required Belt Speed for your application. If the desired belt speed is not listed, round up to the next higher speed. From the row containing your required Belt Speed, check to be sure that speed is available for the mount Package you chose. (End Drive Only - Top, Bottom or Side) Use the Drive / Driven Pulley Kit combination to complete your Mounting Package Part Number Note the RPm from Gearmotor, it will be needed to select the correct Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Chart. Reference the Gearmotor Chart # to locate a compatible Gearmotor Chart on pages 96-103. Be sure to select a Gearmotor Chart to match your Gearmotor Type (Light, Standard or Heavy) and your mounting Package while meeting your electrical requirements. (Red = Parallel Shaft or Blue = 90) Using the RPm from Gearmotor (Step 6), locate the Part number for your Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Table.
Gearmotor tyPe light load Heavy load 0-15 (0-4.6) 16-30 (4.9-9.1) 31-45 (9.5-13.7) 46-60 (14-18.3) 61-75 (18.6-22.9) Belt speed - Ft/min (m/min) 76-90 (23.2-27.4) 91-110 (27.7-33.5) 111-130 (33.8-39.6) 131-150 (39.9-45.7) 151-175 (46-53.4) 176-200 (53.7-61) 201-225 (61.3-68.6) 226-250 (68.9-76.2) 251-275 (76.5-83.8) 276-300 (84.1-91.4) 301-350 (91.7-106.7 351-400 (107-121.9) 401-450 (122.2-137.1) 10 (4.5) standard load Conveyor load - lbs (Kg) 400 (181.9) 700 (318.2) 100 (45.5) 150 (68.2) 200 (90.9) 550 (250) 25 (11.4) 50 (22.7) 75 (34.1)
Step 2: Step 3: Step 4: Step 5: Step 6: Step 7:
Step 8:
Step 9:
92

Side mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
10.50 (267) 6.00 (152)
4.48 (114)
6.00 (152) 7.86 4.80 (122) (200) 0.56 (14) 1.38 (35)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, 3 jaw flexible coupling, coupling guard and mounting hardware Bottom mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
3.70 (94)
W B min. 4.82 (122)
8.97 (228)
3.17 (81)
B: Flat Belt Cleated Belt
= 1.64 (42) = 4.33 (110)
C: Flat Belt Cleated Belt
= 11.39 (289) = 14.08 (357)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits Top mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor W = Conveyor Belt Width
3.17 (81)
12.69 (322)
0.91 (23) W
5.37 (137) 4.85 (123)
2.80 (71)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits W = Conveyor Belt Width
93

Side mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
B W 18.43 (468) a 6.07 (154) 0.57 (14)
A:
Light Load Standard Load
= 6.7 (191) = 7.6 (194)
B: Light Load Standard Load
= 8.0 (203) = 9.8 (240)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, 3-jaw flexible coupling, coupling guard and mounting hardware Bottom mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
3.71 (94) W
12.69 (322)
4.82 (122) 3.17 (81)
1.39 (35)
A:
= 5.1 (129) = 7.7 (197)
= 14.5 (368) = 15.4 (392)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits Top mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
3.17 (81)
12.69 (322)
8.88 5.54 (226) (141)
a 4.82 (122)
0.72 (18) 3.71 (94)
A:
= 14.5 (368) = 15.4 (392)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits 90 Gearmotor location options
2
94
3200 SerieS: BeLT SPeeD ChArTS

Refer to the Gearmotor Selection Steps on page 90 for instructions on using the Belt Speed Charts. end dRiVe BelT SPeed ChARTS
Fixed Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 8 11 23 34 46 52 69 103 137 172 206 275 343 412 m/min 2.4 3.4 7.0 10.4 14.0 15.8 21.0 31.4 41.8 52.4 62.8 83.8 104.5 125.6 RPM From Gearmotor 10 10 29 43 58 43 86 86 173 173 173 345 345 345 Mount Package Top & Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side & Gang x Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 16 24 16 16 16 24 16 24 16 20 24 16 20 24 Driven Pulley 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Gearmotor Chart Light Load Standard Load 7 7 6, 7 6 7 6 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7
Variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 1.3 - 11 2 - 17 2.3 - 23 3.4 - 34 4 - 33 5 - 51 6 - 50 7 - 68 8 - 66 9 - 75 10 - 103 12 - 100 14 - 137 18 - 150 21 - 206 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 16 16 24 16 24 16 20 24 16 20 24 24 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 24 - 200 27 - 275 30 - 250 34 - 343 36 - 300 41 - 412 48 - 398 m/min .4 - 3.4 .6 - 5.1 .7 - 7.0 1.0 - 10.5 1.2 - 10 1.51 - 15.1 1.8 - 15 2.1 - 20.9 2.4 - 20 2.7 - 23 3.1 - 31.4 3.6 - 30 4.2 - 41.9 5.5 - 45 6.3 - 63 7.3 - 61 8.4 - 83.7 9.1 - 76 10.5 - 104.6 11 - 92 12.6 - 125.6 15 - 121 RPM From Gearmotor 14 14 29 43 42 43 63 86 83 63 86 125 173 125 173 250 345 250 345 250 345 500 Mount Package Top & Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side & Gang x Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 16 24 16 16 16 24 16 16 16 24 24 16 16 24 24 16 16 20 20 24 24 16 Driven Pulley 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 3 4 3 4 Gearmotor Chart Light Load Standard Load 12 12 10, 13, 14 10, 14 9, 12 10, 14 9 10, 13, 14 12 9 10, 13, 14 9, 12 10, 13, 14 9, 12 10, 13, 14 9, 12 10, 13, 14 9, 12 10, 13, 14 9, 12 10, 13, 14 9
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz. 19 28 42 56 84 111 139 167 223 279 334 382 5.8 8.5 12.8 17.1 25.6 33.8 42.4 50.9 68.0 85.0 101.8 116.4 23* 35* 35* 70* 70* 140* 140* 140* 280* 280* 280* 280*
RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors. VFD drive at 63 max. Hz. output. 9.3 - 23 13.9 - 35 20 - 53 28 - 70 42 - 105 55 - 140 69 - 176 84 - 210 111 - 280 139 - 351 167 - 421 2.8 - 7.1 4.2 - 11 6.4 - 16 8.5 - 21 12.7 -32 17 - 43 21 - 54 25 - 64 34 - 86 42 - 107 51 - 128 23* 35* 35* 70* 70* 140* 140* 140* 280* 280* 280* x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 16 16 24 16 24 16 20 24 16 20 24 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
Note: Cleated Belts operate at maximum 280 ft/min (86 m/min)
Red = Parallel Shaft, Blue = 90
CenTeR dRiVe BelT SPeed ChARTS

Center drive Package Selection Steps Step 1: There is only one Mounting Package for 3200 & Z-frame Center Drive Conveyors which uses a 90 Heavy Load gearmotor. Step 2: Refer to the set of Belt Speed Charts to the right for Center Drive Mounting Package and choose between the Fixed or Variable Speed chart. Step 3: Go down the first column of the Belt Speed Chart and locate the required Belt Speed for your application. If the desired belt speed is not listed, round up to the next higher speed.
Fixed Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 28 35 46 55 69 92 110 138 184 276 368 m/min 8.4 10.5 14.0 16.8 21.0 28.0 33.7 42.1 56.1 84.1 112.2 RPM From Gearmotor 17 22 29 35 43 58 70 86 115 173 230 Gearmotor Chart # 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 2.8 - 28 3.5 - 35 4 - 40 4.6 - 46 5 - 50 5.5 - 55.2 6.7 - 66.7 6.9 - 69 9.2 - 92 11 - 110.4 13.8 - 138 18.4 - 184 16 16 16 16 16 27.6 - 276 36.8 - 368 m/min .8 - 8.4 1.1 - 10.5 1.2 - 12.2 1.4 - 14.0 1.5 - 15.2 1.7 - 16.8 2.0 - 20.3 2.1 - 21.0 2.8 - 28.0 3.4 - 33.7 4.2 - 42.1 5.6 - 56.0 8.4 - 84.1 11.2 - 112.2 RPM From Gearmotor Gearmotor Chart # 17 22 25 29 31 35 42 43 58 70 86 115 173 230 18, 19 18 17 18, 19 17 18 17 18, 19 18 18, 19 18, 19 18, 19 18 18
Step 4: Note the RPm from Gearmotor, it will be needed to select the correct Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Chart. Step 5: Reference the Gearmotor Chart # to locate a compatible Gearmotor Chart on pages 100-101. Be sure to select a Gearmotor that meets your electrical requirements. Step 6: Using the RPm from Gearmotor (Step 4), locate the Part number for your Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Table.
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz. 22 50 75 149 320 6.8 15.2 22.8 45.5 97.6 14* 31* 47* 93* 200*
RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors, VFD drive at 63 max. Hz. output. 2.2-22.4 0.7-6.8 14* 20
95
3200 SerieS: geArmoTorS

GeARmoToR SeleCTion STePS Refer to page 90 for instructions on Selecting a Gearmotor Mounting Package and Gearmotor.
GeARmoToR TYPe light load 25 (11.4) 50 (22.7) heavy load 0-15 (0-4.6) 16-30 (4.9-9.1) 31-45 (9.5-13.7) 46-60 (14-18.3) 61-75 (18.6-22.9) Belt Speed - Ft/min (m/min) 76-90 (23.2-27.4) 91-110 (27.7-33.5) 111-130 (33.8-39.6) 131-150 (39.9-45.7) 151-175 (46-53.4) 176-200 (53.7-61) 201-225 (61.3-68.6) 226-250 (68.9-76.2) 251-275 (76.5-83.8) 276-300 (84.1-91.4) 301-350 (91.7-106.7 351-400 (107-121.9) 401-450 (122.2-137.1) 10 (4.5) Standard load 75 (34.1) Conveyor load - lbs (kg) 400 (181.9) 700 (318.2) 100 (45.5) 150 (68.2) 200 (90.9) 550 (250)
GeARmoToR ACCeSSoRieS

2.80 (71) 5.43 (138) 5.25 (133)
Compatible with Light and Standard Load 90 gearmotors Black anodized aluminum
Part Number 694025
96

liGhT loAd, Fixed SPeed (For use on End Drive Conveyor Only)
Chart 1 90
14.3 (362) 6.6 (168) 6.5 (164) 1.4 (35) 2.8 5.2 (70) (133) 2.9 1.3 (74) (34) 2.2 (56) 5.3 (133)
Sealed gearmotor NEMA 42 CZ C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 208-230/460V 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 106
Part Number 32M060HL4(vp)F(n) 32M040HL4(vp)F(n) 32M020HL4(vp)F(n) 32M010HL4(vp)F(n) RPM 29 43 86 173 Gearmotor Type L L L L 1 Phase Hp 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 kW 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 FLA 5 5 5 5
5.3 (133)
3 Phase Hp 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 kW 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 FLA 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6
in.-lbs. 226 237 142 78
Nm 25.5 26.8 16.0 18.8
3 Phase Starter Chart L L L L
(vp) = Voltage and Phase 11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 208 - 230 / 460V, 3 phase (n) = Reversing Capability N = No reversing switch R = With reversing switch (115V, 1 phase only)
Chart 2
90
6.6 (168) 5.5 (140) 5.7 (144) 2.8 (70) 1.4 (35) 13.4 (339) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 4.9 (124)
Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled IEC 63 B5 C Face IP 55 Protection Rating 50 Hz Order starter separately, see page 106
Part Number 62Z060HS4(vp)FN 62Z040HS4(vp)FN 62Z020HS4(vp)FN 62Z010HS4(vp)FN 62Z005HS4(vp)FN (vp) = Voltage and Phase 21 = 230V, 1 phase 23 = 230V, 3 phase 43 = 400V, 3 phase FlA = Full Load Amperes note: Z-frame Conveyors are not reversible RPM 23 35 70 140 280 Gearmotor Type L L L L L 1Ph kW 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
1 Ph FLA 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
3Ph kW 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
3 Ph FLA 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8
Nm 26.4 28.9 19.4 10.7 5.6
note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive.
97

liGhT loAd, VARiABle SPeed (For use on End Drive Conveyor Only)
Chart 3 90
1.4 (35)
5.3 (135) 5.0 (127) 14.5 (368) 5.3 (133) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 4.8 (122)
130 Volts DC NEMA 42 CZ C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see pages 104 & 105
Part Number 22M060HSD3DEN 22M040HSD3DEN 22M020HSD3DEN 22M010HSD3DEN RPM 42 63 125 250 Gearmotor Type L L L L Hp 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33
kW 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
FLA 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
in.-lbs. 198 163 98 54
Nm 22.4 18.4 11.1 6.1
Vari-Speed Control Chart A A A A
Chart 4
90
12.9 (327) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 7.6 (194) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
Variable frequency drive, 6 - 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56C C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/460 Volts, 3 phase Order controller separately, see pages 104 & 105
Part Number 32M060HL423EN 32M040HL423EN 32M020HL423EN 32M010HL423EN 32M005HL423EN * = At 60 Hz RPM 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type L L L L L Hp 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 kW 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19
FLA 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97
in.-lbs.* 226 237 142 78 41
Nm 25.5 86.8 16.0 8.8 4.6
Chart 5
90
6.6 (168) 5.5 (140) 5.7 (144) 2.8 (70) 1.4 (35) 13.4 (339) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 4.9 (124)
Variable frequency drive, 25 - 63 Hz Sealed gearmotor IEC 63 B5 C face IP 55 protection rating Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/400 Volts, 3 phase Order controller separately, see pages 104 & 105
Part Number 62Z060HS423EN 62Z040HS423EN 62Z020HS423EN 62Z010HS423EN * = At 50 Hz RPM 23 35 70 140 Gearmotor Type L L L L
3 Ph kW 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
3 Ph FLA 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Nm* 26.4 28.9 19.4 10.7
Vari-Speed Control Chart B B B B
note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. FlA = Full Load Amperes note: Z-frame Conveyors are not reversible Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
98

STAndARd loAd, Fixed SPeed (For use on End Drive Conveyor Only)
Chart 6 90
7.7 (196) 6.6 (168) 2.8 (70) 6.6 (168) 2.9 1.3 (74) (34) 15.2 (386) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 6.2 (157)
Sealed gearmotors NEMA 56 C face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 208-230/460V 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 106
Part Number 32M060HS4(vp)F(n) 32M040HS4(vp)F(n) 32M020HS4(vp)F(n) 32M010HS4(vp)F(n) 32M005HS4(vp)F(n) RPM 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type S S S S S
1.4 (35) 7.7 (196)
(vp) 11 23 (n) N R
= Voltage and Phase = 115V, 1 phase = 208 - 230 / 460V, 3 phase = Reversing Capability = No reversing switch = With reversing switch (115V, 1 phase only)
1 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 FLA 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
3 Phase kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 FLA 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0
in.-lbs. 226 247 248 156 81
Nm 25.5 27.9 27.9 17.6 9.1
Vari-Speed Control Chart M M M M M
Chart 7
Parallel Shaft
2.09 (53) .75
Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 230V 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 106
Gearmotor Type S S S S S S 1 Phase Hp 0.08 0.17 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 kW 0.06 0.13 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
5.88 (149)
2.00 (51)
10.47 (266)
(vp) 11 23 (n) N R (x)
6.00 (152)
= Voltage and Phase = 115V, 1 phase = 208 - 230 / 460V, 3 phase = Reversing Capability = No reversing switch = With reversing switch (115V, 1 phase only) = 3 for 1 phase, 6 for 3 phase Nm 38.5 30.5 28.3 18.9 12.2 6.3 Vari-Speed Control Chart L L M M M M
Part Number 62M180PS4(vp)F(n) 62M060PS4(vp)F(n) (x)2M030PS4(vp)F(n) (x)2M020PS4(vp)F(n) (x)2M010PS4(vp)F(n) (x)2M005PS4(vp)F(n)
RPM 10 29 58 86 173 345
3 Phase FLA 1.2 1.9 4 4 4 4 Hp .17 .17 .38 .38 .38 .38 kW 0.13 0.13 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 FLA 1.0 1.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
in.-lbs. 341 270 250 167 108 56
Chart 8
90
7.4 (187) 6.3 (160) 6.3 (160) 1.4 (35) 5.9 (149) 14.5 (368)
Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled IEC 71 B5 C face Non-reversible IP55 protection rating 50 Hz Order starter separately, see page 106
Part Number 32Z060HS4(vp)FN 32Z040HS4(vp)FN 32Z020HS4(vp)FN 32Z010HS4(vp)FN 32Z005HS4(vp)FN RPM 23 35 70 140 280 Gearmotor Type S S S S S
2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
5.4 (137)
(vp) 21 23 43
= Voltage and Phase = 230V, 1 phase = 230V / 460V, 3 phase = 400V, 3 phase
1Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
1 Ph FLA 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
3 Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
3 Ph FLA 2.1 / 1.2 2.1 / 1.2 2.1 / 1.2 2.1 / 1.2 2.1 / 1.2
Nm 26.8 29.4 29.9 21.5 11.2
Starter Chart J J J J J
99

STAndARd loAd, VARiABle SPeed (For use on End Drive Conveyor Only)
Chart 9 90
7.7 (195) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 2.6 (67) 5.9 (149) 14.6 (372)
90V DC Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56 C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled Order controller separately, see pages 104 & 105
Part Number 32M060HSD9DEN 32M040HSD9DEN 32M020HSD9DEN 62M010HHD9DEN 62M005HHD9DEN RPM 42 63 125 250 500 Gearmotor Type S S S S S Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.75 0.75
2.2 (56) 6.6 (168) 2.9 (74)
5.2 (131) 1.3 (34)
kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.5 0.5
FLA 5.0 5.0 5.0 7.5 7.5
in.-lbs. 198 215 196 108 56
Nm 22.4 24.3 22.1 12.2 6.3
Vari-Speed Control Chart C C C C C
Chart 10
90
7.9 (201) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 3.1 (79) 5.9 (149) 14.4 (365)
Variable frequency drive, 6 - 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56 C Face Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 230/460 Volts, 3 Phase Order controller separately, see pages 104 & 105
Part Number 32M060HS423EN 32M040HS423EN 32M020HS423EN 32M010HS423EN 32M005HS423EN * = At 60 Hz RPM* 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type S S S S S 3 Ph Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3 Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
6.1 (155)
3 Ph FLA 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
in.-lbs.* 226 247 248 156 81
Nm* 25.5 27.9 27.9 17.6 9.1
Chart 11
90
7.4 (187) 6.3 (160) 6.3 (160) 1.4 (35) 14.5 (368)
Variable frequency drive, 25 - 63 Hz Sealed gearmotor IEC 71 B5 C Face IP 55 protection rating Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/400 Volts, 3 Phase Order controller separately, see pages 104 & 105
2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
5.9 (149)
5.4 (137)
3 Ph FLA 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Nm* 26.8 29.4 29.9 21.5 11.2
100

STAndARd loAd, VARiABle SPeed (For use on End Drive Conveyor Only)
12.5 (318) 2.0 (51) 1.5 (37) 4.8 (121) .75 2.4 (62) 4.9 (124) 4.3 (108)
130 Volts DC Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see pages 104 & 105
Part Number 62M180PSD3DEN 62M060PSD3DEN 62M030PSD3DEN 62M020PSD3DEN 62M010PSD3DEN RPM 14 42 83 125 250 Gearmotor Type S S S S S Hp 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.33
kW 0.09 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.25
FLA 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.3
in.-lbs. 341 270 135 90 72
Nm 38.5 30.5 15.3 10.2 8.1
Chart 13
Parallel Shaft
1.49 (38) 4.75 (121) 2.39 (61) 2.04 (52) .75 2.62 (67) 2.00 (51) 11.00 (281) 4.75 (121)
Variable frequency drive, 10 to 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230 Volts / 3 Phase, VFD duty Order controller separately, see pages 104 & 105
Part Number 62M180PS423EN 62M060PS423EN 62M030PS423EN 62M020PS423EN 62M010PS423EN 62M005PS423EN RPM 10 29 58 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type S S S S S S Hp 0.17 0.17 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38
6.73 (171)
kW 0.13 0.13 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28
FLA 1.0 1.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
in.-lbs. 341 270 250 167 115 58
Nm 38.5 30.5 28.3 18.9 13.0 6.5
Vari-Speed Control Chart D and E D and E D and E D and E D and E D and E
FlA = Full Load Amperes note: Z-frame Conveyors are not reversible Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
101

heAVY loAd, Fixed SPeed
Chart 15 90
7.0 (178) 18.1 (460)
NEMA 56 C face for .5 & 1 Hp 208 - 230/460 V, 3 Phase wiring by others NEMA 145TC C face for 1.5 Hp 60 Hz NEMA 145TC C face for 2 Hp Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 106 Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V, 1 Phase includes switch, cord and overload protection
Part Number 32M100HH4(vp)F(N) 32M080HH4(vp)F(N) 32M060HH4(vp)F(N) 32M050HH423FN 32M040HH423FN 32M030HH423FN 32M025HH423FN 32M020HH423FN 32M015HH423FN 32M010HH423FN 32M008HH423FN RPM 17 22 29 35 43 58 70 86 115 173 230 Gearmotor Type H H H H H H H H H H H 1 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a FLA 8.0 8.0 8.0 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 3 Phase kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.74 0.74 1.11 1.11 1.49 1.49 1.49 1.49 FLA
2.8 (71)
7.2 (183) 2.5 (64)
10.2 (259)
in.-lbs. 913 833 679 1205 1023 1216 1068 1183 909 636 482
Nm 103 94 76 136 115 137 121 134 103 72 54
3 Phase Starter Chart M M M P P Q Q Q Q Q Q
2.0 / 1.0 2.0 / 1.0 2.0 / 1.0 3.4 / 1.7 3.4 / 1.7 5.0 / 2.5 5.0 / 2.5 6.2 / 3.1 6.2 / 3.1 6.2 / 3.1 6.2 / 3.1
Chart 16
90
16.8 (427) 6.9 (175) 7.9 (200) 3.1 (80)
Sealed gearmotor IEC 71 B5 C face for .37 KW IEC 80 B5 C face for .55 KW IEC 90 B5 C face for 1.1 KW
IP55 protection rating Totally enclosed, fan cooled 50 Hz Order starter separately, see page 106
9.2 (234)
9.0 (229)
2.4 (62)
Part Number 32Z100HH4(vp)FN 32Z045HH4(vp)FN 32Z030HH4(vp)FN 32Z015HH4(vp)FN 32Z007HH4(vp)FN (vp) = Voltage and Phase
RPM 14 31 47 93 200 23 = 230V, 3 phase
Gearmotor Type H H H H H 43 = 430V, 3 phase
3 Ph kW 0.37 0.55 0.55 1.10 1.10
3 Ph FLA 2.1 / 1.2 2.6 / 1.5 2.6 / 1.5 4.7 / 2.7 4.7 / 2.7
Nm 113 110 81 92 46
Starter Chart J R R K K
note: Z-frame Conveyors are not reversible
heAVY loAd, VARiABle SPeed

Chart 17 90
7.0 (178) 2.8 (71) 9.5 (241) 2.5 (64) 15.7 (399)
90 VDC Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56C C face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see pages 104 & 105
Part Number 32M100HHD9DEN 32M080HHD9DEN 32M060HHD9DEN 32M050HHD9DEN 32M040HHD9DEN RPM 25 31 42 50 63 Gearmotor Type H H H H H Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.75 0.75
5.1 (130)
kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.50 0.50
FLA 5.0 5.0 5.0 7.5 7.5
in.-lbs. 630 574 468 624 529
Nm 71 65 53 70 60
102

heAVY loAd, VARiABle SPeed
Chart 18 90
7.0 (178) 18.1 (460)
Variable frequency drive, 6 - 60 Hz NEMA 56 C face for .5 Hp + 1 Hp NEMA 145TC C face for 1.5 + 2 Hp Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/460 Volts, 3 phase Order controller separately, see pages 104 & 105
Part Number 32M100HH423EN 32M080HH423EN 32M060HH423EN 32M050HH423EN 32M040HH423EN 32M030HH423EN 32M025HH423EN 32M020HH423EN 32M015HH423EN 32M010HH423EN 32M008HH423EN * = At 60 Hz RPM 17 22 29 35 43 58 70 86 115 173 230 Gearmotor Type H H H H H H H H H H H Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.74 0.74 1.11 1.11 1.49 1.49 1.49 1.49
2.8 (71)
7.2 (183) 2.5 (64)
10.2 (259)
FLA 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 3.2 / 1.6 3.2 / 1.6 4.2 / 2.1 4.2 / 2.1 5.0 / 2.5 5.0 / 2.5 5.0 / 2.5 5.0 / 2.5
in.-lbs.* 913 833 679 1205 1023 1216 1068 1183 909 636 482
Nm* 103 94 76 136 115 137 121 134 103 72 54
Vari-Speed Control Chart D or E D or E D or E D D D D D D D D
Chart 20
90
16.8 (427) 6.9 (175) 7.9 (200) 3.1 (80)
Part Number 32Z100HH423EN 32Z045HH423EN 32Z030HH423EN * = At 50 Hz RPM* 14 31 47 Gearmotor Type H H H 3 Ph kW 0.37 0.55 0.55
9.2 (234)
9.0 (229)
2.4 (62)
3 Ph FLA 2.1 / 1.2 2.6 / 1.5 2.6 / 1.5
Nm* 113 110 81
Vari-Speed Control Chart B B B
FlA = Full Load Amperes note: Z-frame Conveyors are not reversible Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
103
3200 SerieS: VAriABLe SPeeD CoNTroLLerS

VARiABle SPeed ConTRolleRS
Chart A
7.1 (181) 5.3 (133)
62mD1134
4.5 (114) 4.6 (116) 7.1 (180) 5.3 (135)
62mD1134r
5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
3.9 (100)
Input Hz 60 60
6.3 (160) 5.9 (150)

4.5 (114)
Max Amps* 3.2 5.0
Reversing No Yes
Chart B
VFD control IP 65 enclosure EMC filter Variable speed Mounting hardware Line cord and motor cord Motor cord only on 460V Part Number 62UV2121 62UV4341 62UV2127 62UV4347 Input Volts 230 400 230 400 Input Phase 1 3 1 3 Input Hz 50 50 50 50
8.0 (203)
10.5 (268)
Output Volts 230 400 230 400
Output Phase 3 3 3 3
Max Kw* 0.75 0.75 1.50 1.50
Max Amps 4.2 2.1 6.8 3.4
Reversing Yes Yes Yes Yes
Chart C
PWM DC control NEMA 1 enclosure Line cord and motor cord On/Off switch for 62MD1192 and 62MD1193 Forward/Off/Reverse switch for 62MD1192R and 62MD1193R Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware Part Number 62MD1192 62MD1192R 62MD1193 62MD1193R Input Volts 115 115 115 115 Input Phase 1 1 1 1
62MD1192 & 62MD1192R

7.1 (180) 5.3 (135) 5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
62MD1193 & 62MD1193R

5.5 (140) 4.1 (105)
8.3 (210)
10.0 (254)
Input Hz 60 60 60 60 Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
Max Amps* 5.0 5.0 7.5 7.5
104
3200 SerieS: VAriABLe SPeeD CoNTroLLerS

VARiABle SPeed ConTRolleRS
Chart d
Full feature VFD control NEMA 4 enclosure Digital display Keypad with Start/Stop, Forward/Reverse and speed variations Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others 62MV1122 includes line cord to controller Mounting hardware Part Number 32MV1122 32MV2122 32MV1121 32MV2121 32MV2127 32MV2322 32MV2327 32MV4341 32MV4347 Input Volts 115 230 115 230 230 230 230 460 460 Input Phase 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 Input Hz 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Output Volts 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 460 460
6.3 (160) 5.9 (150) 4.5 (114)
8.0 (203)
10.5 (268)
Output Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Max Hp 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.5 2.0 1.0 2.0
Output Amps* 2.2 2.2 4.0 4.0 6.8 2.2 6.8 2.0 3.4
Chart e
VFD control Nema 1 enclosure Line cord and motor cord On/Off switch Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware Forward/Reverse switch Part Number 62MV1122B 62MV1122BR Input Volts 115 115 Input Phase 1 1 Input Hz 60 60 Output Volts 230 230
7.1 (180) 5.3 (135)
5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
5.5 (140)
8.3 (210)
Output Phase 3 3
Max Hp 0.5 0.5
Max Amps* 2.4 2.4
Reversing No Yes
105
3200 SerieS: mANuAL moTor STArTerS

mAnuAl moToR STARTeRS Manual motor starts are manual electronic disconnects that provide motor overload protection and are required by the National Electric Code (NEC) for safe motor operation. Illustration A
7.0 (178) 3.4 (86) 3.7 (94)
Illustration B
3.4 (86) 3.7 (94)
7.0 (178)
Chart i
230 Volts, 1 phase includes cord, plug and starter 230/400 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M21T 62(c)M23T 62(c)M43T In Volts 230 230 400 In Phase 1 3 3 Amp Range 1.6 - 2.5 1.0 - 1.6 0.63 - 1.0 Illustration A B B
Chart J
230 Volts, 1 phase includes cord, plug and starter 230/400V, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M21J 62(c)M23J 62(c)M43J In Volts 230 230 400 In Phase 1 3 3 Amp Range 2.5 - 4.0 1.6 - 2.5 1.0 - 1.6 Illustration A B B
Chart k
230/400 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M23K 62(c)M43K In Volts 230 400 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 4.0 - 6.3 2.5 - 4.0 Illustration B B
Chart l
230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 60 Hz Part Number 62MM23L 62MM43L In Volts 230 460 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 1.0 - 1.6 0.4 - .63 Illustration B B
Chart m
Chart P
230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 60 Hz Part Number 62MM23U 62MM43P In Volts 208 - 230 460 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 2.5 - 4.0 1.6 - 2.5 Illustration B B
Chart Q
230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 60 Hz Part Number 62MM23Q 62MM43Q In Volts 208 - 230 460 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 4.0 - 6.3 2.5 - 4.0 Illustration B B
Chart R
230/400 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M23R 62(c)M43R In Volts 230 400 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 2.5 - 4.0 1.0 - 1.6 Illustration B B
note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with NEC and CE safety directive.
106
3200 SerieS: SuPPorT STANDS

QuAnTiTY ChARTS
3200 Series
Conveyor Length 3 (914) - 13 (3,962) 14 (4,267) - 25 (7,620) 26 (7,925) - 37 (11,278) 38 (11,592) - 49 (14,932) 50 (15,240) - 61 (18,593) 62 (18,898) - 73 (22,250) 74 (22,555) - 85 (25,908) 86 (26,213) - 97 (29,506) 98 (29,870) - 99 (30,175) Number of Supports 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Z-frame Flat Belt Conveyors

Nose-over and Walk-Thru Conveyors Section Length 2 to 13 14 to 25 26 to 37 38 to 49 50 to 61 62 to 73 74 to 85 86 to 97 Number of Supports per Section Section L2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Sections L1 & L3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Quantity of return rollers required
Z-frame Cleated Belt Conveyors

Horizontal to Incline and Nose-over Total Conveyor Length 4 and 5 5 to 25 Number of Supports 2 3
Z-frame Cleated Belt Conveyors

Z-Frame Total Conveyor Length 6 to 9 10 to 25 = whole number result of: Number of Supports 3 4 conveyor length in feet max distance between return rollers 21 5 = 4.2
3200 & Z-frame (per section) Required Return Roller

max feet between return rollers Conveyor Width Flat Belt Cleated Belt 3.75- 10 8 6 12- 20 7 5 22- 30 6 4 32- 40 5 n/a 40- 48 4 n/a
example description: 3200 cleated belt 18 wide x 21 long
4 return rollers required
mounTinG BRACkeTS
Cleated Stand mounting Bracket
3.00 (76) 3.04 (77)
Flat Belt Stand mounting Bracket

3.00 (76)
3.04 (77)
W - .16 (4)
2.25 W = Conveyor Belt Width (57)
W - .16 (4)
2.25 (57)
Part Number 240838
Part Number 240839
note: Conveyors can be ordered with the required number of mounting brackets. If desired, order additional mounting brackets separately.
ReTuRn RolleRS
2.25 (57)
Flat Belt Return Roller for 2 to 6 Wide Conveyors

1.25 (32)
W+.96 (24)
.78 (20) .75 (19)
W+.96 (24)
.75 (19)
.78 (20)
Part Number 240832
Description Return Roller for Cleated Belt conveyors
Part Number 240830
Description Return Roller for 2 - 6 (44 mm - 152 mm) wide Flat Belt conveyors

1.25 (32)
W+.96 (24)
.78 (20) .75 (19)
107

Fixed heiGhT SuPPoRT STAndS
Fixed Foot model
Metric fasteners 4 (102mm) Height Adjustment

WW
Swivel locking Caster model

HH
AdJuSTABle heiGhT SuPPoRT STAndS

Fixed Foot model
(305-330)
12 (305mm) 12 13-15
(330-381)
48 (1,219mm) 48
(1,067-1,524)
WW
14-17
(356-432)
16-21
(406-660)
19-26
(483-686)
24-36
(610-914)
(762-1,219)
30-48 3048
42-60* 54-72* 66-84* 78-96*

(1,372-1,829) (1,676-2,134)
(1,981-2,438)
1213
1315
1417
1621
1926
2436
4260
5472
6684
7896
HH

(432-457)
Metric fasteners
12 (305mm) 12 18-20
(457-508)
48 (1,219mm) 48
(762-1,346)
19-22
(483-559)
21-26
(533-660)
24-31
(610-787)
(737-1,041)
29-41 2941
35-53 3553
(1,194-1,651) (1,499-1,956)
47-65* 59-77* 4765 5977
1718
1820
1922
2126
2431
SinGle PoST & PillAR SuPPoRT STAndS

WW WW
Standard Sizes
(44) (70) (95) (44)
(152)
(203)
10
(254)
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)
18
(457)
02
03
04
05
06
08
(813-1,067)
10
12
14
16
18
HH
BD
HH
16-26
(406-660)
24-34
(610-864)
32-42 32
(1,016-1,270)
40-50 40
(1,219-1,473)
48-58 48
16 24 (610)
24 27 (686)
30(762)
33 (838)
36 (915)
Pillar Stand
108

ShoRT SuPPoRT STAndS
Fixed Foot model
HH WW + 4.4 (112)
WW

FullY AdJuSTABle SuPPoRT STAndS

Fixed Foot model
(44)
Metric fasteners
2.75
(70)
3.75
(95)
(44)
(152)

(305-1,097)
(1,219)
48 48
02
(179-483)
03 7-19 0719
04 12-31
(305-787)
05
06 12-43 1243
WW + 9.2 (234)
(305-1,397)
12-55 1255
(305-1,702)
12-67 1267
1231
WW

(44)
2.75
(70)
3.75
(95)
(44)
(152)

(432-1,097)
(1,219)
48 48
02 12-19
(305-483)
03
04 17-31
(432-787)
05
06 17-43 1743
(432-1,397)
17-55 1755
(432-1,702)
17-67 1767
1219
1731
mulTi TieR STAndS

minimum Tier height Per Conveyor
WW + 8.2 (208)
Base
12 (305mm) 15 (381mm)
WW HH HH
WW + 8.2 (208) WW
Tier
Base
tier
note: Do not use with support stands equipped with casters. Support Stands must be anchored to the floor. Do not use if conveyed product overhangs the edge of the conveyor belt due to pinch point created.
109

STAnd ACCeSSoRieS
1.3 (33) 1.9 (48) 1.0 (25) 1.5 0.8 (38) (20) L + 1.9 (48) 0.9 (23)
Compatible with steel and aluminum support stands Secure critical stand and conveyor locations Length (L) adjusts + 0, - 11.25 (286mm) Includes metric mounting hardware
L .28 (7) Diameter 1.0 (25)
Dim = in (mm)
diagonal Bracing
Part Number 39MB-TS 39MB-TT 39MB-PT Description for two-legged H style stands up to 30 tall (762 mm) for two-legged H style stands over 30 tall (762 mm) for Single Post and Pillar stands over 30 tall (762 mm)
Common mount kit

Tall Support Stands
note: Due to the wide variety of conveyor and stand options along with possible configurations, stability of the final setup is the responsibility of the end user.
Fine Adjustment kit

Part # 710028
outriggers
110

AdJuSTABle lAne GuidinG
L
36.0 (914) Max.
18.0 (457) Max.
W + 4.8 (122)
7.7 5.0 (127) 9.6 (244) (196) Max. Product 1.2 (30) 0.1 (3) 0.8 (20) W
Specifications:
UHMW guide surface on an anodized aluminum mounting rail Painted Steel mounting hardware Available in standard 1 (305 mm) increments or can be ordered to any length 5 (127 mm) maximum, 0.25 (7 mm) minimum part height 0.25 (6 mm) minimum lane width Package includes one lane guide, mounting hardware and adjusting knobs For conveyors up to 24 (610 mm) wide Consult factory for wider lane guide availability
important: Exceeding 5 (127 mm) product height will produce a pinch point.

PulleY TRAnSFeR PlATe*
Specifications:
1.25 (32 mm) diameter minimum product transfer for 3200 Series Hard coat anodized finish Package includes extruded aluminum transfer plate, required pulley tail plates and mounting hardware
3200 Series 3" (76) Transfer Plate 3200 Series 1" (25) Transfer Plate
W
3.74 (95)
W
3.73 (95)
* Not compatible with clipper splice or high friction belts Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
111

90 AdJuSTABle TRAnSFeR
2.1 (53) Max. Customer to install guiding in this area to prevent against possible pinch point.
Specifications:
For conveyors up to 12 (305 mm) wide Requires low side conveyors 0.25 (6 mm) minimum part thickness Hard coat anodized transfer plate Painted steel mounting hardware 48 (1,219 mm) long UHMW outside turn guide, customer can trim to fit Maximum recommended part weight is 20 lbs (9 kg) at 50 ft/min (15 m/min) belt speed. Consult factory regarding applications for higher product weights or faster belt speeds. 0.25 (32 mm) minimum product size for 3200 Series Package includes outside turn guide, guide wheel, adjustable mounting hardware and extruded aluminum transfer plate
important: Do not use with 03, 08, 55, 62, or 64 High Friction Belts on Infeed conveyor
3.1 (79) 2.5 (64)

6.0 (152) Dia. 1.0 (25) 0.8 (20) 0.9 (23) 1.0 (25)
T.O.B.

Pre-engineered guided turns adjust to a variety of products Accepts standard Dorner bolt-on profiles outside of transfer area Place adjusting rods where required Easily adjusts for quick product change-over
note: Due to the wide variety of drive setups and applications point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.
hARdWARe ACCeSSoRieS
Spring T-nut
.25-20 (m61.0)
T-Slot extenders
W + 2.25 (57)
Description Spring T-nut, 0.25 - 20 Spring T-nut, M6 - 1.0 Package of 5 Spring T-nuts, 0.25 - 20 Package of 5 Spring T-nuts, M6 - 1.0
10.75 (273)
200124 200124M 200300 200300M
3200 & Z-frame Series T-Bars

Mounts in T-slots to attach heavy accessories 2.63 (67 mm) long 2 hole model, 0.75 (19 mm) 1 hole model Part Number
1.88 (48)
T-Slot Cover
Snaps into conveyor and aluminum stand T-slots Black plastic extrusion Can be trimmed to fit Part Number 645656P Description T-Slot Cover, Per 1 (305) of length
2.63 (67)
Description 1 hole T-bar, 0.25 - 20 1 hole T-bar, M6 - 1.0 2 hole T-bar, 0.25 - 20 2 hole T-bar, M6 - 1.0 Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
.38 (10)
.25-20 (m6-1.0)
639971 639971M 300150 300150M
112

Side TABleS
6.00 (152) 5.73 (145) llll 2.08 (53) 12 (304) Wide table 6 (152) Wide table
Specifications:
Provides a 6 (152 mm) or 12 (30 5mm) wide working surface Adjusts in/out and up/down (0.25 max above bedplate) for product transfer on/off conveyor belts Can be positioned anywhere along the conveyor Anodized aluminum work surface
supports can be positioned anywhere along table llll = 1' to 99' (Maximum 8' length single piece)
Max load: 5 lbs/ft (6 kg/m), use Adjustable Tie Brackets for added capacity Available in 1 (305 mm) increments from 1 (305 mm) to 99 (30,175 mm) Compatible with 2200, 3200 and 5200 Series Conveyors
Side GuideS
Flared Side Guide
W + 4.52 (115) L W
Top of Belt .56 (14)
Part Number
2.75 (70) Top of Belt L = Accessory length W = Conveyor width
W+1.05 (27)
280802M 280803M 280804M 280805M 280806M
113

Z-FRAme ChuTeS
Z-frame horizontal infeed Chute
For Standard Cleated Belt Conveyors
W + 3.75 (95) L
Part Number 38M501 38M502 38M503 38M504 Description 1 (305 mm) Infeed chute, Standard Cleated, for 2 (610 mm) long section 2 (610 mm) Infeed chute, Standard Cleated, for 3 (914 mm) long section 3 (914 mm) Infeed chute, Standard Cleated, for 4 (1,219 mm) long section 4 (1219 mm) Infeed chute, Standard Cleated, for 5 (1,524 mm) long section
For Sidewall Cleated Belt Conveyors

6.20 (157)
T.O .B.
Part Number 38M601 38M602 38M603 38M604
Description 1 (305 mm) Infeed chute, Sidewall Cleated, for 2 (610 mm) long section 2 (610 mm) Infeed chute, Sidewall Cleated, for 3 (914 mm) long section 3 (914 mm) Infeed chute, Sidewall Cleated, for 4 (1,219 mm) long section 4 (1,219 mm) Infeed chute, Sidewall Cleated, for 5 (1,524 mm) long section
W + 2.00 (51)
3.50 (89)
L = Chute Length W = Conveyor Belt Width
Z-frame hinged Chute extensions

l - 2.00 (51) 9.50 (241)
t.o .B.
6.24 (159)
Part Number 38M302 38M303 38M304
Description Extensions, 02 (610 mm) chute Extensions, 03 (914 mm) chute Extensions, 04 (1,219 mm) chute
adjustable From 25- 40
4.70 (119) l = Chute length
Z-frame Backstop for horizontal infeed Chute

For Standard Cleated Belt Conveyors
W = Conveyor Belt Width W + 3.14 (80) 3.29 (84) W - 2.06 (52)
Part Number 38M108 38M112 38M118 38M124 Description Backstop, Standard Cleated, 08 conveyor width reference Backstop, Standard Cleated, 12 conveyor width reference Backstop, Standard Cleated, 18 conveyor width reference Backstop, Standard Cleated, 24 conveyor width reference
For Sidewall Cleated Belt Conveyors

Part Number Description Backstop, Sidewall Cleated, 08 conveyor width reference Backstop, Sidewall Cleated, 12 conveyor width reference Backstop, Sidewall Cleated, 18 conveyor width reference Backstop, Sidewall Cleated, 24 conveyor width reference
3.50 (89)
38M408 38M412 38M418 38M424
114

SToPS
Adjustable Stop*
1.81 (46)
3200 Series end Stop*

Slides up and down T-slot length Includes mounting hardware
W + .22 (6) W = Conveyor Belt Width 2.78 (71) 2.50 (64)
Includes mounting hardware
W + .98 (25)
Part Number
1.75 (44)
Description Adjustable Stop
Part Number 3255WWM
Description 3200 End Stop
3076WWM
WW = Conveyor Width Reference * Not compatible with high friction belts
BRACkeTS
Table Top mounting Bracket
1.62 (41) .50 (13) .75 (19) 1.50 (38) 1.38 (35) .34 dia. (9)
Part Number 200349M
Description Table top bracket
note: If the discharge end of conveyor is mounted over a table or similar structure, a conveyor bottom wiper must be installed to prevent against possible pinch point. Order bottom wiper separately.
Frame mount Casters

2.00 (51) W
3.65 (93) W + 2.75 (70)
3.00 Dia (76)
Part Number 390207
Floor mount Brackets

2.00 (51) .56 Dia (14) (2x) W
3.53 (90)
W + 3.56 (90) W + 4.65 (118)
Part Number 390217
Description Floor mount brackets, pair Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
WW = Conveyor Width Reference
115
3200 SerieS: PerFormANCe ChArTS / DATA

ConVeYoR no-loAd ToRQueS
(t no-load) average no-load torque* for 3200 & Z-frame series Conveyors
= Torque requirements for unloaded Center Drive Conveyors = Torque requirements for unloaded End Drive & Cleated Conveyors 180 in-lb (20 Nm) 220 in-lb (25 Nm) 200 in-lb (23 Nm)
240 in-lb (27 Nm)
40 in-lb 160 in-lb (4.4 Nm) (17 Nm) 150 in-lb 38 in-lb 140 in-lb (16 Nm) 35 in-lb (4.2 Nm) 130 in-lb (15 Nm) (3.9 Nm) 120 in-lb (14 Nm) 30 in-lb 110 in-lb (13 Nm) (3.3 Nm) (12 Nm) 25 in-lb (2.8 Nm)
7 in-lb (.8 Nm)
8 in-lb (.9 Nm)
10 in-lb (1.1 Nm)
15 in-lb 13 in-lb (1.7 Nm) (1.5 Nm)
4" (102)
6" (152)
8" (203)
10" (254)
12" (305)
18" (457)
24" (610)
30" (762)
36" (914)
48" (1,219)
Conveyor Belt Width

note: The torque required to overcome the conveyors initial startup inertia may temporarily exceed the average no-load torque by a factor of 2-3 times. * Stated torques are average values based on Dorner standard belts running at 50 feet (15 meters) per minute.
116
3200 SerieS: PerFormANCe ChArTS / DATA

mAximum ConVeYoR loAd ChARTS
Z-frame load to incline
Angle of Incline 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Belt Tension (Torque) in.-lbs. 50 60 70 80 80 80 80 80 Nm 5.6 6.8 7.9 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 Maximum Conveyor Load Direction A & D lb 75 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 kg 34 45.4 45.4 45.4 45.4 45.4 45.4 45.4 Maximum Conveyor Load Direction B & C lb 25 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 kg 11 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
This chart provides maximum recommended belt tension torque and maximum conveyor loads for different angles.
maximum Conveyor load, Direction a and D maximum Conveyor load, Direction aConveyors Z-frame maximum Conveyor load,end Driveaand D & 3200 series Flat Belt Direction and D Z-frame & 3200 series Flat Belt end Drive Conveyors Z-frame & 3200 series Flat Belt end Drive Conveyors
loaD 1000
loaD loaD loaD lbs (Kg) (Kg) lbs lbs (Kg) 400 400 400 (181)(181) (181) 300 300 300 (136)(136) (136) 200 200 200 (90) (90) (90) 100 100 100 (45) (45) (45) 0 0
0
loaD loaD lbs (Kg) lbs (Kg) lbs (Kg) 900 900 900 (409) (409) (409)
700 700 700 (318) (318) 1000 1000 (454) (454) (454)
maximum Conveyor load, Direction D maximum Conveyor load,Center Drive Conveyors Z-frame & 3200 series Direction a anda and D Z-frame & 3200 series Center Conveyors Z-frame & 3200 series Center DriveDrive Conveyors 26"-48" wide 26"-48" wide wide 26"-48"
maximum Conveyor load, Direction a and D
4" 4" (95)(95) 4" (95) wide wide wide
6" (152) 6" (152) 6" (152) wide wide wide
8"8" (203) (203) 8" (203) wide wide wide
10" 10" 10" (254) (254) (254) through through through 48" 48" 48" (1219) (1219) (1219) wide wide wide
800 800 800 (362) (362) (362)
18"-24" 18"-24" wide wide 18"-24" wide 12"-16" 12"-16" wide wide 12"-16" wide
10" wide wide 10"
WiDtH WiDtH
WiDtH
lbs loaD (Kg) loaD lbs (Kg) 400 lbs (Kg) (181) 400 400 (181) (181) 300
maximum Conveyor load, end Drive and C Z-frame & 3200 series Flat BeltDirection BConveyors loaD Z-frame & 3200 series Flat Belt end Drive Conveyors
maximum Conveyor load, Direction B and C Z-frame & 3200 series load, Direction B and C maximum Conveyor Flat Belt end Drive Conveyors
(318) 600 600 (271) 600 (271) (271) 500 500 (227) 500 (227) (227) 400 400 (181) 400 (181) (181) 300 300 (136) 300 (136) (136) 200 (90) 200 200 (90) 100 (90) (45) 100 100 (45) (45)
10" wide
8" wide wide 8"
8" wide
6" wide 4" wide
6" wide 6" wide
4" wide 4" wide
10 (3)
10 10 (3) (3)
20 (6)
20 20 (6) (6)
30 (9)
(15) (18) (21) 30 40 50 60 70 30 40 50 60 70 (9) lenGtH ft (meters) (18) (12) (15) (21) (9) (12) (15) (18) (21) lenGtH ft (meters) lenGtH ft (meters)
40 (12)
50
60
70
80 (24)
80 80 (24) (24)
90 (27)
90 90 (27) (27)
100 (30)
100 100 (30) (30)
300 300 (136) 200 (136)
(136) (90)
through 10"
10" (254)
200 200 (90) 100 (90) (45) 100 100 (45) (45) 0 0
0
4" (95) wide
6" (152) wide
8" (203) wide
(1219) (254) through wide through 48"
48" 10" (254)
4" (95) 4" (95) wide wide
6" (152) 6" (152) wide wide
8" (203) 8" (203) wide wide
48" (1219) (1219) wide

wide
WiDtH
WiDtH WiDtH
117
3200 SerieS: PArT NumBer reFereNCe

3200 SeRieS: FlAT BelT end dRiVe 3 2 0 M 14 240 0 A PP B B
A
drive Shaft Position

B C D
Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. Idler pulley type: 0 = 3 (76) diameter idler pulley 1 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) diameter pulleys at idler end V-guide & Mounting Bracket Options: 1 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 2 = V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 3 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* *may require belt return rollers 4 = V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* Example: 320M142400A0102 Description: 3200 Series End Drive Conveyor, 14 (356) wide x 24 (7,315) long, V-guided belt, mounting brackets, 3 (76) diameter idler pulley, English documentation, drive shaft position A, lowside profile and general purpose belt.
3200 SeRieS: FlAT BelT CenTeR dRiVe 3 2 5 M 26 5800 A PP BB drive Shaft Position Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Idler pulley type: Pneumatic Tensioning 5 = 3 (76) diameter idler pulley both ends 6 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) diameter pulleys at infeed end 7 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) diameter pulleys at discharge end 8 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) diameter pulleys at both ends V-guide & Mounting Bracket Options: 1 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 2 = V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 3 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* 4 = V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets*
Manual Tensioning 2 = 3 (76) diameter idler pulley both ends 3 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) diameter pulleys at infeed end 4 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) diameter pulleys at discharge end 9 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) diameter pulleys at both ends
*may require belt return rollers
Example: 325M265800A0103 Description: 3200 Series Center Drive Conveyor, 26 (660) wide x 58 (17,678) long, V-guided belt, mounting brackets, 3 (76) diameter idler pulleys both ends, English documentation, lowside profile and FDA friction belt.
118

3200 SeRieS: CleATed BelT ConVeYoR 3 4 A M 06 1800 D S S S S Cleat Spacing Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Cleat Type V-guide & Mounting Bracket Options: 1 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets* 2 = V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 3 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* 4 = V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets drive Shaft Position
A B C D
Example: 34AM061800D1209 Description: 3200 Series Cleated Belt Conveyor, 6 (152) wide x 18 (5,486) long with V-guided belt, cleat type A with 12.09 (307) spacing, English documentation, and drive shaft position D.
3200 Z-FRAme SeRieS: FlAT BelT end dRiVe ConVeYoR 3 E 2 0 M 12 - 0000 - 0300 - 0400 A P P B B
A

C D
B Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D L3 Section Length Reference L2 Section Length Reference Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are L1 Section Length Reference preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor Conveyor Width Reference load capacity by approximately 66%. Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Idler Pulley Type: 0 = 3 (76) diameter idler pulley 1 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) diameter pulleys at idler end V-guide & Mounting Bracket Options: 1 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 2 = V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 3 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* 4 = V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* *may require belt return rollers Belt Direction: E = Incline, D = Decline
Example: 3E20M12-0000-0300-0400A0502 Description: Z-frame Series Flat Belt Nose-over Conveyor, 12 (305) wide, 7 (2,134) total length with L2 section 3 (914) long, L3 section 4 (1,219) long elevating belt direction, V-guided belt, includes mounting brackets, 3 (76) diameter idler pulley, English documentation, drive shaft in position A, 1.5 (38) highside, and general purpose belt.
119

3200 Z-FRAme SeRieS: FlAT BelT CenTeR dRiVe ConVeYoR 3 D 2 8 M 48 - 0500 - 1 500 - 2000 A 02 03 drive Shaft Position Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A or D D a L3 Section Length Reference L2 Section Length Reference L1 Section Length Reference *may require belt return rollers Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Idler pulley type: Pneumatic Tensioning Manual Tensioning 5 = 3 (76) diameter idler pulley both ends 2 = 3 (76) diameter idler pulley both ends 6 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) dia. pulleys at infeed end 3 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) dia. pulleys at infeed end 7 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) dia. pulleys at discharge end 4 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) dia. pulleys at discharge end 8 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) dia. pulleys at both ends 9 = Interface tail: Two 1 (25) dia. pulleys at both ends V-guide & Mounting Bracket Options: 1 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 2 = V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 3 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* 4 = V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* Belt Direction: E = Incline, D = Decline Example: 3D28M48-0500-1500-2000A0203 Description: Z-frame Series Flat Belt Center Drive Walk-thru conveyor, 48 (1,219) wide, 40 (12,192) total length with L1 section 5 (1,524) long, L2 section 15 (4,572) long, L3 section 20 (6,096) long, declining belt direction, V-guided belt, includes mounting brackets, interface tail [two 1 (25) diameter pulleys] at both ends, English documentation, drive shaft in position A, highside, and FDA friction belt.
3200 Z-FRAme SeRieS: SideWAll CleATed ConVeYoR 3 E 4 S M 18 - 0200 - 0 600 - 0400 C 1222
A

B C D
Cleat Spacing Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C, or D L3 Section Length Reference L2 Section Length Reference L1 Section Length Reference Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are Conveyor Width Reference preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Cleat Type *may require belt return rollers V-guide & Mounting Bracket Options: 1 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 3 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* 2 = V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 4 = V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* Belt Direction: E = Incline, D = Decline Example: 3E4SM18-0200-0600-0400C1222 Description: Z-frame Series Sidewall Cleated Z-frame Conveyor, 18 (4,575) wide, 12 (3,658) total length with L1 section 2 (610) long, L2 section 6 (1,829) long, L3 section 4 (1,219) long, elevating belt direction, V-guided belt, type S cleat, English documentation, drive shaft in position C, and cleat spacing of 12.22 (310).
120

3200 Z-FRAme SeRieS: STAndARd CleATed ConVeYoR 3 E 2 A M 0 8 - 0000 - 0600 - 0400 A 1191
A

C D
B Cleat Spacing Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C, or D L3 Section Length Reference L2 Section Length Reference L1 Section Length Reference Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are Conveyor Width Reference preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English load capacity by approximately 66%. Cleat Type *may require belt return rollers V-guide & Mounting Bracket Options: 1 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 3 = Non V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* 2 = V-guided belt, conveyor to include mounting brackets 4 = V-guided belt, conveyor not to include mounting brackets* Belt Direction: E = Incline, D = Decline
Example: 3E2AM08-0000-0600-0400A1191 Description: Z-frame Series Standard Cleated Horizontal to Incline Conveyor, 8 (457) wide, 10 (3,048) total length with L2 section 6 (1,829) long, L3 section 4 (1,219) long, elevating belt direction, V-guided belt, includes mounting brackets, type A cleat, English documentation, drive shaft position A, and cleat spacing of 11.91 (303).
3200 SeRieS: end dRiVe mounTinG PACkAGeS 32 M B P S A - 1616 drive Shaft Position
D C A B Drive / Driven Pulley Combination (Top and Bottom mounts only) Belt Style: - = Flat Belt or add Cleat Type: A, B, C, F, G, H, J, V, S, T Gearmotor Mounting Position: A, B, C, D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are Gearmotor Type: L, V, S, H preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor Gearmotor Output Shaft: P = Parallel Shaft or H = 90 load capacity by approximately 66%. Mount Style: S = Side Mount, B = Bottom Mount, T = Top Mount Documentation Language: M = English (Z-frame & 3200), U = CE English (3200) Conveyor Series: 32 = 3200 or Z-frame End Drive
Example: 32MBPSA-1616 Description: Bottom mount package with English documentation. Configured for a parallel shaft, standard load motor in the A mount position with a 16:16 drive / driven pulley combination.
121

3200 SeRieS: SuPPoRT STAndS S 9 M T T W W - HH(min) HH(max) F A Feet or Casters (not available for multi tier stands) F = fixed foot pad C = total lock swivel caster Height Reference Width Reference Stand Type LH = short stand FH = fixed height AH = adjustable height FA = fully adjustable T1 = multi tier stand base T2 = multi tier stand tier FT = tall fixed* AT = tall adjustable* SP = single post PS = pillar support Note: Due to the wide variety of conveyor and stand options along with possible configurations, stability is Documentation Language: M = English final setup of the responsibility of the end user. Stand Style: 3 = 2-legged stand, 4 = Single post or pillar style EXAMPLE: 39MAH12-2126CP
3200 SeRieS: Common mounT kiT 39MC M - WW # Number of Conveyors Width Stand Example: 39MCM-244
3200 SeRieS: AdJuSTABle lAne GuidinG 27M G G G - 06 L L Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Guide Type: 500 = 3200 Package 502 = Additional Lane Guide Example: 27M500-0620
3200 SeRieS: PulleY TRAnSFeR PlATe 27M C C C C - 06 Conveyor Width Reference Conveyor Type 3200 = 3200 w/ 3 Tail 3201 = 3200 w/ 1 Tail Example: 27M3200-06
122

3200 SeRieS: 90 AdJuSTABle TRAnSFeR 27M TTTT - 06 Infeed Conveyor Width Reference Transfer Type 3230 = 3200 w/ 3 Tail 3231 = 3200 w/ 1 Tail Example: 27M3230-06
3200 SeRieS: Side TABleS 27M TTT - 06 L L LL Table Length (ex. 0250 = 2.5) Table Width: 06 = 6 12 = 12 Conveyor / Table Type: 601 = 3200, one side 602 = 3200, two sides Example: 27M601-060250
123
Low ProfiLe Conveyors Painted steeL
4100 SerieS
Flat Belt End Drive 1 (25 mm) diameter head & tail pulleys Belt Widths: 0.75 (19 mm) to 12 (305 mm) Lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 6 (1,829 mm) Loads up to 80 lbs (36 kg)
Applications:
Metal Forming Metal Stamping Machined Part Handling Part Extraction
124
4100 SerieS
FlAt Belt end drive ProFileS BeltinG GeArmotor mountinG PAckAGeS GeArmotorS SuPPort StAndS AcceSSorieS PerFormAnce chArtS / dAtA PArt numBer reFerence
126 184 186 189 196 204 209 211 128
125
Specifications:
Loads up to 80 lbs* (36 kg) Belt speeds up to 255 ft/min (78 m/min) Belt widths: 0.75 (19 mm) to 12 (305 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 6 (1,829 mm) 1 (25 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 3.4 (86 mm) of belt per revolution 12-guage roll formed steel frame 1.5 (38 mm) bottom of frame to top of belt
* Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. See Performance Charts / Data (pg 211) for details.

Mild steel one-piece frame with 0.25 (6 mm) thick bed plate for strength and durability Durable baked enamel finish Low maintenance fixed pulley centers with no belt tracking requirements Magnetic models available Wide variety of profiles and accessories Durable 0.25 (6 mm) thick bottom wiper removes debris from belt Belt type and materials to match application requirements
Hex to Round AdApteR
.5" (12mm) .38 (10) 1.91 (49)
4 x 4 x 22mm Keyway
126
4100 FlAt Belt end drive

L
flow toward Bottom wiper w w + .50 (13)
3.00 (76) 6.00 (152) 1.50 (38)
.11 tyP. (3)
0.91 (23)
0.62 (16)
1.28 (33) 0.66 (17) .38 internal Hex Broach
-01 Low side Profile
oPtionaL KeyHoLe sLots Compatible with quick disconnect mounting block, see page 205

StAndArd SiZeS
For more information, go to www.dorner.com. call 800.397.8664 or 262.367.7600.

01 .75 (19mm) 02 2 (610mm) 1.75 (44mm) 2.75 (70mm) 02 03 04 3.75 (95mm) 06 08 12 6 8 12 (152mm) (203mm) (305mm)
01 increments up to... 1 increments up to..
A B C D
conveyor Width reference
conveyor Belt Width (W)
conveyor length reference
06 6 (1,829mm)
conveyor length (l)
127
4100 SerieS: PArT NumBer reFereNce

4100 SerieS: end drive conveYor 4100 B 02 03 A 02 / 02 drive Shaft position
D C A B Belt type Conveyor profile Hex Broach Location: A, B, C or d Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are 00 = Single End Wiper, Internal Hex Broach preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor 01 = Single End Wiper, Internal Hex Broach, load capacity by approximately 66%. Outboard Retaining Sleeve 02 = Single End Wiper, Hex to Round Adapter d0 = Double End Wiper, Internal Hex Broach d1 = Double End Wiper, Internal Hex Broach, Outboard Retaining Sleeve d2 = Double End Wiper, Hex to Round Adapter 4100 Series Conveyor
example: 4100B0203A02/02 description: 4100 Series End Drive Conveyor 2 (44) wide x 3 (914) long with hex broach located in the A position, high side profile and general purpose belt.
4100 SerieS: mountinG Block or keYhole Slot 43- 75 - WW - L L L L distance from wiper end (in inches) Conveyor Width Reference See conveyor section for sizes 75 = Mounting Block Kit, 77 = Keyhole Slot 4100 Series Conveyor Block 1 example: 43-75-06-0300 description: 4100 Series Mounting Block for 6 (152) wide conveyor, centered 3 (76) from wiper end the conveyor. Block 2 example: 43-75-06-3350 description: 4100 Series Mounting Block for 6 (152) wide conveyor, centered 33.5 (851) from wiper end the conveyor.
128
4100 SerieS: PArT NumBer reFereNce

4100 SerieS: heX to round AdAPter 43 - 38 - 02 01 02 03 04 Shaft diameter: 38 = .5, 48 = 12mm 4100 Series Conveyor Conveyor Width Reference: = = = = .75 (19) wide (.5 diameter only) 1.75 (44) wide 2.75 (70) wide 3.75 (95) to 12 (305) wide
example: 43-38-02 description: 4100 Series hex to round adapter for 1.75 (44) wide conveyor, 0.5 diameter shaft. heX to round AdAPter
.5" (12mm) .38 (10) 1.91 (49)
4 x 4 x 22mm Keyway
129
Heavy Duty cHain conveyors extruDeD aluminum
5200 QWIK SerIeS
Straight Modular Flat and Cleated Belt Curved Modular Flat Belt Straight Z-frame Modular Flat and Cleated Belt Curved Z-frame Modular Flat Belt Widths: Curves: 8 (203 mm) to 36 (914 mm) Straights: 8 (203 mm) to 60 (1,524 mm) Z-frame Straights and Curves: 8 (203 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Lengths: 36 (914 mm) to 999 (25,375 mm) Load Capacity: Straights and Z-frame Straights: up to 1,000 lbs (453 kg) Curves and Z-frame Curves: up to 500 lbs (226 kg) models available
Applications:
Part Transfers Part Accumulation Mainline Packaging
130
High Speed Long Runs Automated and Manual Assembly Part Incline / Decline Routing (Z-Frame)
5200 QWIK SerIeS
5200 QWIK SERIES ovERvIEW STRAIGhT MoDulAR flAT BElT
Modular 15 Curve Segments
STRAIGhT MoDulAR ClEATED BElT CuRvED MoDulAR flAT BElT Z-fRAME STRAIGhT MoDulAR flAT BElT Z-fRAME STRAIGhT MoDulAR ClEATED BElT Z-fRAME CuRvED MoDulAR flAT BElT
Easy Reconfiguration with No Drilling Required
PRofIlES MoDulAR BElTING GEARMoToR MouNTING PACKAGES GEARMoToRS SuPPoRT STANDS ACCESSoRIES
T-Slots & QWIK Slots for Ease of Mounting Accessories
PART NuMBER REfERENCE
132 134 136 138 140 142 144 146 148 150 153 163 166 170
131
SerIeS: Standard Feature OvervIeW
Designed to be as flexible as your manufacturing requirements.

Z-frame to a curve 1 Drive 1 Belt
Zero Transfers
Modular 15 Curve Segments
Air and Wiring Management Systems
Completely Contained Belt
Patented Sprocket Alignment Key
Integrated low voltage Wire Way
QWIK Slots
fully Adjustable Guiding
Nose Bar Transfer option

132
1 and 3 Side Guiding
1 and 3 Cleats
SerIeS: Standard Feature OvervIeW
Z-framed, Incline and Decline options

Modular, Flexible and QWIK to meet current and future manufacturing requirements
QWIK Configuration
Modularity enables simple configuration and reconfiguration Pre-engineered 15 curve segments make reconfiguration quick and easy Easy frame reconfiguration with no parts or drilling required
Side Rail features

Integrated Air Way T-Slot
QWIK System Setup

Automation-enabled for easy system set up and integration QWIK Slots for easy mounting of controls and accessories Wire way with snap-in cover for landing up to four wires Sprocket alignment key for quick belt alignment
QWIK Slot
T-Slot Belt Return QWIK Slot Wire Way T-Slot

133
QWIK Bottom line Results

Able to run at high speeds Fewer transfers for less product loss Lowest maintenance
SerIeS: StraIght mOdular Flat Belt
flush Top, low Side frame
Specifications:
Loads up to 1,000 lbs (455 kg) Belt speeds up to 250 ft/min (76 m/min) Belt widths: 8 (203 mm) to 60 (1,524 mm) Conveyor lengths: 36 (914 mm) to 999 (25,375 mm) UHMW wear strip belt support One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 12 Two T-slots for mounting accessories Rigid, 5.8 high, anodized aluminum frame Available in friction top belts* up to 24 (610 mm) wide models available
Support Stands Mount Directly to Bottom of frame uhMW Belt Tracking Guides
* see page 149 for details
features & Benefits:

QWIK Slots make mounting air and electrical lines simple with no drilling, special tools or T-nuts required Completely contained belt eliminates catenary sag and reduces pinch points Designed-in low voltage wireway provides support and protection for low voltage wires running from the electronic device to the main junction or control box Drive and tail assemblies require no holes in side rails making reconfiguration quick and easy Open top frame simplifies belt maintenance and replacement Sprocket alignment key provides continuous sprocket alignment for quick belt assembly Support stands mount directly to bottom of side rail which keeps frame open for mounting accessories 1 nose bar drive and idler option Flush top for true low side conveying accommodates products wider than belt
STANDARD SIZES Drive Shaft Position
Nose Bar Tail

Includes sealed bearings and 1 (25 mm) diameter rollers. Available at either end for small part transfers.
oPTIoNAl:
Conveyor Width Reference Conveyor length Reference Conveyor length (l)
08 036 36 (914mm)
02 increments up to... 0001 increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to...
60 999 999 (25,375mm)
NoTE: Conveyor longer than 12 (3,658 mm) will be constructed using a multiple piece frame. Consult factory for locations of these frame joints. Support is recommended at each frame joint. Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages 150-159. For support stands and accessories, see pages 163-169.
134
for ordering information, see page 170
QWIK SERIES STRAIGhT MoDulAR flAT BElT
END DRIvE MoDEl

POSITION A T.O.B
1.11 (28)
1" RADIUS
OPTIONAL NOSE BAR TAIL
W + 1.52 (39) W
TENSION END FLOW
DRIVE END
5.77 (149)
Belt Width Table

Conveyor Width (in) 08 10 Belt Width 7.89 9.85 12 14 16 18 20 22 11.84 13.79 15.76 17.73 19.70 21.66 Outside Frame Width 8.53 10.50 12.48 14.45 16.43 18.40 20.38 22.35
POSITION D
2.52 (64)
9.14 (232)
L
W
T.O.B
3.64 (93) 0.56 (14) 2.93 (75) 4.81 (122) 7.50 (191) 2.18 (55)
5.77 (147)
7.50 (191)
Dim = in (mm)
24 26 28 30 32
23.63 25.60 27.57 29.54 31.50 34 33.47

1" RADIUS
T.O.B.
24.33 26.30 28.28 30.25 32.23 34.20 36 38

5.52 (140)
NoSE BAR DRIvE MoDEl

1.11 (28)
POSITION A

FW
35.44 37.41 40 42 44 39.37 41.34 43.31
36.18 38.15 40.13 42.10 44.08
W + 1.52 (39)
TENSION END RECOMMENDED FLOW
DRIVE END
POSITION D
2.58 (66) 9.14 (232)
46
1" RADIUS W
T.O.B.
45.28 48 50 52
12.67 (322) 3.28 (83)
46.05 47.24 49.21 51.18 54 56 58 60

13.00 (330)
for more information, go to www.dorner.com. Call 800.397.8664 or 262.367.7600.

L
2.93 (75) 4.81 (122) 5.80 (147)
48.03 50.00 51.98 53.15 55.12 57.08 59.05 53.95 55.93 57.90 59.88
7.50 (191)
0.56 (14)
135
Dim = in (mm)
SerIeS: StraIght mOdular cleated Belt
1 and 3 Cleats
Specifications:
Loads up to 1,000 lbs (455 kg) Belt speeds up to 250 ft/min (76 m/min) Belt widths: 8 (203 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Conveyor lengths: 36 (914 mm) to 999 (25,375 mm) UHMW wear strip belt support One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 12 Two T-slots for mounting accessories Rigid, 5.8 high, anodized aluminum frame Available in 1 and 3 high cleats models available

QWIK Slots make mounting air and electrical lines simple with no drilling, special tools or T-nuts required Completely contained belt eliminates catenary sag and reduces pinch points Designed-in low voltage wireway provides support and protection for low voltage wires running from the electronic device to the main junction or control box Drive and tail assemblies require no holes in side rails making reconfiguration quick and easy Open top frame simplifies belt maintenance and replacement Sprocket alignment key provides continuous sprocket alignment for quick belt assembly Support stands mount directly to bottom of side rail which keeps frame open for mounting accessories Flush top for true low side conveying accommodates products wider than belt
Conveyor Width Reference Conveyor length Reference Conveyor length (l)
08 036 36 (914mm)
02 increments up to... 0001 increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to...
24 999 999 (25,375mm)
NoTE: Conveyor longer than 12 (3,658 mm) will be constructed using a multiple piece frame. Consult factory for locations of these frame joints. Support is recommended at each frame joint.
136
QWIK SERIES STRAIGhT MoDulAR ClEATED BElT

1.11 (28)
POSITION A
W + 1.52 (39) W
TENSION END RECOMMENDED FLOW DRIVE END
POSITION D
W 2.52 (64) A
W - 2.6 (65) CLEAT WIDTH
L
T.O.B
3.64 (93)
5.77 (147)
A: 1" Cleats = 7.41 (188) 3" Cleats = 8.98 (228)
7.50 (191) 0.56 (14) 2.93 (75) 4.81 (122) 2.18 (55) 7.50 (191)
W = Conveyor Belt Width Belt Width Table

Conveyor Width (in) 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Belt Width 7.89 9.85 11.84 13.79 15.76 17.73 19.70 21.66 23.63 Outside Frame Width 8.53 10.50 12.48 14.45 16.43 18.40 20.38 22.35 24.33 Cleat Width 5.29 7.25 9.24 11.19 13.16 15.13 17.10 19.06 21.03
Dim = in (mm)
Pocket Width 5.53 7.50 9.48 11.45 13.43 15.40 17.38 19.35 21.33
137
SerIeS: curved mOdular Flat Belt
flush Top, low Side frame
Specifications:
Loads up to 500 lbs (227 kg) Belt speeds up to 250 ft/min (76 m/min) Belt widths: 8 (203 mm) to 36 (914 mm) Conveyor lengths: 36 (914 mm) to 999 (25,375 mm) Curves available from 15 to 180 in 15 increments UHMW wear strip belt support One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 12 Two T-slots for mounting accessories Rigid, 5.8 high, anodized aluminum frame models available

Pre-engineered 15 curve segments makes reconfiguration quick and easy QWIK Slots make mounting air and electrical lines simple with no drilling, special tools or T-nuts required Flush top for true low side conveying accommodates products wider than belt width Inside and outside UHMW hold downs for belt alignment through curves Completely contained belt eliminates catenary sag and reduces pinch points Designed-in low voltage wireway provides support and protection for low voltage wires running from the electronic device to the main junction or control box Tail assemblies require no holes in side rails making reconfiguration quick and easy Open top frame simplifies belt maintenance and replacement Sprocket alignment key provides continuous sprocket alignment for quick belt assembly Support stands mount directly to bottom of side rail which keeps frame open for mounting accessories Nose Bar drive and idler option
Nose Bar Tail

oPTIoNAl:
Curve Configurations
138
QWIK SERIES CuRvED MoDulAR flAT BElT

A D
END DRIvE MoDEl
W + 2.27 (58)
L1 (Module 1)
Belt Width Table

Conveyor Width (in)
1.31" RADIUS T.O.B
Top of Belt Width
Belt Width Including Tab
Inside Radius of Belt
Frame Width in Straight
Frame Width in Curve
BELT RADIUS (SEE CHART)
L3 (Module 3)
POSITION A
FLOW
BELT WIDTH (SEE CHART)
W 5.52 (140)
POSITION D
W + 1.25 (32) 2.87 (73) 7.50 (190)

T.O.B T.O.B
9.14 (232)
5.88 (149)
5.88 (149)
7.50 (191) 3.64 (93)
2.19 (55)
Dim = in (mm)
NoSE BAR DRIvE MoDEl
W + 2.27 (58)
08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
7.80 9.81 11.79 13.75 15.72 17.69 19.66 21.63 23.60 25.55 27.51 29.48 31.45 33.42 35.39 STANDARD SIZES
8.55 10.56 12.53 14.50 16.47 18.44 20.41 22.38 24.35 26.29 28.26 30.23 32.20 34.17 36.14
10.6 14.1 17.5 20.8 24.1 27.4 30.7 33.9 37.2 40.5 43.6 47.0 50.2 53.6 56.8
9.26 11.22 13.19 15.15 17.12 19.08 21.05 23.01 24.98 26.94 28.91 30.87 32.84 34.80 36.77
10.91 12.87 14.84 16.80 18.77 20.73 22.70 24.66 26.63 28.59 30.56 32.52 34.49 36.45 38.42
L (Module 1)

OPTIONAL NOSE BAR TAIL 1.31" RADIUS T.O.B
08 Conveyor Belt Width (W)

5.88 (149)
02 increments up to... 8 (203mm) Module length Reference 020 2 (51mm) increments up to... 001 increments up to...
36 36 (914mm) 999
BELT RADIUS (SEE CHART)
L (Module 3)
POSITION A

W 9.14 (232) 2.90 (74)
T.O.B.
7.50 (190)
T.O.B.
BELT WIDTH (SEE CHART)
FLOW
W + 1.25 (32)
POSITION D
Module length (l1)

5.88 (149)
greater of 20 1 (25mm) (508) or 1.5W increments up to... Module length (l3) greater of 36 (914) or 2W 1 (25mm) increments up to...
999 (25,375mm) 999 (25,375mm)
12.78 (325) 3.28 (83)
5.80 (147)
139
13.00 (330)
Dim = in (mm)
SerIeS: Z-Frame StraIght mOdular Flat Belt
Specifications:
Loads up to 1,000 lbs (453 kg) Belt speeds up to 250 ft/min (76 m/min) Belt widths: 8 (203 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Conveyor lengths: 36 (914 mm) to 999 (25,375 mm) Standard angles: 5, 10, 15, 30, 45, 60 Custom angles available in 5 increments UHMW wear strip belt support One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 12 Two T-slots for mounting accessories Rigid, 5.8 high, anodized aluminum frame models available
uhMW Belt Tracking Guides friction Insert Belts Available

Fewer transfers for less product loss QWIK Slots make mounting air and electrical lines simple with no drilling, special tools or T-nuts required Completely contained belt eliminates catenary sag and reduces pinch points Designed-in low voltage wireway provides support and protection for low voltage wires running from the electronic device to the main junction or control box Drive and tail assemblies require no holes in side rails making reconfiguration quick and easy Open top frame simplifies belt maintenance and replacement Support stands mount directly to bottom of side rail which keeps frame open for mounting accessories 1 nose bar drive and idler option
Nose Bar Tail

oPTIoNAl:
Sprocket alignment key provides continuous sprocket alignment for quick belt assembly
Conveyor Width Reference Conveyor Belt Width (W) Module length Reference Module length (l1 / l2 / l3)
08 8 (203mm) 024 24 (610mm)
02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 001 increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to...
24 24 (610mm) 999 999 (25,375mm)
NoTE: Conveyor longer than 12 (3,658 mm) will be constructed using a multiple piece frame. Consult factory for locations of these frame joints. Support is recommended at each frame joint. Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages 150-159. For support stands and accessories, see pages 163-169.
140
QWIK SERIES Z-fRAME STRAIGhT MoDulAR flAT BElT
1.11 (28)
FLOW
W + 1.52 (39)
2.52 (64)
5.77 (147)
3.64 (93)
2.18 (55)
5, 10, 15, 30 Standard Other 5 increments custom
7.50 (191)
Belt Width Table

Conveyor Width (in)
7.50 (191)
Belt Width 08 10 12 7.89 9.85 11.84
Outside Frame Width 8.53 10.50 12.48
0.56 (14) 2.93 (75) 4.81 (122) 1" RADIUS

T.O.B.
1" RADIUS
T.O.B.
14
5.52 (140)
13.79 16 18 20
9.14 (232)
14.45 15.76 17.73 19.70 22 24 21.66 23.63 16.43 18.40 20.38 22.35 24.33
12.67 (322) 3.28 (83) 13.00 (330)
7.50 (191)
0.56 (14) 2.93 (75) 4.81 (122)
for more information, go to www.dorner.com. Call 800.397.8664 or 262.367.7600. W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm)
5.80 (147)
Z-frame Configurations
141
SerIeS: Z-Frame StraIght mOdular cleated Belt

Specifications:
Loads up to 1,000 lbs (453 kg) Belt speeds up to 250 ft/min (76 m/min) Belt widths: 8 (203 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Conveyor lengths: 36 (914 mm) to 999 (25,375 mm) Standard angles: 5, 10, 15, 30, 45, 60 Custom angles available in 5increments UHMW wear strip belt supports One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 12 Two T-slots for mounting accessories Rigid, 5.8 high, anodized aluminum frame Available in 1 and 3 high cleats models available
uhMW Belt Tracking Guides
1 and 3 Cleats

Fewer transfers for less product loss QWIK Slots make mounting air and electrical lines simple with no drilling, special tools or T-nuts required Completely contained belt eliminates catenary sag and reduces pinch points Designed-in low voltage wireway provides support and protection for low voltage wires running from the electronic device to the main junction or control box Drive and tail assemblies require no holes in side rails making reconfiguration quick and easy Open top frame simplifies belt maintenance and replacement Sprocket alignment key provides continuous sprocket alignment for quick belt assembly Support stands mount directly to bottom of side rail which keeps frame open for mounting accessories
142
QWIK SERIES Z-fRAME STRAIGhT MoDulAR ClEATED BElT
1.11 (28)
FLOW
W + 1.52 (39)
2.52 (64)
5.77 (147)
3.64 (93)
2.18 (55)
5, 10, 15, 30, 45, 60 Standard Other 5 increments custom
7.50 (191)

A D
0.56 (14) 2.93 (75) 4.81 (122)
7.50 (191)
W = Conveyor Belt Width Belt Width Table

Conveyor Width (in) 08 10 12 Belt Width 7.89 9.85 11.84 Outside Frame Width 8.53 10.50 12.48 Cleat Width 5.29 7.25 9.24
Dim = in (mm)
Pocket Width 5.53 7.50 9.48

08 8 (203mm) 024 24 (610mm) 02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 001 increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to... 24 24 (610mm) 999 999 (25,375mm)
14 16 18 20 22 24 13.79 15.76 17.73 19.70 21.66 23.63 14.45 16.43 18.40 20.38 22.35 24.33
STANDARD SIZES
11.19 13.16 15.13 17.10 19.06 21.03
11.45 13.43 15.40 17.38 19.35 21.33
Module length Reference
Module length (l1 / l2 / l3)
143
SerIeS: Z-Frame curved mOdular Flat Belt
Specifications:
Loads up to 500 lbs (453 kg) Belt speeds up to 250 ft/min (76 m/min) Belt widths: 8 (203 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Conveyor lengths: 36 (914 mm) to 999 (25,375 mm) Curves available from 15 - 180 in 15 increments Standard angles: 5, 10, 15, 30 Custom angles available in 5 increments UHMW wear strip belt support One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 12 Two T-slots for mounting accessories Rigid, 5.8 high, anodized aluminum frame models available
uhMW Belt Tracking Guides friction Insert Belts Available

Fewer transfers for less product loss QWIK Slots make mounting air and electrical lines simple with no drilling, special tools or T-nuts required Completely contained belt eliminates catenary sag and reduces pinch points Designed-in low voltage wireway provides support and protection for low voltage wires running from the electronic device to the main junction or control box Drive and tail assemblies require no holes in side rails making reconfiguration quick and easy Open top frame simplifies belt maintenance and replacement Sprocket alignment key provides continuous sprocket alignment for quick belt assembly Support stands mount directly to bottom of side rail which keeps frame open for mounting accessories Nose Bar drive and idler option
oPTIoNAl:
Nose Bar Tail

144
QWIK SERIES Z-fRAME CuRvED MoDulAR flAT BElT

2.87 (73)
POSITION D
W
T.O.B.
FLOW
OPTIONAL NOSE BAR TAIL 1" RADIUS 5.52 (140)
POSITION A
MODULE LENGTH BELT RADIUS 9.14 (232)
MODULE LENGTH W
TO CURVE MODULES
MODULE LENGTH
TO Z-FRAME MODULES
MODULE LENGTH 6.10 (155) 1" RADIUS
T.O.B.

A D
7.50 (191)
0.56 7.50 (191)
12.67 (322)
(14) 2.93 (75) 4.81 (122)
3.28 (83)
13.00 (330)

08 8 (203mm) 020 greater of 36 (914) or 2W greater of 20 (508) or 1.5W 24 (610mm) 02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 001 increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to...
Dim = in (mm)
24 24 (610mm) 999 999 (25,375mm) 999 (25,375mm) 999 (25,375mm)
5.80 (147)
STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width (in) Top of Belt Width
Belt Width Table

Belt Width Including Tab Inside Radius of Belt Frame Width in Straight Frame Width in Curve

08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 7.80 9.81 11.79 13.75 15.72 17.69 19.66 21.63 23.60 8.55 10.56 12.53 14.50 16.47 18.44 20.41 22.38 24.35 10.6 14.1 17.5 20.8 24.1 27.4 30.7 33.9 37.2
Module length Reference
Module length (l1)
Module length (l2)
Module length (l3 / l4)
9.26 11.22 13.19 15.15 17.12 19.08 21.05 23.01 24.98
10.91 12.87 14.84 16.80 18.77 20.73 22.70 24.66 26.63
145
SerIeS: PrOFIleS
STRAIGhT PRofIlES
0.54 (14) W 3.54 (90) W+0.26 (7)
W+1.56 (40)
01
04
W=MAX W-8.00 (203) MIN W+0.26 (7) 2.04 (52)
5.88 (149)
W+1.56 (40)
1.00 (25) W+12.95 (329)
05
13
5.88 (149)
W-0.38 (10)=MAX W-8.00 (203) MIN
W-0.25 (6)=MAX W-8.00 (203) MIN
7.61 (193)
2.46 (62) 1.00 (25) W+12.95 (329) W+14.95 (380)
14
15
146
SerIeS: PrOFIleS
CuRvE PRofIlES
0.54 (14) W
NO GUIDE IN STRAIGHT 01
NO PROFILE CURVE
5.88 (149) W=MAX W-8.00 (203) MIN
5.88 (149) W=MAX W-8.00 (203) MIN
1.00 (25) W+12.95 (329) W+12.95 (329)
1.00 (25)
13 ADJUSTABLE GUIDING IN STRAIGHT

5.88 (149) W-0.38 (10)=MAX W-8.00 (203) MIN W-0.38 (10)=MAX W-8.00 (203) MIN 5.88 (149)
ADJUSTABLE GUIDING IN CURVE
1.00 (25) W+12.95 (329) W+12.95 (329)
1.00 (25)
14
147
SerIeS: mOdular BeltIng
Dorners Standard Modular Plastic Belting offers these valuable advantages:

friction Inserts
are available for incline applications. Inserts may be placed along entire length of the belt or spaced on 2, 4, 6 or 12 centers.
Friction inserts are indented 2 (51 mm) from each belt edge.
flat Top Belts

provide a very closed surface for complete product support, easy wiping.
flush Grid Belts

provide an open surface for better drainage, cleaning or air flow/cooling.
Curve Belts
provide a tight radius, space saving corner. Side tabs ensure positive belt tracking with a flush top design. Reduces number of drives.
Cleated Belts
provide a sturdy cleat for elevation at steep inclines. Cleats available in 1 and 3 heights.
148
SerIeS: mOdular BeltIng

Standard Plastic Chain options
Maximum Product Temperature f(C)*** Minimum Product Temperature f(C)*** Maximum Incline / Decline (degrees)** 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 20 20 N/A Nose Bar Idler Diameter in (mm) N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.6 (41)
Part Number Reference
Belt Thickness in (mm)
fDA / CfIA Approved*
Chemical Resistance
Standard Drive & Idler Pulley
MN MP MC MD MG MH MJ MK NJ NK
Flat top Flat top Flush Grid Flush Grid Flat top Flat top Flush Grid Flush Grid Flat top w/ 1 Cleats Flat top w/ 1 Cleats Flat top w/ 3 Cleats Flat top w/ 3 Cleats Flush Grid w/ 1 cleats Flush Grid w/ 1 cleats Flush Grid w/ 3 cleats Flush Grid w/ 3 cleats Flat top w/ friction inserts Flush Grid w/ friction inserts
0 0 35 35 0 0 25 25 0 0 0 0 35 35 35 35
1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25)
0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10)
Blue White White White White White White White Blue White Blue White White White White White
Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene
Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Nylon Nylon Nylon Nylon Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene
40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) -40 (-40) 40 (5) -40 (-40) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5)
200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105)
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good
V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good
Straight flat Belts
Nose Bar Drive or Nose Bar Idler
Cleated Straight Belts
NL NM NE NF NG NH
Standard & Nose Bar Idler Pulley
friction Top Straight Belts
SEE TABLE BELOW SEE TABLE BELOW
1 (25)
0.55 (14)
White
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
40 (5)
140 (60)
V-Good
Poor
35
1 (25)
0.55 (14)
White
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
40 (5)
140 (60)
V-Good
Poor
Curved flat Belts
MT
Tight Radius
35
1 (25)
0.5 (13)
White
Acetal
Nylon
-40 (-40)
200 (93)
Good
V-Good
* FDA = Food and Drug Administration, CFIA = Canadian Food Inspection Agency ** Temperature, environmental conditions, product materials and product configuration effect the maximum incline or decline. Product testing is recommended. *** These do not indicate ambient running conditions. Ambient temperature range is 30 to 100 F (-1 to 38 C). Product temperature is dependent on length of time product is in direct contact with belt surface. Product testing is recommended.
fRICTIoN ToP STRAIGhT PlASTIC ChAIN: Part number reference chart

flat Top w/ friction Inserts Part Number Reference flush Grid w/ friction Inserts Part Number Reference friction Insert Spacing [links] friction Insert Spacing Note: Friction Top not available on nose bar drives TA N/A 1 1 (25mm) TB TF 2 2 (51mm) TC TG 4 4 (102mm) TD TH 6 6 (152mm) TE TJ 12 12 (305mm)
Wear Resistance
Pitch in (mm)
Belt Material
Rod Material
Description
Belt Type
% open
Color
149
SerIeS: gearmOtOr mOuntIng PacKageS

Side Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
4.60 (117) W
6.03 (153)
7.84 (199)
0.70 (18)
CBR
8.02.07
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, 3 jaw flexible coupling, coupling guard and mounting hardware Bottom Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
3.84 [98] W
B min A C 6.91 [176]
DOC1011
4.82 [122]
A: Flat Belt = 10.00 (254)Belt = 10.00 [254] Belt B: Flat = 0.23: (6) C: Flat Belt Belt = 11.40 [290] (290) = 11.40 A: Flat B: Flat Belt = 0.23 [6] C: Flat Cleated Belt = 12.69 (322) Belt = 12.69 [322] Belt Cleated = 3.40 (18)= 3.40 [18] Cleated Belt Belt ==14.31 [363] 14.31 (363) Cleated Cleated Belt Cleated
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits Top Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
MADE UNDER ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING PATENTS
3923148 4337856 4465177 4487309 4609091 4684308

Scale Date Dr By Chk By
App By
Part No.
1:8
+/- TOLERANCE (EXCEPT AS NOTED) .00 .03 .000 .015 .0000 .005 TITLE FOR
8.02.07
CBR
JLW
5300 BOTTOM DRIVE PARALLEL SHAFT GEARMOTOR MOUNTING PACKAGE

MFG. CORP.
HARTLAND, WI 53029-0020 USA
SHEET
THIS DOCUMENT IS STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL AND MUST BE RETURNED UPON REQUEST.
3.17 (81)
4685556 4712355 4732256
4732266 4754541 4759434
4800706 4820103 4854817
4861225 4861226 4865515
4947981 4951803 4993916
5000656 5002457 5030058
5038462 5058723 5097936
5131529 5156260 5156261
5174435 5203447 5265714
5499565 5562796 5586685
5779026 5875883 5984083
6109427 6179112 6182815
6220330 6298981
This drawing and all information presented is the property of DORNER MFG. CORP., Hartland WI. and shall not be copied, reproduced or revealed without written consent
1
OF
REV.
12.69 (322)
0.68 (17) W 4.85 (123)
2.80 (71)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits Side Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor W = Conveyor Belt Width
B 5.60 (142) A
DOC1013
5.88 (149)
A:
= 6.7 (191) = 7.6 (194)
= 8.0 (203) = 9.8 (240)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, 3-jaw flexible coupling, coupling guard and mounting hardware
A: Light Load = 6.47 (164) B: Light Load = 8.22 (209)
Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation (194) Standard Load = 7.62 guarding is the responsibility of the end user. Standard Load = 10.00 (254)
150
DOC1014
SerIeS: gearmOtOr mOuntIng PacKageS

Bottom Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
3.85 (98) W
12.69 (322)
3.17 (81)
1.38 (35)
4.85 (123)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits
Flat Belt = 3.9 (99) A: Cleated Belt = 6.6 (167)
Top Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor

3.24 (82) 1.32 (33)
Flat Belt = 15.4 (392) B: Cleated Belt = 14.5 (368)
GEARMOTOR MOUNTING PACKAGE
DOC1015
12.69 (322)
8.08 (205)
4.85 (123) 2.13 (54)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speedLight Load = 14.48 (368)with optional ratio pulley kits can be adjusted heavy load Side Mount
A: Standard Load = 15.42 (392)
5.10 [129] W
DOC1016
5.22 [133] 4.60 [117]
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, 3-jaw flexible coupling, coupling guard and mounting hardware 90 Gearmotor location options
2
Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. Dimensions = in (mm)
151
SerIeS: Belt SPeed chartS

fixed Speed
RPM From Ft/min m/min Gearmotor 10 15 29 43 58 65 86 97 129 147 173 195 216 247 3.0 4.6 8.8 13.1 17.7 19.8 26.2 29.6 39.3 44.8 52.7 59.4 65.8 75.0 10 10 29 43 58 43 86 86 86 86 173 173 173 173 Belt Speed Mount Package Top & Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side x Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 14 24 14 14 14 24 14 18 24 24 14 18 20 20 Driven Pulley 14 16 14 14 14 16 14 16 16 14 14 16 16 14 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Gearmotor Chart Light Load Standard Load 7 7 6, 7 6 7 6 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7
variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 1.7 - 14 2.6 - 21 2.9 - 2.9 4.3 - 43 5.1 - 42 6.6 - 66 7.7 - 63 8.6 - 86 10 - 83 11 - 96 13 - 129 16 - 125 18 - 173 23 - 188 25 - 247 x x x x x x x x x x x x 16 16 24 16 24 16 20 24 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 m/min 0.5 - 4.3 0.8 - 6.5 0.9 - 8.9 1.31 - 13 1.6 - 13 2 - 20 2.3 - 19 2.62 - 26 3.1 - 25 3.5 - 29 4 - 39 4.7 - 38 5.4 - 53 7 - 57 8 - 75 RPM From Gearmotor 14 14 29 43 42 43 63 86 83 63 86 125 173 125 173 Mount Package Top & Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side x Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 14 24 14 14 14 24 14 14 14 24 24 14 14 24 20 Driven Pulley 14 16 14 14 14 16 14 14 14 16 16 14 14 16 14 3 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 3 4 3 4 Gearmotor Chart Light Load Standard Load 12 12 10, 13 10 9, 12 10 9 10, 13 12 9 10, 13 9, 12 10, 13 9, 12 10, 13
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz. 23 35 53 70 105 140 175 210 7.0 10.7 16.2 21.3 32.0 42.7 53.3 64.0 23* 35* 35* 70* 70* 140* 140* 140*
RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors. VFD drive at 63 max. Hz. output. 12 - 30 18 - 44 27 - 67 36 - 88 54 - 135 71 - 176 89 - 221 97 - 243 3.6 - 9.1 5.4 - 13 8.2 - 20 11 - 26 16 - 41 22 - 53 27 - 67 30 - 74 23* 35* 35* 70* 70* 140* 140* 140* x x x x x x x x x x x x 16 16 24 16 24 16 20 22 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
Red = Parallel Shaft, Blue = 90
152
SerIeS: gearmOtOrS
lIGhT loAD, fIxED SPEED
Chart 1 90
14.3 (362) 6.6 (168) 6.5 (164) 1.4 (35) 2.8 5.2 (70) (133) 2.9 1.3 (74) (34) 2.2 (56) 5.3 (133)
Sealed gearmotor NEMA 42 CZ C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 208-230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 162
Part Number 32M060HL4(vp)FN 32M040HL4(vp)FN 32M020HL4(vp)FN 32M010HL4(vp)FN (vp) = Voltage and Phase RPM 29 43 86 173 11 = 115V, 1 phase Gearmotor Type L L L L 1 Phase Hp 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 kW 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 FLA 5 5 5 5 Hp 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
5.3 (133)
3 Phase kW 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 FLA 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6
in.-lbs. 226 237 142 78
Nm 25.5 26.8 16.0 18.8
3 Phase Starter Chart L L L L
23 = 208 - 230 / 460V, 3 phase
Chart 2
90
6.6 (168) 5.5 (140) 5.7 (144) 2.8 (70) 1.4 (35) 13.4 (339) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 4.9 (124)
Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled IEC 63 B5 C Face IP 55 protection rating 50 Hz Order starter separately, see page 162
Part Number 62Z060HS4(vp)FN 62Z040HS4(vp)FN 62Z020HS4(vp)FN 62Z010HS4(vp)FN (vp) = Voltage and Phase 21 = 230V, 1 phase 23 = 230V, 3 phase 43 = 400V, 3 phase RPM 23 35 70 140 Gearmotor Type L L L L 1Ph kW 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
1 Ph FLA 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
3Ph kW 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
3 Ph FLA 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8
Nm 26.4 28.9 19.4 10.7
Starter Chart I I I I
flA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
153
SerIeS: gearmOtOrS
lIGhT loAD, vARIABlE SPEED
Chart 3 90
1.4 (35)
5.3 (135) 5.0 (127) 14.5 (368) 5.3 (133) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 4.8 (122)
130 Volts DC NEMA 42 CZ C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see pages 160 & 161
Part Number 22M060HSD3DEN 22M040HSD3DEN 22M020HSD3DEN 22M010HSD3DEN RPM 42 63 125 250 Gearmotor Type L L L L Hp 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 kW
FLA 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
in.-lbs. 198 163 98 54
Nm 22.4 18.4 11.1 6.1
Vari-Speed Control Chart A A A A
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
Chart 4
90
12.9 (327) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 7.6 (194) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
Variable frequency drive, 6 - 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56C C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/460 Volts, 3 phase Order controller separately, see pages 160 & 161
Part Number 32M060HL423EN 32M040HL423EN 32M020HL423EN 32M010HL423EN * = At 60 Hz RPM 29 43 86 173 Gearmotor Type L L L L Hp 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 kW 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19
FLA 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97
in.-lbs.* 226 237 142 78
Nm 25.5 86.8 16.0 8.8
Vari-Speed Control Chart D and E D and E D and E D and E
Chart 5
90
6.6 (168) 5.5 (140) 5.7 (144) 2.8 (70) 1.4 (35) 13.4 (339) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 4.9 (124)
Variable frequency drive, 25 - 63 Hz Sealed gearmotor IEC 63 B5 C face IP 55 protection rating Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/400 Volts, 3 phase Order controller separately, see pages 160 & 161
Part Number 62Z060HS423EN 62Z040HS423EN 62Z020HS423EN 62Z010HS423EN * = At 50 Hz RPM 23 35 70 140 Gearmotor Type L L L L
3 Ph kW 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
3 Ph FLA 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Nm* 26.4 28.9 19.4 10.7
Vari-Speed Control Chart B B B B
Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. flA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
154
SerIeS: gearmOtOrS
STANDARD loAD, fIxED SPEED
Chart 6 90
7.7 (196) 6.6 (168) 2.8 (70) 6.6 (168) 2.9 1.3 (74) (34) 15.2 (386) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 6.2 (157)
Sealed gearmotors NEMA 56 C face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 208-230/460 Volts 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 162
Part Number 32M060HS4(vp)FN 32M040HS4(vp)FN 32M020HS4(vp)FN 32M010HS4(vp)FN RPM 29 43 86 173 Gearmotor Type S S S S
1.4 (35) 7.7 (196)
(vp) = Voltage and Phase 11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 208 - 230 / 460V, 3 phase
1 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 FLA 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
3 Phase kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 FLA 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0
in.-lbs. 226 247 248 156
Nm 25.5 27.9 27.9 17.6
Vari-Speed Control Chart M M M M
Chart 7
Parallel Shaft
2.09 (53) .75
Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 230V 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 162
Gearmotor Type S S S S S S 1 Phase Hp 0.08 0.17 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 kW 0.06 0.13 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
5.88 (149)
2.00 (51)
10.47 (266)
(vp) 11 23 (x)
= Voltage and Phase = 115V, 1 phase = 208 - 230 / 460V, 3 phase = 3 for 1 phase, 6 for 3 phase
6.00 (152)
Part Number 62M180PS4(vp)FN 62M060PS4(vp)FN (x)2M030PS4(vp)FN (x)2M020PS4(vp)FN (x)2M010PS4(vp)FN (x)2M005PS4(vp)FN
RPM 10 29 58 86 173 345
3 Phase FLA 1.2 1.9 4 4 4 4 Hp .17 .17 .38 .38 .38 .38 kW 0.13 0.13 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 FLA 1.0 1.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
in.-lbs. 341 270 250 167 108 56
Nm 38.5 30.5 28.3 18.9 12.2 6.3
Vari-Speed Control Chart L L M M M M
Chart 8
90
7.4 (187) 6.3 (160) 6.3 (160) 1.4 (35) 5.9 (149) 14.5 (368)
Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled IEC 71 B5 C face Non-reversible IP55 protection rating 50 Hz Order starter separately, see page 162
Part Number 32Z060HS4(vp)FN 32Z040HS4(vp)FN 32Z020HS4(vp)FN 32Z010HS4(vp)FN 32Z005HS4(vp)FN RPM 23 35 70 140 280 Gearmotor Type S S S S S
2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
5.4 (137)
(vp) 21 23 43
= Voltage and Phase = 230V, 1 phase = 230V / 460V, 3 phase = 400V, 3 phase
1Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
1 Ph FLA 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
3 Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
3 Ph FLA 2.1 / 1.2 2.1 / 1.2 2.1 / 1.2 2.1 / 1.2 2.1 / 1.2
Nm 26.8 29.4 29.9 21.5 11.2
Starter Chart J J J J J
Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. flA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
155
SerIeS: gearmOtOrS
STANDARD loAD, vARIABlE SPEED
Chart 9 90
7.7 (195) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 2.6 (67) 5.9 (149) 14.6 (372)
90V DC Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56 C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled Order controller separately, see pages 160 & 161
Part Number 32M060HSD9DEN 32M040HSD9DEN 32M020HSD9DEN 62M005HHD9DEN RPM 42 63 125 250 Gearmotor Type S S S S Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.75
2.2 (56) 6.6 (168) 2.9 (74)
5.2 (131) 1.3 (34)
kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.5
FLA 5.0 5.0 5.0 7.5
in.-lbs. 198 215 196 108
Nm 22.4 24.3 22.1 12.2
Vari-Speed Control Chart C C C C
Chart 10
90
7.9 (201) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 3.1 (79) 5.9 (149) 14.4 (365)
Variable frequency drive, 6 - 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56 C Face Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 230/460 Volts, 3 Phase Order controller separately, see pages 160 & 161
Part Number 32M060HS423EN 32M040HS423EN 32M020HS423EN 32M010HS423EN * = At 60 Hz RPM* 29 43 86 173 Gearmotor Type S S S S 3 Ph Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3 Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
6.1 (155)
3 Ph FLA 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
in.-lbs.* 226 247 248 156
Nm* 25.5 27.9 27.9 17.6
Vari-Speed Control Chart D and E D and E D and E D and E
Chart 11
90
7.4 (187) 6.3 (160) 6.3 (160) 1.4 (35) 14.5 (368)
2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
5.9 (149)
5.4 (137)
3 Ph FLA 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Nm* 26.8 29.4 29.9 21.5 11.2
156
SerIeS: gearmOtOrS
STANDARD loAD, vARIABlE SPEED
12.5 (318) 2.0 (51) 1.5 (37) 4.8 (121) .75 2.4 (62) 4.9 (124) 4.3 (108)
130 Volts DC Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see pages 160 & 161
Part Number 62M180PSD3DEN 62M060PSD3DEN 62M030PSD3DEN 62M020PSD3DEN 62M010PSD3DEN RPM 14 42 83 125 250 Gearmotor Type S S S S S Hp 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.33
kW 0.09 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.25
FLA 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.3
in.-lbs. 341 270 135 90 72
Nm 38.5 30.5 15.3 10.2 8.1
Chart 13
Parallel Shaft
1.49 (38) 4.75 (121) 2.39 (61) 2.04 (52) .75 2.62 (67) 2.00 (51) 11.00 (281) 4.75 (121)
Variable frequency drive, 10 to 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230 Volts / 3 Phase, VFD duty Order controller separately, see pages 160 & 161
Part Number 62M180PS423EN 62M060PS423EN 62M030PS423EN 62M020PS423EN 62M010PS423EN RPM 10 29 58 86 173 Gearmotor Type S S S S S Hp 0.17 0.17 0.38 0.38 0.38
6.73 (171)
kW 0.13 0.13 0.28 0.28 0.28
FLA 1.0 1.0 1.9 1.9 1.9
in.-lbs. 341 270 250 167 115
Nm 38.5 30.5 28.3 18.9 13.0
157
SerIeS: gearmOtOrS
hEAvy loAD, fIxED SPEED
Chart 15 90
2.8 (71) 7.0 (178) 18.1 (460)
NEMA 56 C face for .5 & 1 Hp 208 - 230/460 Volts, 3 Phase wiring by others NEMA 145TC C face for 1.5 Hp 60 Hz NEMA 145TC C face for 2 Hp Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 162 Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V, 1 Phase includes switch, cord and overload protection
Part Number 32M100HH4(vp)F(N) 32M080HH4(vp)F(N) 32M060HH4(vp)F(N) 32M050HH423FN 32M040HH423FN 32M030HH423FN 32M025HH423FN 32M020HH423FN 32M015HH423FN 32M010HH423FN 32M008HH423FN RPM 17 22 29 35 43 58 70 86 115 173 230 Gearmotor Type H H H H H H H H H H H 1 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a FLA 8.0 8.0 8.0 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 3 Phase kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.74 0.74 1.11 1.11 1.49 1.49 1.49 1.49 FLA
7.2 (183) 2.5 (64)
10.2 (259)
in.-lbs. 913 833 679 1205 1023 1216 1068 1183 909 636 482
Nm 103 94 76 136 115 137 121 134 103 72 54
3 Phase Starter Chart M M M P P Q Q Q Q Q Q
2.0 / 1.0 2.0 / 1.0 2.0 / 1.0 3.4 / 1.7 3.4 / 1.7 5.0 / 2.5 5.0 / 2.5 6.2 / 3.1 6.2 / 3.1 6.2 / 3.1 6.2 / 3.1
Chart 16
Sealed gearmotor IP55 protection rating 50 Hz
90
IEC B5 C face mount (see table for size) Totally enclosed, fan cooled Order starter separately, see page 162
10.2 (259) 2.8 (71) 7.0 (178) 18.1 (460)
7.2 (183) 2.5 (64)
Part Number 52Z100HH423FN 52Z080HH423FN 52Z050HH423FN 52Z040HH423FN 52Z030HH423FN 52Z020HH423FN 52Z015HH423FN 52Z010HH423FN 52Z008HH423FN 23 = 230V, 3 phase
RPM 14 18 28 35 47 70 93 140 187 43 = 430V, 3 phase
Gearmotor Type H H H H H H H H H
Belt Speed ft/min 14 18 28 35 47 70 93 140 187 m/min 4.3 5.3 8.5 10.7 14.2 21.3 28.4 42.7 56.9
Motor Face 71 71 80 80 90 90 90 90 90
Hp 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.7 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
kW 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.55 1.10 1.10 1.50 1.50 1.50
FLA 2.1 / 1.2 2.1 / 1.2 2.6 / 1.5 2.6 / 1.5 4.7 / 2.7 4.7 / 2.7 6.1 / 3.5 6.1 / 3.5 6.1 / 3.5
in-lbs 1142 1018 1097 929 1478 1080 1124 788 602
Nm 129 115 124 105 167 122 127 89 68
Starter Chart J J R R K K Q Q Q
flA = Full Load Amperes
Note: LPZ Conveyors are not reversible
hEAvy loAD, vARIABlE SPEED

Chart 17
90 VDC Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56C C face
90
Totally enclosed, fan cooled 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see pages 160 & 161
7.0 (178) 2.8 (71) 9.5 (241) 2.5 (64) 15.7 (399)
5.1 (130)
Part Number 32M100HHD9DEN 32M080HHD9DEN 32M060HHD9DEN 32M050HHD9DEN 32M040HHD9DEN
RPM 25 31 42 50 63
Gearmotor Type H H H H H
Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.75 0.75
kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.50 0.50
FLA 5.0 5.0 5.0 7.5 7.5
in.-lbs. 630 574 468 624 529
Nm 71 65 53 70 60
158
SerIeS: gearmOtOrS
hEAvy loAD, vARIABlE SPEED
Chart 18 90
7.0 (178) 18.1 (460)
Variable frequency drive, 6 - 60 Hz NEMA 56 C face for .5 Hp + 1 Hp NEMA 145TC C face for 1.5 + 2 Hp Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/460 Volts, 3 phase Order controller separately, see pages 160 & 161
Part Number 32M100HH423EN 32M080HH423EN 32M060HH423EN 32M050HH423EN 32M040HH423EN 32M030HH423EN 32M025HH423EN 32M020HH423EN 32M015HH423EN 32M010HH423EN 32M008HH423EN * = At 60 Hz RPM 17 22 29 35 43 58 70 86 115 173 230 Gearmotor Type H H H H H H H H H H H Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.74 0.74 1.11 1.11 1.49 1.49 1.49 1.49
2.8 (71)
7.2 (183) 2.5 (64)
10.2 (259)
FLA 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 3.2 / 1.6 3.2 / 1.6 4.2 / 2.1 4.2 / 2.1 5.0 / 2.5 5.0 / 2.5 5.0 / 2.5 5.0 / 2.5
in.-lbs.* 913 833 679 1205 1023 1216 1068 1183 909 636 482
Nm* 103 94 76 136 115 137 121 134 103 72 54
Vari-Speed Control Chart D or E D or E D or E D D D D D D D D
Chart 19
90
2.8 (71) 7.0 (178) 18.1 (460)
Variable frequency drive, 25 to 63 Hz Sealed gearmotor IEC B5 C face mount (see table for size) IP55 protection rating Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/400 Volts, 50 Hz nominal Order controller separately, see pages 160 & 161
Part Number 52Z100HH423EN 52Z080HH423EN 52Z050HH423EN 52Z040HH423EN 52Z030HH423EN 52Z020HH423EN 52Z015HH423EN 52Z010HH423EN 52Z008HH423EN 23 = 230V, 3 phase RPM 7 to 18 9 to 22 14 to 35 18 to 44 23 to 59 35 to 88 47 to 118 70 to 176 93 to 235 43 = 430V, 3 phase Gearmotor Type H H H H H H H H H Belt Speed ft/min 7 to 18 9 to 22 14 to 35 18 to 44 23 to 59 35 to 88 47 to 118 70 to 176 93 to 235 m/min 2 to 5 3 to 7 4 to 11 5 to 13 7 to 18 11 to 27 14 to 36 21 to 54 28 to 72 Motor Face 71 71 80 80 90 90 90 90 90 Hp 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.7 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 kW
7.2 (183) 2.5 (64)
10.2 (259)
FLA 2.1 / 1.2 2.1 / 1.2 2.6 / 1.5 2.6 / 1.5 4.7 / 2.7 4.7 / 2.7 6.1 / 3.5 6.1 / 3.5 6.1 / 3.5
in-lbs 1142 1018 1097 929 1478 1080 1124 788 602
Nm 129 115 124 105 167 122 127 89 68
Controller Chart B B B B B B B B B
0.37 0.37 0.55 0.55 1.10 1.10 1.50 1.50 1.50
flA = Full Load Amperes
Note: LPZ Conveyors are not reversible
159
SerIeS: varIaBle SPeed cOntrOllerS

vARIABlE SPEED CoNTRollERS
Chart A
PWM DC control Nema 1 enclosure Line cord and motor cord On/Off switch for 62MD1134 Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware Part Number 62MD1134 Input Volts 115 Input Phase 1 Input Hz 60
7.1 (181) 5.3 (133)
62mD1134
4.5 (114) 4.6 (116) 7.1 (180) 5.3 (135)
62mD1134r
5. 5.
3.9 (100)
Output Volts 130VDC
Max Amps* 3.2
Chart B
VFD control IP 65 enclosure EMC filter Variable speed Mounting hardware Line cord and motor cord
6.3 (160) 5.9 (150)
4.5 (114)
8.0 (203)
10.5 (268)
Part Number 62UV2121 62UV4341 62UV2127 62UV4347
Input Volts 230 400 230 400
Input Phase 1 3 1 3
Input Hz 50 50 50 50
Output Volts 230 400 230 400 62MD1192
Output Phase 3 3 3 3
Max Kw* 0.75 0.75 1.50 1.50 62MD1193
Max Amps 4.2 2.1 6.8 3.4
Chart C
7.1 (180)
5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
5.5 (140)
4.1 (105)
PWM DC control NEMA 1 enclosure Line cord and motor cord On/Off switch for 62MD1192 and 62MD1193 Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware Part Number 62MD1192 62MD1193 Input Volts 115 115 Input Phase 1 1
5.3 (135)
8.3 (210)
10.0 (254)
Input Hz 60 60
Max Amps* 5.0 7.5
160
SerIeS: varIaBle SPeed cOntrOllerS

vARIABlE SPEED CoNTRollERS
Chart D
Full feature VFD control NEMA 4 enclosure Digital display Keypad with Start/Stop, Forward/Reverse and speed variations Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others 32MV1122 includes line cord to controller Mounting hardware Part Number 32MV1122 32MV2122 32MV1121 32MV2121 32MV2127 32MV2322 32MV2327 32MV4341 32MV4347 Input Volts 115 230 115 230 230 230 230 460 460 Input Phase 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 Input Hz 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Output Volts 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 460 460
6.3 (160) 5.9 (150) 4.5 (114)
8.0 (203)
10.5 (268)
Output Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Max Hp 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.5 2.0 1.0 2.0
Output Amps* 2.2 2.2 4.0 4.0 6.8 2.2 6.8 2.0 3.4
A Width 6.1 (155) 6.1 (155) 6.1 (155) 6.1 (155) 6.1 (155) 4.7 (119) 6.1 (155) 4.7 (119) 6.1 (155)
B Depth 3.8 (96) 3.8 (96) 4.4 (112) 4.4 (112) 5.3 (134) 3.8 (96) 5.3 (134) 3.8 (96) 4.4 (112)
Chart E
VFD control Nema 1 enclosure Line cord and motor cord On/Off switch Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware Forward/Reverse switch Part Number 62MV1122B Input Volts 115 Input Phase 1 Input Hz 60 Output Volts 230
7.1 (180) 5.3 (135)
5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
5.5 (140)
Output Phase 3
Max Hp 0.5
Max Amps* 2.4
161
SerIeS: manual mOtOr StarterS

MANuAl MoToR STARTERS Manual motor starts are manual electronic disconnects that provide motor overload protection and are required by the National Electric Code (NEC) for safe motor operation. Illustration A
3.4 (86) 3.7 (94)
Illustration B
3.4 (86) 3.7 (94)
7.0 (178)
7.0 (178)
Chart I
230V, 1 phase includes cord, plug and starter 230/400 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M21T 62(c)M23T 62(c)M43T In Volts 230 230 400 In Phase 1 3 3 Amp Range 1.6 - 2.5 1.0 - 1.6 0.63 - 1.0 Illustration A B B
Chart J
230V, 1 phase includes cord, plug and starter 230/400 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M21J 62(c)M23J 62(c)M43J In Volts 230 230 400 In Phase 1 3 3 Amp Range 2.5 - 4.0 1.6 - 2.5 1.0 - 1.6 Illustration A B B
Chart K
230/400 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M23K 62(c)M43K In Volts 230 400 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 4.0 - 6.3 2.5 - 4.0 Illustration B B
Chart l
230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 60 Hz Part Number 62MM23L 62MM43L In Volts 230 460 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 1.0 - 1.6 0.4 - .63 Illustration B B
Chart M
Chart P
230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 60 Hz Part Number 62MM23U 62MM43P In Volts 208 - 230 460 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 2.5 - 4.0 1.6 - 2.5 Illustration B B
Chart Q
230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 60 Hz Part Number 62MM23Q 62MM43Q In Volts 208 - 230 460 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 4.0 - 6.3 2.5 - 4.0 Illustration B B
Chart R
230/400 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M23R 62(c)M43R In Volts 230 400 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 2.5 - 4.0 1.0 - 1.6 Illustration B B
Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with NEC and CE safety directive.
162
SerIeS: SuPPOrt StandS

fIxED hEIGhT SuPPoRT STANDS
fixed foot Model
Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Stand Height (HH)* Part # Reference 12 (305mm) 12 21-25 (533 - 635mm) 2125 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... in 1 (25mm) increments up to... in 0101 increments up to... 60 (1,524mm) 60 95-99 (2,413 - 2,515mm) 9599

* Dependent on stand width, stands over 42 (1,067 mm) may include outriggers (image on page 165)
WW

Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Stand Height (HH)* Part # Reference 12 (305mm) 12 26-30 (660 - 762mm) 2630 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... in 1 (25mm) increments up to... in 0101 increments up to... 48 (1,219mm) 48 74-78 (2,413 - 2,515mm) 7478
ADJuSTABlE hEIGhT SuPPoRT STANDS

fixed foot Model
(457-483)
WW
12 (305mm) 12 19-21
(483-533)
60 (1,524mm) 60
(1,219-1,676) (1,524-1,981) (1,829-2,286) (2,057-2,515)
20-23
(508-584)
22-27
(559-686)
25-32
(635-813)
(762-1067)
30-42 3042
36-54* 48-66* 60-78* 72-90* 81-99*

(914-1,372)
1819
1921
2023
2227
2532
3654
4866
6078
7290
8199

(584-610)
Metric fasteners
12 (305mm) 12 24-26
(610-660)
60 (1,524mm) 60
(1,041-1,499) (1,346-1,803) (1,651-2,108)
25-28
(635-711)
27-32
(686-813)
30-37
(762-940)
(889-1,194)
35-47 3547
41-59 4159
53-71* 65-83* 5371 6583
* Dependent on stand width, stands over 42 (1,067 mm) may include outriggers (image on page 165) Full width is top plate on 12 wide stands only
2324
2426
2528
2732
3037
SINGlE PoST & PIllAR SuPPoRT STANDS

WW WW
Standard Sizes
Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference
(203)
10
(254)
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)
18
(457)
08 22-32
(559-813)
10
(762-1,016)
12
(965-1,219)
14
16
(1,168-1,422)
18
(1,372-1,626)
HH
BD
HH
30-40 3040
38-48 3848
46-56 4656
54-64 5464
2232 24 (610)
27 (686)
30(762)
33(838)
36(915)
Pillar Stand

163

ShoRT SuPPoRT STANDS
fixed foot Model
Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Stand Height (HH)* Part # Reference
(305-356mm)
12 (305mm) 12 12-14 1214

(330-381mm)
2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... 14-16 1416 15-17 1517 16-18 1618
60 (1,524mm) 60
(432-483mm)
WW + 4.4 (112)
13-15 1315
(356-406mm)
(381-432mm)
(406-457mm)
17-19 1719
(457-508mm)
18-20 1820
WW

Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Stand Height (HH)* Part # Reference
(432-483mm)
12 (305mm) 12 17-19 1719

(457-508mm)
2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... 19-21 1921 20-22 2022 21-23 2123
60 (1,524mm) 60
(559-610mm)
18-20 1820
(483-533mm)
(508-559mm)
(533-584mm)
22-24 2224
(584-635mm)
23-25 2325
fully ADJuSTABlE SuPPoRT STANDS

Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Top of Belt Range Stand Height Reference
(203)
Metric fasteners
2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... 15-34
(381-864) (381-1,168) (1,524)
60 60
WW + 9.2 (234)
08
(178-483)
7-19 0719
15-46 1546
(381-1,473)
15-58 1558
(381-1,778)
15-70 1570
1534
WW

Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Top of Belt Range Stand Height Reference
(203)
2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... 20-34

(508-864) (508-1,168)
(1,524)
60 60
08 12-19
(305-483)
20-46 2046
(508-1,473)
20-58 2058
(508-1,778)
20-70 2070
1219
2034
MulTI TIER STANDS

Minimum Tier height Per Conveyor
WW + 8.2 (208) WW WW
Base
12 (305mm) 15 (381mm)
WW + 8.2 (208)
Tier
Stand Width (WW) Part # Reference Stand Height (HH)* 12 (305mm) 12 12 (305mm) 0712 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to... in 0002 increments up to... 48 (1,219mm) 48 36 (914mm) 0736
Tier Base
Part # Reference
Note: Do not use with support stands equipped with casters. Support Stands must be anchored to the floor. Do not use if conveyed product overhangs the edge of the conveyor belt due to pinch point created.
164

STAND ACCESSoRIES
1.3 (33) 1.9 (48) 1.0 (25) 1.5 0.8 (38) (20) L + 1.9 (48) 0.9 (23)
L .28 (7) Diameter 1.0 (25)
Dim = in (mm)
Diagonal Bracing
Part Number 39MB-TS 39MB-TT 39MB-PT Description for two-legged H style stands up to 30 tall (762 mm) for two-legged H style stands over 30 tall (762 mm) for Single Post and Pillar stands over 30 tall (762 mm)
Common Mount Kit

Tall Support Stands
Note: Due to the wide variety of conveyor and stand options along with possible configurations, stability of the final setup is the responsibility of the end user.
fine Adjustment Kit

Part # 710028
outriggers
165
SerIeS: acceSSOrIeS
PhoTo EyE KITS
2.34 [60] 0.72 [18] 2.47 [63 1.50 [38] 1.50 [38]
24V DC Retro Reflective Sensor Quick disconnect plug Includes reflector and mounting Fully adjustable mount for 2200/3200/5200 Series conveyors 2 and 5 adjustment height ranges
Part Number 75M-PE-1 75M-PE-2 Description 2 height adjustment 5 height adjustment
A = 3.61" (92) for 2" Adjustment 6.61 (168) for 5" Adjustment
PhoTo EyE BRACKET KITS

Standard mounting for 18mm barrel/nose mount photo-eyes Reflective version includes reflector Through beam mount version Fully adjustable mount for 2200/3200/5200 Series conveyors 2 and 5 adjustment height ranges
Part Number 75M-PM-1 75M-PM-2 75M-PM-3 75M-PM-4 75M-PM-5 75M-PM-6 Photo Eye Mount Type Reflective Reflective Through Beam Through Beam Convergence Convergence
DOC 0996
1.50 [38]
Adjustment Height 2 5 2 5 2 5
ElECTRICAl CoNDuIT MouNTS

Includes mount and hardware Mounts to Quick-Slot, no T-nut required Package of 10 pieces
Part Number 350001 350002
Description Conduit Mount, 1/2 EMT, Package of 10 Conduit Mount, 1 EMT, Package of 10
DOC 0997
loW volTAGE WIRE MouNTS AND TIES

Includes mount, hardware and tie wrap Mounts to Quick-Slot, no T-nut required Package of 10 pieces
Part Number 350000
Description Wire Tie Kit, Package of 10
166
SerIeS: acceSSOrIeS
ADJuSTABlE lANE GuIDING
L
36.0 (914) Max.
18.0 (457) Max.
W + 4.8 (122)
7.7 5.0 (127) 9.6 (244) (196) Max. Product 1.2 (30) 0.1 (3) 0.8 (20) W
Specifications:
UHMW guide surface on an anodized aluminum mounting rail Painted Steel mounting hardware Available in standard 1 (305 mm) increments or can be ordered to any length 5 (127 mm) maximum, 0.25 (7 mm) minimum part height 0.25 (6 mm) minimum lane width Package includes one lane guide, mounting hardware and adjusting knobs For conveyors up to 24 (610 mm) wide Consult factory for wider lane guide availability
Important: Exceeding 5 (127 mm) product height will produce a pinch point.

167
SerIeS: acceSSOrIeS
hARDWARE ACCESSoRIES
Spring T-Nut
.25-20 (m61.0)
T-Slot Extenders
W + 2.25 (57)
Description Spring T-nut, 0.25 - 20 Spring T-nut, M6 - 1.0 Package of 5 Spring T-nuts, 0.25 - 20 Package of 5 Spring T-nuts, M6 - 1.0
10.75 (273)
200124 200124M 200300 200300M
3200 & lPZ Series T-Bars

Mounts in T-slots to attach heavy accessories 2.63 (67 mm) long 2 hole model, 0.75 (19mm) 1 hole model Part Number
1.88 (48)
T-Slot Cover
Snaps into conveyor and aluminum stand T-slots Black plastic extrusion Can be trimmed to fit Part Number 645656P Description T-Slot Cover, Per 1 (305) of length
2.63 (67)
Description 1 hole T-bar, 0.25 - 20 1 hole T-bar, M6 - 1.0 2 hole T-bar, 0.25 - 20 2 hole T-bar, M6 - 1.0
.38 (10)
.25-20 (m6-1.0)
639971 639971M 300150 300150M
SIDE TABlES
6.00 (152) 5.73 (145) llll 12 (304) Wide table 6 (152) Wide table W 2.08 (53)
Specifications:
Provides a 6 (152 mm) or 12 (305 mm) wide working surface Adjusts in/out and up/down (0.25 max above bedplate) for product transfer on/off conveyor belts Can be positioned anywhere along the conveyor Anodized aluminum work surface Max load: 5 lbs/ft (6 kg/m), use Adjustable Tie Brackets for added capacity Available in 1 (305 mm) increments from 1 (305 mm) to 99 (30,175 mm) Compatible with 2200, 3200 and 5200 Series Conveyors
supports can be positioned anywhere along table llll = 1' to 99' (Maximum 8' length single piece)
168
SerIeS: acceSSOrIeS
SIDE GuIDES
W + 4.52 (115) L W
Part Number
Top of Belt .56 (14) 2.75 (70) Top of Belt L = Accessory length W = Conveyor width
W+1.05 (27)
280802M 280803M 280804M 280805M 280806M
SToPS
Adjustable Stop*
1.81 (46)
Slides up and down T-slot length Includes mounting hardware
W + .98 (25) 1.75 (44)
Part Number 352068-WW 352069-WW
Description Adjustable Stop for Straight Adjustable Stop for Curve
WW = Conveyor Width Reference * Not compatible with high friction belts
BRACKETS
frame Mount Casters
W 2.00 (51)
4.36 (111)
Note: If the discharge end of conveyor is mounted over a table or similar structure, a conveyor bottom wiper must be installed to prevent against possible pinch point. Order bottom wiper separately.
3.00 DIA (76) FW + 2.28 (58)
Part Number 390207
floor Mount Brackets

2.00 (51) .56 DIA (14) (2x) W
DOC1021
3.53 (90)
FW + 3.14 (80) FW + 4.20 (107)
Part Number 390217
Description Floor mount brackets, pair Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
169
SerIeS: Part numBer reFerence

5200 SERIES: STRAIGhT flAT PlASTIC ChAIN 52 M WW LLL D I S PP BB Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 04 = 3 High side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 05 = 1.50 High side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Motor Shaft Position: A or D Idler End: 1 = Standard, 2 = Nose Bar Drive / Pulley Type: 1 = Standard, 2 = Nose Bar Length: 036-999 Belt Width: 06-60 Language: M = English Drive Shaft Position
A D
Example: 52M2412011A01MN Description: 5200 Series straight flat belt conveyor 24 (610mm) nominal width x 10 (3048mm) long with standard drive tail in position A, standard infeed tail, type 01 low side profile and type MN flat (closed) top acetal plastic chain. Note: Usable chain width is 23.63 (600mm).
*Nose Bar drive conveyors have a minimum conveyor length of 48 5200 SERIES: STRAIGhT ClEATED PlASTIC ChAIN 52 M WW LLL A PP BB SS Drive Shaft Position Cleat Spacing: 02 - 99 = Link Spacing Belt Material: NJ, NK, etc. Profile: 01 = Lowside 02 = 1 High side Motor Shaft Position: A or D Length: 036-999 Belt Width: 06-24 Language: M = English
A D
03 = 3 High side
Example: 52M12071A01NK04 Description: 5200 Series straight cleated conveyor, 12 (305mm) nominal width x 5-11 (1803mm) long with type 01 low side profile. Plastic chain is type NK flat (closed) top polypropylene with 1 (25mm) tall cleats on 4 (102mm) centers. Depending upon belt width, each individual cleat may consist of multiple pieces. Note: Usable cleat width is 9.24 (235mm).
*Nose Bar drive conveyors have a minimum conveyor length of 48
5200 SERIES STRAIGhT oR CuRvE Z-fRAME: INfEED To KNuCKlE MoDulE 52 - T M WW LLL - PP BB - N SS AA # Module Serialized Sequence: 1 thru 5 Angle: 05, 10, 15, 30, 45, 60 (REMOVE FOR MODULE TYPES A AND B) Cleat Spacing: 02 - 99 = Link Spacing (REMOVE FOR FLAT BELT STRAIGHT & CURVE) Pulley Type: S = Standard Idler Pulley, N = Nose Bar Idler (straight only) Belt Material: MT, TB, etc. Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 04 = 3 High side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 05 = 1.50 High side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Length: 036-288 Belt Width: 08-24 Language: M = English Module Type: A = Horizontal Infeed to Lower Knuckle C = Inclined Infeed to Upper Knuckle B = Horizontal Infeed to Upper Knuckle D = Declined Infeed to Lower Knuckle
170

5200 SERIES STRAIGhT oR CuRvE Z-fRAME: MID SECTIoN BETWEEN TWo KNuCKlE MoDulES 52 - E M WW LLL - PP BB - SS AA # Module Serialized Sequence: 1 thru 5 Angle: 05, 10, 15, 30, 45, 60 Cleat Spacing: 02 - 99 = Link Spacing (REMOVE FOR FLAT BELT STRAIGHT & CURVE) Belt Material: MT, TB, etc. Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 04 = 3 High side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 05 = 1.50 High side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Length: 036-288 Belt Width: 08-24 Language: M = English
5200 SERIES Z-fRAME CuRvE: hoRIZoNTAl MID SECTIoN BETWEEN KNuCKlE & CuRvE MoDulE 52 - T M WW LLL - PP BB - # Module Serialized Sequence: 1 thru 5 Belt Material: MT Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 04 = 3 High side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 05 = 1.50 High side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Length: 036-288 Belt Width: 08-24 Language: M = English Module Type: F = Horizontal Mid Section between Upper Knuckle and Curve G = Horizontal Mid Section between Lower Knuckle and Curve
5200 SERIES Z-fRAME CuRvE: flAT STRAIGhT INfEED To CuRvE MoDulE 52 - H M WW LLL - PP BB - N # Module Serialized Sequence: 1 thru 5 Pulley Type: S = Standard Idler Pulley, N = Nose Bar Idler (straight only) Belt Material: MT Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 04 = 3 High side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 05 = 1.50 High side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Length: 036-288 Belt Width: 08-24 Language: M = English
171

5200 SERIES Z-fRAME CuRvE: flAT STRAIGhT DISChARGE fRoM CuRvE MoDulE 52 - J M WW LLL - PP BB - N D # Module Serialized Sequence: 1 thru 5 Motor Shaft Position: A or D Drive Pulley Type: S = Standard, N = Nose Bar (straight only) Belt Material: MT Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 04 = 3 High side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 05 = 1.50 High side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Length: 036-288 Belt Width: 08-24 Language: M = English
5200 SERIES Z-fRAME CuRvE: CuRvE MoDulE 52 - K M WW DDD - PP BB - C # Module Serialized Sequence: 1 thru 5 Curve Direction from Infeed End: L = Left, R = Right Belt Material: MT Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 04 = 3 High side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 05 = 1.50 High side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Degree of Turn: 015, 030, 045, 060, 075, 090, 105, 120, 135, 150, 165, 180 Belt Width: 08-24 Language: M = English
5200 SERIES STRAIGhT oR CuRvE Z-fRAME: DISChARGE fRoM KNuCKlE MoDulE 52 - T M WW LLL - PP BB - N SS D AA # Module Serialized Sequence: 1 thru 5 Angle: 05, 10, 15, 30, 45, 60 (REMOVE FOR MODULE TYPES N AND P) Motor Shaft Position: A or D Cleat Spacing: 02 - 99 = Link Spacing (REMOVE FOR FLAT BELT STRAIGHT & CURVE) Drive Pulley Type: S = Standard, N = Nose Bar (straight only) Belt Material: MT, TB, etc. Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 04 = 3 High side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 05 = 1.50 High side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Length: 036-288 Belt Width: 08-24 Language: M = English Module Type: L = Inclined Discharge from Lower Knuckle N = Horizontal Discharge from Upper Knuckle M = Declined Discharge from Upper Knuckle P = Horizontal Discharge from Lower Knuckle
172

5200 SERIES CuRvE: STRAIGhT INfEED / IDlER MoDulE 52 1 M WW LLL X PP BB # Module Serialized Sequence: 1 thru 9 Belt Material: MT Guide Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Pulley Type: 1 = Standard Idler Tail Length: 036-999 Belt Width: 08-36 Language: M = English
5200 SERIES CuRvE: CuRvE MoDulE 52 2 M WW DDD PP BB C # Module Serialized Sequence: 1 thru 9 Curve Direction From Infeed End: L = Left, R = Right Belt Material: MT Guide Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Degree of Turn: 015, 030, 045, 060, 075, 090, 105, 120, 135, 150, 165, 180 Belt Width: 08-36 Language: M = English
5200 SERIES CuRvE: STRAIGhT INTERMEDIATE MoDulE 52 3 M WW LLL PP BB # Module Serialized Sequence: 1 thru 9 Belt Material: MT Guide Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Length: 036-999 Belt Width: 08-36 Language: M = English
5200 SERIES CuRvE: STRAIGhT ExIT / DRIvE MoDulE 52 M WW LLL D X PP BB # Module Serialized Sequence: 1 thru 9 Belt Material: MT Guide Profile: 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Pulley Type: 1 = Standard Drive Tail Drive Shaft Position: A or D Length: 036-999 Belt Width: 08-36 Language: M = English Drive Shaft Position
A D
173

5200 SERIES: MouNTING PACKAGES 52 M B P S A - 1616 Drive / Driven Pulley Combination (Top and Bottom mounts only) Belt Style: - = Flat Belt, C = Cleated Belt Gearmotor Mounting Position: A or D Gearmotor Type: L, V, S, H Gearmotor Output Shaft: P = Parallel Shaft or H = 90 Mount Style: S = Side Mount, B = Bottom Mount, T = Top Mount Documentation Language: M = English Drive Shaft Position
A D
Example: 52MBPSA-1414 Description: Bottom mount package with English documentation. Configured for a parallel shaft, standard load motor in mount position A with a 14:14 drive / driven pulley combination.
5200 SERIES: SuPPoRT STANDS 5 9 M T T W W - HH(min) HH(max) F Feet or Casters (not available for multi tier stands) F = fixed foot pad C = total lock swivel caster Height Reference Width Reference Stand Type LH = short stand FH = fixed height AH = adjustable height T1 = multi tier stand base T2 = multi tier stand tier FT = tall fixed* SP = single post PS = pillar support Documentation Language: M = English EXAMPLE: 59MFH12-2A28F * Tall stands are required when the stand width is 3.5 times the stand height. 5200 SERIES: CoMMoN MouNT KIT 39MC M - WW # Number of Conveyors Width Stand Example: 39MCM-244
Note: Due to the wide variety of conveyor and stand options along with possible configurations, stability is final setup of the responsibility of the end user.
FA = fully adjustable AT = tall adjustable*
174

5200 SERIES: ADJuSTABlE lANE GuIDING 57M G G G - 06 L L Conveyor Length Reference: 02 to 99 Conveyor Width Reference Guide Type: 500 = 5200 Package with 1 Lane 502 = 5200, Additional Lane Example: 57M500-0620
5200 SERIES: SIDE TABlES 27M TTT - 06 L L LL Table Length: 0200 to 9900 (ex. 0250 = 2.5) Table Width: 06 = 6 12 = 12 Conveyor / Table Type: 601 = 5200, one side 602 = 5200, two sides Example: 27M601-060250
175
Low ProfiLe Conveyors stainLess steeL
6200 SerieS
Flat Belt End and Center Drive, Cleated Belt End Drive models 1 (25 mm) diameter head and tail pulleys 1.75 (44 mm) to 12 (305 mm) belt widths Lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 12 (3,658 mm) Loads up to 120 lbs (54 kg) Sealed bearings models available
Applications:
Metal Stamping Clean Room Part Extraction Small Part Transfer Manual Assembly Machined Part Handling
176
6200 SerieS
FLAT BeLT end dRiVe
Wedge-Lok System
FLAT BeLT CenTeR dRiVe CLeATed BeLT end dRiVe PRoFiLeS BeLTinG GeARmoToR mounTinG PACkAGeS
V-Guided Belts
GeARmoToRS SuPPoRT STAndS ACCeSSoRieS PeRFoRmAnCe ChARTS / dATA PART numBeR ReFeRenCe
178 180 182 184 186 189 196 204 209 211 212
Rack and Pinion Belt Tension
177
Gang drive Pulleys
oPTionAL:
Specifications:
Loads up to 80 lbs* (36 kg) Belt speeds up to 150 ft/min (46 m/min) Belt widths: 1.75 (44 mm) to 12 (305 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 12 (3,658 mm)
Allows you to drive multiple conveyors with one gearmotor. Turns approximately 3.4 (86 mm) of belt per revolution.
1 (25 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 3.4 (86 mm) of belt per revolution 11 gauge stainless steel roll formed frame 1.5 (38 mm) bottom of frame to top of belt models available

Quick 5-minute belt change for increased uptime Rack and pinion design offers fast single-point belt tensioning Mild steel head and tail plates with black nitrite finish V-groove frame with guided belt ensures accurate tracking Wedge-Lok system for impact protection Streamlined design fits where other conveyors do not Low maintenance sealed bearings in both head and tail pulleys Quick-clamp rail for easy mounting of bolt-on accessories Durable 0.25 (6 mm) thick bottom wiper Motion sensor switch ready
Wedge-Lok System
What is it? The conveyor headplates, which retain the conveyor pulleys and belt tension racks, are slightly tapered. What is the Advantage? In harsh or frequently changing production environments, equipment can be damaged as it is quickly moved to different applications. Dorners patented WedgeLok System protects the conveyor end from damage by locking the pulley end from movement on sharp impact.
178
6200 FLAT BeLT end dRiVe

12mm Position A 1.62 (41) 1.48 (38) DRIVE END W .91 (23)
W+.56 (14)
TENSION END
RECOMMENDED FLOW
Position D
OPTIONAL GANG DRIVE SPINDLE
L (at initial factory belt tension) 12.00 (305) TYP. 6.00 (152) 4 x 4 x 22 mm Keyway .91 (23) D 3.47 (88) .58 (15) 4.96 (126) A
TOP OF BELT
M6 - 1.0 BOTH SIDES
1.48 (38)
1.75 (44) 2.25 (57)
.38 (10)
3.00 (76)
W-.16 (4)

STAndARd SiZeS

02 1.75 (44mm) 0200 2 (610mm) 2.75 (70mm) 03 04 3.75 (95mm) 05 06 08 10 12 5 6 8 10 12 (127mm) (152mm) (203mm) (254mm) (305mm) 0001 increments up to... .12 (3mm) increments up to... 1200 12 (3,658mm)
A B C
Conveyor Length Reference
Conveyor Length (L)
179
6200 SerieS: FLAT BeLT CeNTer DriVe
Gas-Spring Belt Tensioner

Constantly adjusts the belt tension and requires no shop air to operate.
Specifications:
Loads up to 120 lbs* (54 kg) Belt speeds up to 150 ft/min (46 m/min) Belt widths: 1.75 (44 mm) to 12 (305 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 12 (3,658 mm) 1 (25 mm) diameter tail pulleys 11 gauge stainless steel roll formed frame 1.5 (38 mm) bottom of frame to top of belt models available

Mild steel head and tail plates with black nitrite finish V-groove frame with guided belt ensures accurate tracking Center drive modules free up conveyor ends for machine or operator interface Center drive module can easily be repositioned along the length of the conveyor Streamlined design fits where other conveyors do not Low maintenance sealed bearings in both head and tail pulleys Quick-clamp rail for easy mounting of bolt-on accessories Durable 0.25 (6 mm) thick bottom wiper Motion sensor switch ready
Wedge-Lok System
180
6200 FLAT BeLT CenTeR dRiVe

12mm 1.96[50] Position A
W+.56 (14) W
RECOMMENDED FLOW
Position D L (at initial factory belt tension) 12.00 (305) TYP. 6.00 (152) .91 (23)
4 x 4 x 22 mm Keyway W+1.65 (42)
TOP OF BELT
M6 - 1.0 BOTH SIDES
1.48 (38) 4.56 (116) 2.25 (57) 2.41 (61) 10.47 (266) 2.06 (52)
1.75 (44)
3.47 (88)
4.96 (126) .58 (15) 3.00 (76) D A
.38 (10)

STAndARd SiZeS

a D
Conveyor Length (L)
181
6200 SerieS: CLeATeD BeLT eND DriVe
Specifications:
Loads up to 80 lbs* (36 kg) Belt speeds up to 150 ft/min (46 m/min) Belt widths: 1.75 (44 mm) to 12 (305 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 12 (3,658 mm) Cleats available from 0.24 (6 mm) to 2.36 (60 mm) high 1 (25 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 3.4 (86 mm) of belt per revolution 11 gauge stainless steel roll formed frame 1.5 (38 mm) bottom of frame to top of belt models available

Quick five-minute belt change for increased uptime Rack and pinion design offers fast single-point belt tensioning Mild steel head and tail plates with black nitrite finish V-groove frame with guided belt ensures accurate tracking Wedge-Lok system for impact protection Streamlined design fits where other conveyors do not Low maintenance sealed bearings in both head and tail pulleys Quick-clamp rail for easy mounting of bolt-on accessories Variety of cleat heights to meet application requirements Motion sensor switch ready
Wedge-Lok System
182
6200 CLeATed BeLT end dRiVe

12mm Position A 1.62 (41)
W+.56 (14) W
TENSION END
RECOMMENDED FLOW
DRIVE END
4 x 4 x 22 mm Keyway Position D L (at initial factory belt tension) W+.81 (21) W-1.00 (25) (pocket width) .91 (23) D 3.47 (88) .58 (15) 4.96 (126) X A
TOP OF BELT
1.48 (38)
1.75 (44) 2.25 (57)
.38 (10)
3.00 (76)
W-.16 (4)
X = 2.70 (69) for A, F, G & H Cleats 4.06 (103) for B, C, I & J Cleats

STAndARd SiZeS

A B C
Conveyor Length (L)
183

4100 SeRieS PRoFiLeS
W + .50 (13) W 1.50 (38) 2.00 (51) W
-01 Low Side
-02 High Side
2.06 (52)
W - .62 (16)
W + .62 (16) W - .40 (10) 2.06 (52)
-03* Side Wiper
-07* Low Side To Side Wiper
W + .60 (15) W + .22 (6)
2.00 (51)
-09 0.5" (13) High Side
* Do not use with High Friction Belts
184

6200 SeRieS PRoFiLeS
1.50 (38) W+.25 (6) 1.91 (48) W+.25 (6) 2.05 (52) W-.38 (10)
W+.57 (15)
W+1.21 (31)
W+1.21 (31)
-01 Low Side
-02 .5" (13) Bolt-On High Side
-03* Bolt-On Side Wiper
W W
4.43 (113)
W+1.21 (31)
2.93 (74)
W+1.21 (31)
-04 3" (76) Bolt-On High Side
-05 1.5" (38) Bolt-On High Side
1.87 (47) 7.32 (186)
W-8.15 (207) (MIN.) W+.54 (14) (MAX.)
W-.71 (18) (MIN.) W+5.74 (146) (MAX.)
2.25 (57) (MIN.) 6.25 (159) (MAX.)
W-4.82 (122) (MIN.) W+13.51 (343) (MAX.)
W+9.25 (235)
-13 Fully Adjustable UHMW Guide
-20 Adjustable Width UHMW Guide
* Do not use with High Friction Belts
185
4100 & 6200 SerieS: STANDArD BeLTiNg

maximum Part Temperature Special Characteristics
Chemical Resistance
Belt Specifications
Static Conductive
Surface material
Carcass material
01 02 03 05 06 08
A1 A2 A3 A5 A6 A8
1A 2A 3A 5A 6A 8A
0.067 (1.7) 0.071 (1.8) 0.067 (1.7) 0.047 (1.2) 0.063 (1.6) 0.083 (2.1)
212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 158F (70C)
x x x x
x x x x x x x
Packaging, clean room & inspection Most versatile belt offering Packaging, clean room & inspection Accumulation of products Electronics Handling Conveys up to 35 inclines*
note: See below for splice details. Plastic Clipper splice requires longer lead times. note: Belts with V-guiding may have a slight high spot or rib on the top surface. This rib would run longitudinally along the center of the belt. Consult factory with applications for which this may cause interference. * Incline varies due to factors like dust, fluids and part material.
BeLT SPLiCinG
Finger Splice
All belts are available with a standard Thermoformed finger splice. This splice makes the belt continuous and is virtually undetectable. Splice bonding methods vary by belt type. Consult factory for details. 186
Plastic Clipper**
metal Clipper**
** See belt charts for compatibility. Not for use with 6200 Series with bottom wiper option. Plastic and Metal Clippers are slightly thicker than base belt. Contact factory for details.
or Applications
FdA Approved
Anti-Static
Thickness
4100 & 6200 SerieS: SPeCiALTy BeLTiNg

50 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 63 64 65 66 67 F9 G0 G1 F4 F5 4F 5F 6F 7F 8F 9F 0G 1G 3G 4G 5G 6G 7G
Heat Resistant Translucent & Nosebar, Accumulation FDA Sealed Edge** FDA Sealed Edge** Cut Resistant Cut Resistant* Cut Resistant Color Contrasting Color Contrasting Color Contrasting Electrically Conductive High Friction Chemical Resistant Chemical Resistant Low Friction Cleated x x x x x x x x x x x x
0.05 (1.3) 0.02 (0.5) 0.06 (1.6) 0.06 (1.6) 0.08 (2.1) 0.10 (2.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.05 (1.3) 0.05 (1.3) 0.05 (1.2) 0.17 (4.4) 0.05 (1.3) 0.07 (1.7) 0.06 (1.6)
Silicone Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Nitrile Urethane PVC Urethane Urethane Urethane PVC Polypropylene Polyester Polyester
356F (180C) 212F (100C) 1 76F (80C) 176F (80C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 176F (80C) 158F (70C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 194F (90C) 248F (120C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C)
Low V-Low Low High Med. Med. Low Med. Low Low Low V-High Low Med. n/a x x x x x x x x
Good Good Good Good Good Poor V-Good Poor Good Good Good Poor V-Good V-Good Good Back Lit inspection & Very Small Product Transfer Packaging, clean room & inspection Packaging, clean room & inspection Oily product release, Metal stamping Felt-like, dry metal stamping, glass & ceramic Cross-linked surface, Gold colored Black colored, hides overspray from ink jet Green colored Blue colored Static conductive, electronics handling Dark Green colored, rough top surface, product cushioning, incline / decline apps V-Good Cut resistance, excellent product release Good Cut resistance, metal stamping apps Excellent product release, consult factory for part number and how to specify low friction
note: Plastic Clipper splice requires longer lead times. note: Belts with V-guiding may have a slight high spot or rib on the top surface. This rib would run longitudinally along the center of the belt. Consult factory with applications for which this may cause interference. * 12 (305 mm) wide conveyor maximum for non V-guided ** Not available on 2 (51 mm) wide conveyors.
Chemical Resistance
Belt Specifications
Surface material
Belt Thickness
FdA Approved
V-guided
187
4100 & 6200 SerieS: STANDArD CLeATeD BeLTiNg
10 .059 typ. (1.5) 1.57 (40) 2.36 (60) .24 (6) .43 (11) 1.57 (40) 10 2.33 (59)
1.00 (25)
.97 (25)
10
A*
.35 typ. (9)
B*
C*
F**
G**
H*
V*
J*
* maximum 20 (508 mm) cleat spacing for 18 and wider conveyors with lengths greater than 7 (2,134 mm) ** 18 and wider conveyors have a maximum length of 7 (2,134 mm) Base Belt material: 0.059 (1.5 mm) thick, high friction FDA approved urethane, 176F (80C) maximum part temperature. See Specialty Belt 67 for low friction base belt material. note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (50 mm). Consult Factory. Cleated belts are not available on 4100 Series Conveyors.
188
4100 & 6200 SerieS: geArmoTor mouNTiNg PACkAgeS

GeARmoToR mounTinG PACkAGe & GeARmoToR SeLeCTion STePS
Step 1:
Select a Gearmotor mounting Package. For End drive conveyors, select a side, bottom or top drive mount (pages 189-191). If a Center Drive conveyor is being outfitted, refer to the Center Drive section page 194. Be sure to note if it is for a 90 or Parallel Shaft Gearmotor. Using Belt Speed and Load Requirements, determine the required Gearmotor Type (Light, Heavy or Standard) for your application using the chart below. Find the appropriate set of Belt Speed Charts (page 192 & 195) for the Mounting Package you selected and choose between the Fixed or Variable Speed chart. Go down the first column of the Belt Speed Chart and locate the required Belt Speed for your application. If the desired belt speed is not listed, round up to the next higher speed. From the row containing your required Belt Speed, check to be sure that speed is available for the mount Package you chose. (End Drive Only - Top, Bottom or Side) Use the Drive / Driven Pulley Kit combination to complete your Mounting Package Part Number Note the RPm from Gearmotor, it will be needed to select the correct Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Chart. Reference the Gearmotor Chart # to locate a compatible Gearmotor Chart on pages 197-201. Be sure to select a Gearmotor Chart to match your Gearmotor Type (Light, Standard or Heavy) and your mounting Package while meeting your electrical requirements. (Red = Parallel Shaft or Blue = 90) Using the RPm from Gearmotor (Step 6), locate the Part number for your Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Table.
GeARmoToR TYPe Light Load 30 (13.6) 40 (18.2) 50 (22.7) 60 (27.3) 70 (31.8) 80 (36.4) 90 (40.9) 10 (4.5) heavy Load 0-15 (0-4.6) 16-30 (4.9-9.1) 31-45 (9.5-13.7) Belt Speed - Ft/min (m/min) 46-60 (14-18.3) 61-75 (18.6-22.9) 76-90 (23.2-27.4) 91-110 (27.7-33.5) 111-130 (33.8-39.6) 131-150 (39.9-45.7) 151-175 (46-53.4) 176-200 (53.7-61) 201-225 (61.3-68.6) 226-250 (68.9-76.2) 251-275 (76.5-83.8) 20 (9.1) Standard Load Conveyor Load - Lbs (kg) 100 (45.5) 120 (54.5) 110 (50)
Step 2: Step 3: Step 4: Step 5: Step 6: Step 7:
Step 8:
Step 9:
189
4100 & 6200 SerieS: eND DriVe mouNTiNg PACkAgeS

Side mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
9.2 (234) 5.2 (132) 6.8 (172) w 2.2 (56) 5.3 (133)
1.6 (41)
Standard load gearmotors only Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, coupling, coupling guard and mounting hardware Bottom mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
2.0 (52) 0.3 (8) w 0.7 (17) a B
9.2 (234)
3.4 (87)
4.5 (115)
0.7 (17)
A: Standard Load Flat Belt Standard Load Cleated Belt Heavy Load Flat Belt Heavy Load Cleated Belt
= 5.2 (132) = 7.9 (199) = 7.9 (199) = 7.9 (199)
B: Standard Load Flat Belt Standard Load Cleated Belt Heavy Load Flat Belt Heavy Load Cleated Belt
= 14.6 (371) = 14.6 (371) = 15.6 (395) = 15.6 (395)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt and pulleys, guard cover and mounting hardware Top mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
3.4 (87) 2.0(52)
B C 0.3(8) 1.8(46) w a 4.5 (115) 0.7(17)
A: Standard Load Heavy Load
= 3.8 (96) = 3.4 (86)
B: Standard Load Heavy Load
= 14.6 (371) = 15.6 (395)
C: Standard Load Heavy Load
= 11.1 (283) = 11.8 (301)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt and pulleys, guard cover and mounting hardware 90 Gearmotor Location options
notes: Position 1 recommended Vertical positions 2 and 4 may require additional stabilizing bracket 190 Consult factory for details
4100 & 6200 SerieS: eND DriVe mouNTiNg PACkAgeS

Side mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
2.1 (52) a 3.2 (81)
w
1.7 (44)
6.1 (155)
0.6 (15)
A: Light Load, Fixed Speed Light Load, Variable Speed Light Load CE Fixed Speed
= 4.6 (117) = 6.7 (170) = 7.2 (183)
Light load gearmotors only Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, coupling, coupling guard and mounting hardware Bottom mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
2.3 (59) 0.6 (16)
6.4 (163)
2.6 (67)
0.6 (16)
A: Light Load Flat Belt Light Load Cleated Belt Standard Load Flat Belt Standard Load Cleated Belt B: Light Load Flat Belt Light Load Cleated Belt Standard Load Flat Belt Standard Load Cleated Belt
= 6.9 (175) = 8.9 (226) = 9.2 (234) = 9.2 (234) = 6.2 (158) = 8.3 (211) = 8.5 (216) = 10.3 (262)
C: Light Load Flat Belt Light Load, Variable Speed Standard Load Flat Belt Standard Load Cleated Belt d: Light Load Flat Belt Light Load Cleated Belt Standard Load Flat Belt Standard Load Cleated Belt
= 6.7 (170) = 6.7 (170) = 10.5 (267) = 10.5 (267) = 6.1 (155) = 5.6 (142) = 4.6 (116) = 4.6 (116)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt and pulleys, guard cover and mounting hardware Top mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
C 2.6 (67)
B 1.8 (46) 2.3 (59) w
6.1 (155)
D 0.6 (16)
A: Light Load Standard Load B: Light Load Standard Load
= 8.9 (226) = 9.2 (234) = 3.3 (84) = 4.3 (110)
C: Light Load Standard Load d: Light Load Standard Load
= 6.7 (170) = 10.5 (267) = 5.6 (142) = 4.6 (116)
Includes gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt and pulleys, guard cover and mounting hardware
191
4100 & 6200 SerieS: BeLT SPeeD ChArTS

Fixed Speed
Belt Speed * ft/min RPM From Top & m/min Gearmotor Bottom Mount Package Side Pulley Kit Drive Pulley Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart # Light Load Standard Load Heavy Load
Variable Speed
Belt Speed * ft/min m/min Mount Package RPM From Top & Gearmotor Bottom Side Pulley Kit Drive Pulley Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart # Light Load Standard Load Heavy Load
2 3 5 6 10 13 15 15 16 21 24 29 30 35 48 55 61 95 104 121 138 176 208 242 264
0.6 0.9 1.5 1.8 3.0 4.0 4.6 4.6 4.9 6.4 7.3 8.8 9.1 10.7 14.6 16.8 18.6 29.0 31.7 36.9 42.1 53.6 63.4 73.8 80.5
10 10 10 29 29 42 42 43 29 42 43 42 86 100 86 100 173 173 173 345 345 345 345 345 345
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
22 28 44 19 28 28 28 28 44 32 44 44 28 28 44 44 28 44 48 28 32 32 48 44 48
32 28 22 32 28 32 28 28 28 22 28 22 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 22 28 22 22 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 5 5 4 4, 5 12, 13 12, 13
0.4 - 3.4 0.6 - 5 0.6 - 6 1 - 10 1.8 - 14 1.5 - 15 2.6 - 22
0.1 - 1.0 0.2 - 1.5 0.2 - 1.8 0.3 - 3.1 0.5 - 4.5 0.5 - 4.6 0.8 - 6.7 0.8 - 7 1.1 - 9 0.9 - 9.2 1.6 - 13 1.8 - 15 1.8 - 18 2.8 - 23 3.2 -- 27 3.2 - 32 3.7 - 37 5 - 42 6.4 - 54 8.1 - 81 10 - 84
14 14 29 29 42 43 63 42 83 86 125 139 173 139 250 173 345 250 500 345 500
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
22 28 19 28 28 28 28 44 28 28 28 28 28 44 28 48 28 44 32 48 44
32 28 32 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 32 22 28 3 3 3 3
10 10 8 8, 11 7, 10 8 7 7 10 8, 11 7, 10 8, 11 7, 10 8, 11 8, 11 7, 10 7, 10 8, 11 7, 10 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 15, 16 14 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 14
4 4, 5 4 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5
12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13
2.8 - 23 3.5 - 29 3 - 30 5.3 - 44 6 - 49 6 - 60 9 - 77 10 - 88 10 - 104 12 - 121 17 - 138 21 - 176 26 - 264 33 - 276
RPM from CE/50 Hz gearmotors VFD drive at 63 Max. Hz. output 2.4 - 6 4.1 -10 6 - 15 12 - 31 25 - 62 39 - 97 49 - 124 77 - 195 0.7 - 1.9 1.2 - 3.1 1.9 - 4.7 3.7 - 9.4 7.5 - 19 12 - 30 15 - 38 23 - 59 23* 23* 35* 70* 140* 140* 280* 280* 280* x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 19 28 28 28 28 44 28 44 48 32 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 22 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz 5 8 12 19 21 25 39 49 50 77 96 112 143 169 197 214 268 1.5 2.4 3.7 5.8 6.4 7.6 11.9 14.9 15.2 23.5 29.3 34.1 43.6 51.5 60.0 65.2 81.7 23* 23* 35* 35* 41* 70* 70* 140* 144* 140* 280* 280* 280* 280* 280* 280* 280* x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 19 28 28 44 32 28 44 28 28 44 28 32 32 48 44 48 60 32 28 28 28 22 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 22 28 22 22 22 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 6 6 6 6 6 6
107 - 270 33 - 82
note: Red = Parallel Shaft, Blue = 90 * 6200 Series has a max belt Speed of 150 ft/min (46 m/min)
192
4100 & 6200 SerieS: gANg DriVe mouNTiNg PACkAgeS

1.50 (38)
13.88 (353)
3.38 (86) MIN. 1.25 (32)
50.00 (1270) MAX.
Gang drive Pulleys require periodic greasing

2 3
RemindeR:
0.91 (23) 4 Components included with single output shaft assembly. Additional components included with double output shaft assembly.
includes motor mounting bracket, 4 (1,219 mm) hex shaft, coupling, shaft guard, support block and support block bracket.
6200 SeRieS: GAnG dRiVe 63 M 01 Output Shaft: 01 = Single Output Shaft 03 = Double Output Shaft Documentation Language: M = English U = CE English Example: 63M01 Description: Gang drive mounting package with English documentation.
notes:
Conveyors cannot be secured to bolster plate Order conveyor with gang drive option separately Order gearmotor separately (90 Standard and Heavy Load only) Positions 2 and 3 recommended
Common dRiVe SeT-uP

includes mounting structure, drive shaft, shaft guard and conveyor mounting hardware. Order gearmotor and gearmotor mounting package separately. Consult factory with conveyor and spacing details. Conveyors are secured to sub-structure at fixed centerline locations.
Common drive set ups can be customized to your exact specifications, just provide the conveyor widths, lengths, quantity and centerline spacing. Available with top, bottom or side mount packages for standard or heavy load gearmotors. Consult factory with details.
193
4100 & 6200 SerieS: CeNTer DriVe mouNTiNg PACkAgeS

TYPe 1 - Vertical mount
2.2 (55) (55) 2.2 W W 4.1 4.1 (103) (103) 10.210.2 (260) (260) 0.8 (20) (20) 0.8 2.3 (57) (57) 2.3 10.810.8 (274) (274) 2.5 2.5 (64) (64) 6.8 6.8 (173) (173) 2.3 (57) (57) 2.3 10.810.8 (274) (274)
TYPe 2 - horizontal mount

2.2 (55) (55) 2.2 W W 5.3 5.3 (135) (135)
0.8 (21) (21) 0.8 1.9 1.9 (49) (49) 7.7 7.7 (197) (197)
5.7 (145) 5.7 (145) 2.4 (60) (60) 2.4 6.7 6.7 (171) (171)
90 Gearmotor
0.8 0.8 (21) (21)
2.2 (55) (55) 2.2 W W
90 Gearmotor
2.2 (55) (55) 2.2 W W 4.1 4.1 (103) (103)
7.7 (197) 7.7 (197) C C 1 1
3 A A C C 5.8 5.8 (147) (147) B B
A A
B B
0.2 (5) (5) 0.2 5.5 5.5 (139) (139)A: Standard Load = 12.112.1 (308) A: Standard Load = (308) Heavy Load = 12.612.6 (321) Heavy Load = (321) B: Standard Load = 14.314.3 (362) B: Standard Load = (362) Heavy Load = 15.415.4 (391) Heavy Load = (391) C: Standard Load = 7.6 (192) C: Standard Load = 7.6 (192) Heavy Load = 8.1 (206) Heavy Load = 8.1 (206)
A: Standard Load = 7.2 (183) A: Standard Load = 7.2 (183) Heavy Load = 7.7 (196) Heavy Load = 7.7 (196) B: Standard Load = 14.614.6 (370) B: Standard Load = (370) Heavy Load = 15.715.7 (399) Heavy Load = (399) C: Standard Load = 2.6 (67) (67) C: Standard Load = 2.6 Heavy Load = 3.2 (80) (80) Heavy Load = 3.2
TYPE 2 recommended for tight spaces and allows for easy access to the drive module.
* Gearmotor not included in mounting package, see page 30 for gearmotor ordering information. Dimensions = in (mm)
194
4100 & 6200 SerieS: CeNTer DriVe BeLT SPeeD ChArTS

Fixed Speed
Belt Speed ft/min m/min RPM From Gearmotor Pulley Kit Drive Pulley Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart # Standard Load Heavy Load
Variable Speed
Belt Speed ft/min m/min RPM From Gearmotor Pulley Kit Drive Pulley Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart # Standard Load Heavy Load
2 3 6 10 15 20 23 30 61 91 121 154 181 208 264
0.6 0.9 1.8 3.0 4.6 6.1 7.0 9.1 18.6 27.7 36.9 46.9 55.2 63.4 80.5
10 10 29 29 43 58 43 86 173 173 345 345 345 345 345
22 32 19 32 32 32 48 32 32 48 32 28 48 48 48
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 22 28 28 22
5 5 4 4, 5 4 5 4 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13
0.4 - 3.4 0.6 - 4.9 0.7 - 6 1.0 - 9 1.2 - 10 1.8 - 15 1.8 - 15 2.6 - 22 3.5 - 29 3.6 - 30 5.3 - 44 7 - 61 10 - 88 12 - 104 14 - 121 18 - 150
0.1 - 1.0 0.2 - 1.5 0.2 - 1.8 0.3 - 2.6 0.4 - 3.1 0.5 - 4.5 0.6 - 4.6 0.8 - 6.7 1.1 - 9 1.1 - 9.2 1.6 - 13 2.2 - 18 3.2- 27 3.8 - 32 4.4 - 37 5.5 - 46 6.4 - 54 7 - 58 7.3 - 61 9 - 74 9.3 - 78
14 14 29 42 29 42 43 63 83 86 125 173 250 173 345 250 500 345 500 345 500
22 32 19 19 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 48 32 48 32 44 28 44 32
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 28 32 28 32 28 22 22 22
10 10 8 7, 10 8, 11 7, 10 8 7 10 8, 11 7, 10 8, 11 7, 10 8, 11 8, 11 7, 10 7, 10 8, 11 7, 10 8, 11 7, 10 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 15, 16 14 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 14 15, 16 14
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz. 5 8 12 18 25 37 49 74 98 148 169 214 248 1.5 2.4 3.7 5.5 7.6 11.3 14.9 22.6 29.9 45.1 51.5 65.2 75.6 23 23 35 35 70 70 140 140 280 280 280 280 280 19 32 32 48 32 48 32 48 32 48 48 48 48 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 28 22 19 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
21 - 176 23 - 190 27 - 224 29 - 242 31 - 255
RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors, VFD drive at 63 max. Hz. output. 2.4 - 6 4.1 - 10 6 - 16 12 - 31 24 - 62 37 - 93 49 - 124 74 - 186 98 - 248 0.7 - 1.9 1.2 - 3.1 1.6 - 4.7 3.7 - 9.4 7.5 - 19 11 - 28 15 - 38 22 - 57 30 - 76 23 23 35 70 140 140 280 280 280 19 32 32 32 32 48 32 48 44 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 22 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
note: Red = Parallel Shaft, Blue = 90
195
4100 & 6200 SerieS: geArmoTorS

GeARmoToR SeLeCTion STePS Refer to page 189 for instructions on Selecting a Gearmotor Mounting Package and Gearmotor.
GearMotor tyPe Light Load 10 (4.5) Heavy Load 0-15 (0-4.6) 16-30 (4.9-9.1) 31-45 (9.5-13.7) Belt speed - ft/min (m/min) 46-60 (14-18.3) 61-75 (18.6-22.9) 76-90 (23.2-27.4) 91-110 (27.7-33.5) 111-130 (33.8-39.6) 131-150 (39.9-45.7) 151-175 (46-53.4) 176-200 (53.7-61) 201-225 (61.3-68.6) 226-250 (68.9-76.2) 251-275 (76.5-83.8) 20 (9.1) standard Load Conveyor Load - lbs (kg) 100 (45.5) 120 (54.5) 30 (13.6) 40 (18.2) 50 (22.7) 60 (27.3) 70 (31.8) 80 (36.4) 90 (40.9) 110 (50)
GeARmoToR ACCeSSoRieS

2.80 (71) 5.43 (138) 5.25 (133)
Compatible with Standard and Heavy Load 90 gearmotors Black anodized aluminum
Part Number 694025
196

LiGhT LoAd, Fixed SPeed
4.1 (105) 2.9 (75) 8.0 (202) 5.0 (126)
Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Includes switch, cord and overload protection
115V, 1 Phase 230V, 3 Phase Non-reversing 60 Hz
5.7 (145) 3.2 (80) 1.0 (25) 3.2 (80) 1.3 (32) 5.0 (128)
Part Number 62M036PL4(vp)F(N) 62M015PL4(vp)F(N)
RPM 42 100
Gearmotor Type L L
Hp 0.03 0.03
kW 0.025 0.025
1 Phase FLA 0.46 0.46 in.-lbs. 26 12 Nm 2.9 1.4 FLA 0.22 0.22
3 Phase in.-lbs. 37.0 16.8 Nm 4.2 1.9
Starter Chart H H
(vp) = Voltage and Phase 11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 230V, 3 phase (n) = Reversing capability n = No reversing switch R = With reversing switch
Chart 2
Parallel Shaft
5.2 (133) 8.8 (224) 2.5 (63) 1.0 (25) 3.2 (80) 12 mm
Totally enclosed, fan cooled 50 Hz IP44 protection rating Order starter separately, see page 203 Non-reversing
Part Number 62Z028PL421FN 62Z028PL4(vp)FN 62Z008PL421FN 62Z008PL4(vp)FN RPM 41 41 144 144 Gearmotor Type L L L L 1Ph kW 0.022 n/a 0.022 n/a 1 Ph FLA 0.31 n/a 0.31 n/a 3Ph kW n/a 0.020 n/a 0.020
3 Ph FLA n/a 0.22 / 0.13 n/a 0.22 / 0.13
Nm 2.6 3.5 0.9 1.2
Starter Chart H H H H
(vp) = Voltage and Phase 23 = 230V, 3 phase 43 = 400V, 3 phase
LiGhT LoAd, VARiABLe SPeed

300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see pages 202
3.4 (86) 1.7 (43) 1.0 (25) 3.4 (86) .5 2.4 (61) 9.4 (238) 1.6 (40) 2.9 (73)
130 Volts DC Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, non-ventilated

Part Number 62M060PLD3DEN 62M018PLD3DEN RPM 42 139
Gearmotor Type V V
Hp 0.06 0.06
kW 0.04 0.04
FLA 0.48 0.48
in.-lbs. 65 21
Nm 7.3 2.4
Vari - Speed Control Chart A A
Chart 18
Parallel Shaft
4.1 (105) 2.9 (75) 8.0 (202) 5.0 (126)
VFD Variable Speed 230V, 3 Phase, 10 to 60 Hz Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Order controller separately, see page 202
Part Number 62M036PL423EN 62M015PL423EN RPM 42 100 Gearmotor Type L L Hp 0.03 0.03 kW 0.025 0.025
5.7 (145) 3.2 (80) 1.0 (25)
3.2 (80)
1.3 (32)
5.0 (128)
FLA 0.22 0.22
in.-lbs. 37.0 16.8
Nm 4.2 1.9
Vari - Speed Control Chart E E
FLA = Full Load Amperes note: 8 (203 mm) and wider conveyors with light load drives should be limited to 8 (2,438 mm) long. Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
197

STAndARd LoAd, Fixed SPeed
Chart 4 90
14.3 (362) 6.6 (168) 6.5 (164) 1.4 (35) 2.8 5.2 (70) (133) 2.9 1.3 (74) (34) 2.2 (56) 5.3 (133)
Sealed gearmotor NEMA 42 CZ C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 208-230/460V 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 203
Part Number 32M060HL4(vp)F(n) 32M040HL4(vp)F(n) 32M020HL4(vp)F(n) 32M010HL4(vp)F(n) 32M005HL4(vp)F(n) (vp) = Voltage and Phase (n) = Reversing Capability RPM 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type S S S S S 1 Phase Hp 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 kW 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 FLA 5 5 5 5 5 Hp 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
5.3 (133)
3 Phase kW 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 FLA 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.6
in.-lbs. 226 237 142 78 41
Nm 25.5 26.8 16.0 8.8 4.6
3 Phase Starter Chart L L L L L
11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 208 - 230 / 460V, 3 phase N = No reversing switch R = With reversing switch (115V, 1 phase only)
Chart 5
Parallel Shaft
1.49 (38) 4.75 (121) 2.39 (61) 2.04 (52) .75 2.62 (67) 2.00 (51) 11.00 (281) 4.75 (121)
Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 203
Part Number 62M180PS4(vp)F(n) 62M060PS4(vp)F(n) 62M030PS4(vp)F(n) 62M020PS4(vp)F(n) 62M010PS4(vp)F(n) 62M005PS4(vp)F(n) RPM 10 29 58 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type S S S S S S 1 Phase Hp 0.08 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 kW 0.06 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 FLA 1.2 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 in.-lbs. 341 270 135 90 45 25
6.73 (171)
3 Phase Hp 0.17 0.17 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 kW 0.13 0.13 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 FLA 1.0 / 0.5 1.0 / 0.5 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95 in.-lbs. 341 270 250 167 115 58
Nm 38.5 30.5 15.3 10.2 5.1 2.8
3 Phase Starter Chart L L M M M M
(vp) = Voltage and Phase 11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 230/460V, 3 phase (n) = Reversing Capability N = No reversing switch R = With reversing switch (115V, 1 phase only)
Chart 6
90
Non-reversing 50 Hz Order starter separately, see page 203
6.6 (168) 5.5 (140) 5.7 (144) 2.8 (70) 1.4 (35) 13.4 (339) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 4.9 (124)
Sealed gearmotor IEC 63 B5 C Face IP 55 protection rating Totally enclosed, fan cooled
Part Number 62Z060HS4(vp)FN 62Z040HS4(vp)FN 62Z020HS4(vp)FN 62Z010HS4(vp)FN 62Z005HS4(vp)FN RPM 23 35 70 140 280
Gearmotor Type S S S S S
1Ph kW 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
1 Ph FLA 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
3 Ph kW 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
3 Ph FLA 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8 1.4 / 0.8
Nm 26.4 28.9 19.4 10.7 5.6
(vp) = Voltage and Phase 21 = 230V, 1 phase 23 = 230V, 3 phase 43 = 400V, 3 phase FLA = Full Load Amperes
198

STAndARd LoAd, VARiABLe SPeed
Chart 7 90
1.4 (35)
5.3 (135) 5.0 (127) 14.5 (368) 5.3 (133) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 4.8 (122)
130 Volts DC Sealed gearmotor NEMA 42 CZ C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see pages 202
Part Number 22M060HSD3DEN 22M040HSD3DEN 22M020HSD3DEN 22M010HSD3DEN 22M005HSD3DEN RPM 42 63 125 250 500 Gearmotor Type S S S S S Hp 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33
kW 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
FLA 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
in.-lbs. 198 163 98 54 28
Nm 22.4 18.4 11.1 6.1 3.2
Chart 8
90
12.9 (327) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 7.6 (194) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
Variable frequency drive, 6 - 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56C C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/460 Volts, 3 phase Order controller separately, see pages 202
Part Number 32M060HL423EN 32M040HL423EN 32M020HL423EN 32M010HL423EN 32M005HL423EN RPM 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type S S S S S Hp 0.5** 0.5** 0.5** 0.5** 0.5** kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
FLA 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97 1.6 / 0.97
in.-lbs. 226 237 142 78 41
Nm* 25.5 86.8 16.0 8.8 4.6
* = At 60 Hz ** = Motor de-rated to 0.25 Hp for full torque throughout speed range.
Chart 9
90
7.4 (187) 6.3 (160) 6.3 (160) 1.4 (35) 14.5 (368)
Variable frequency drive, 25-63 Hz Sealed gearmotor IEC 63 B5 C Face IP 55 protection rating Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/400 Volts, 3 phase Order controller separately, see page 202
2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
5.9 (149)
5.4 (137)
3 Ph FLA 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Nm* 26.4 28.9 19.4 10.7 5.6
note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
FLA = Full Load Amperes
199

STAndARd LoAd, VARiABLe SPeed
12.5 (318) 2.0 (51) 1.5 (37) 4.8 (121) 4.3 (108) .75
130 Volts DC Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see pages 202
Part Number 62M180PSD3DEN 62M060PSD3DEN 62M030PSD3DEN 62M020PSD3DEN 62M010PSD3DEN 62M005PSD3DEN RPM 14 42 83 125 250 500 Gearmotor Type S S S S S S Hp 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.33 0.25 kW 0.09 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.25 0.19
2.4 (62) 4.9 (124)
FLA 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.3 1.8
in.-lbs. 341 270 135 90 72 25
Nm 38.5 30.5 15.3 10.2 8.1 2.8
Vari - Speed Control Chart A A A A A A
Chart 11
Parallel Shaft
1.49 (38) 4.75 (121) 2.39 (61) 2.04 (52) .75 2.62 (67) 2.00 (51) 11.00 (281) 4.75 (121)
Variable frequency drive, 10 to 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor Totally enclosed, fan cooled 230/460 Volts / 3 Phase, VFD duty Order controller separately, see pages 202
Part Number 62M180PS423EN 62M060PS423EN 62M030PS423EN 62M020PS423EN 62M010PS423EN 62M005PS423EN * = At 60 Hz RPM* 10 29 58 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type S S S S S S Hp 0.17 0.17 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 kW 0.13 0.13 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28
6.73 (171)
FLA 1.0 / 0.5 1.0 / 0.5 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95 1.9 / 0.95
in.-lbs. 341 270 250 167 115 58
Nm 38.5 30.5 28.3 18.9 13.0 6.5
Vari - Speed Control Chart D and E D and E D and E D and E D and E D and E
heAVY LoAd, Fixed SPeed

Chart 12 90
7.7 (196) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 2.9 1.3 (74) (34) 15.2 (386) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.8 (70) 6.2 (157)
Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56 C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 115V 1 phase includes switch, cord and overload protection 208-230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring by others 60 Hz Order 3 phase starter separately, see page 203
Part Number 32M060HS4(vp)F(n) 32M040HS4(vp)F(n) 32M020HS4(vp)F(n) 32M010HS4(vp)F(n) 32M005HS4(vp)F(n) (vp) = Voltage and Phase (n) = Reversing Capability RPM 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type H H H H H 1 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 FLA 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1.4 (35) 7.7 (196)
3 Phase kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 FLA 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0 2.1-2 / 1.0
in.-lbs. 226 247 248 156 81
Nm 25.5 27.9 27.9 17.6 9.1
3 Phase Starter Chart M M M M M
11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 208 - 230 / 460V, 3 phase N = No reversing switch R = With reversing switch (115V, 1 phase only) Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
FLA = Full Load Amperes
200

heAVY LoAd, Fixed SPeed
Chart 13 90 Air Gearmotor
6.6 (168) 3.3 (84) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34) 10.5 (267) 5.9 (149)
Sealed gearmotor Nema 56 C Face Non-reversing Includes muffler, filter, regulator and lubricator Use with standard load mounting package
Part Number 62M060HH000FN 62M040HH000FN 62M020HH000FN 62M010HH000FN 62M005HH000FN RPM** 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type H H H H H
2.2 (56)
6.5 (165)
Hp* 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
in.-lbs.** 226 247 248 156 81
Nm** 25.5 27.9 27.9 17.6 9.1
* = At 40 PSI (2,8 bar) line pressure ** = At 1725 RPM from motor, 25 CFM
heAVY LoAd, VARiABLe SPeed

Chart 14 90
7.7 (195) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 2.6 (67) 14.6 (372)
90V DC Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56 C Face Totally enclosed, fan cooled 300 - 2500 RPM motor Order controller separately, see page 202
Part Number 32M060HSD9DEN 32M040HSD9DEN 32M020HSD9DEN 62M010HHD9DEN 62M005HHD9DEN RPM 42 63 125 250 500 Gearmotor Type H H H H H Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.75 0.75
2.2 (56) 6.6 (168) 2.9 (74)
5.9 (149)
5.2 (131) 1.3 (34)
kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.50 0.50
FLA 5.0 5.0 5.0 7.5 7.5
in.-lbs. 198 215 196 108 56
Nm 22.4 24.3 22.1 12.2 6.3
Vari - Speed Control Chart C C C C C
Chart 15
90
7.9 (201) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 3.1 (79) 5.9 (149) 14.4 (365)
Variable frequency drive, 6 - 60 Hz Sealed gearmotor NEMA 56 C Face Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 230/460 Volts, 3 Phase Order controller separately, see page 202
Part Number 32M060HS423EN 32M040HS423EN 32M020HS423EN 32M010HS423EN 32M005HS423EN * = At 60 Hz RPM* 29 43 86 173 345 Gearmotor Type H H H H H 3 Ph Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
6.1 (155)
3 Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
3 Ph FLA 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8
in.-lbs.* 226 247 248 156 81
Nm* 25.5 27.9 27.9 17.6 9.1
Vari - Speed Control Chart D and E D and E D and E D and E D and E
FLA = Full Load Amperes Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
201
4100 & 6200 SerieS: VAriABLe SPeeD CoNTroLLerS

VARiABLe SPeed ConTRoLLeRS
Chart A
62MD1134
7.1 (181) 5.3 (133) 4.5 (114) 4.6 (116) 7.1 (180) 5.3 (135)
62MD1134r
5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
3.9 (100)
Input Hz 60 60

6.3 (160) 5.9 (150)
Max Amps* 3.2 5.0

4.5 (114)
Reversing No Yes
Chart B
VFD control IP 65 enclosure EMC filter Mounting hardware Variable speed Part Number 62UV2121 62UV4341 Line cord and motor cord Motor cord only on 460V
8.0 (203)
10.5 (268)
Input Volts 230 400
Input Phase 1 3
Input Hz 50 50
Output Phase 3 3
Max Kw* 0.75 0.75
Max Amps 4.2 2.1
Reversing Yes Yes
Chart C
PWM DC control NEMA 1 enclosure Line cord and motor cord On/Off switch for 62MD1192 & 62MD1193 Forward/Off/Reverse switch for 62MD1192R & 62MD1193R Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware Part Number 62MD1192 62MD1192R 62MD1193 62MD1193R Input Volts 115 115 115 115 Input Phase 1 1 1 1
62MD1192 & 62MD1192R

7.1 (180) 5.3 (135) 5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
62MD1193 & 62MD1193R

5.5 (140) 4.1 (105)
8.3 (210)
10.0 (254)
Input Hz 60 60 60 60
6.3 (160) 5.9 (150)

4.5 (114)
Max Amps* 5.0 5.0 7.5 7.5
Chart d
Full feature VFD control NEMA 4 enclosure Digital display Keypad with Start/Stop, Forward/Reverse and speed variations Part Number 32MV1122 32MV2122 32MV1121 32MV2121 32MV2127 32MV2322 32MV2327 32MV4341 32MV4347 Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others 32MV1122 includes line cord to controller Mounting hardware
8.0 (203)
10.5 (268)
Input Volts 115 230 115 230 230 230 230 460 460
Input Phase 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3
Input Hz 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
Output Volts 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 460 460
Output Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Max Hp 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.5 2.0 1.0 2.0
Output Amps* 2.2 2.2 4.0 4.0 6.8 2.2 6.8 2.0 3.4
202
4100 & 6200 SerieS: mANuAL moTor STArTerS

VARiABLe SPeed ConTRoLLeRS
Chart e
VFD control Nema 1 enclosure Line cord and motor cord On/Off switch Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware Forward/Reverse switch Part Number 62MV1122B 62MV1122BR Input Volts 115 115 Input Phase 1 1 Input Hz 60 60 Output Volts 230 230 Output Phase 3 3
7.1 (180) 5.3 (135) 5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
5.5 (140
Max Hp 0.5 0.5
Max Amps* 2.4 2.4
Reversing No Yes
mAnuAL moToR STARTeRS Manual motor starts are manual electronic disconnects that provide motor overload protection and are required by the National Electric Code (NEC) for safe motor operation. Illustration A
3.4 (86) 3.7 (94)
Illustration B
3.4 (86) 3.7 (94)
7.0 (178)
7.0 (178)
Chart h
230V, 1 phase includes cord, plug & starter 230/400V, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M21H 62(c)M23H 62(c)M43H In Volts 230 230 400 In Phase 1 3 3 Amp Range 0.25 - 0.4 0.16 - 0.25 0.1 - 0.16 Illustration A B B
Chart i
230V, 1 phase includes cord, plug and starter 230/400V, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz Part Number 62(c)M21T 62(c)M23T 62(c)M43T In Volts 230 230 400 In Phase 1 3 3 Amp Range 1.6 - 2.5 1.0 - 1.6 0.63 - 1.0 Illustration A B B
note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with NEC and CE safety directive.
Chart L
230/460V, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 60 Hz Part Number 62MM23L 62MM43L 62MM23H In Volts 230 460 230 In Phase 3 3 3 Amp Range 1.0 - 1.6 0.4 - 0.63 0.16 - 0.25 Illustration B B B
Chart m
230/460V, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 60 Hz Part Number 62MM23M 62MM43M In Volts 208 - 230 460 In Phase 3 3 Amp Range 1.6 - 2.5 1.0 - 1.6 Illustration B B
203
4100 & 6200 SerieS: SuPPorT STANDS

QuAnTiTY ChARTS
Conveyor Length
2 (610) - 4 (1,219) 2 (610) - 6 (1,829) 7 (2,134) - 12 (3,658)

Max feet between return rollers Conveyor Width Flat Belt Cleated Belt
1.75 8.75 5.75 2.75 8.5 5.5 3.75 7.5 5.25 5 7.25 5.0 6 7.0 4.75 8 6.75 4.5 10 6.5 4.25 12 6.0 4.0
# of Supports
1* 2 3
* End Drive Conveyors with Single-Post Support Stands only. Requires the use of diagonal bracing, see page 208. Heavy load gearmotors require a minimum of two stands to support conveyor and gearmotor package.
conveyor length in feet max distance between return rollers 11 4 = 2.75
example description: 6200 cleated belt 12 wide x 11 long
ReTuRn RoLLeRS
2.25 (57)

1.25 (32)
w+.96 (24)
.78 (20) .75 (19)
w+.96 (24)
.75 (19)
.78 (20)
Part Number 490856
Description Return Roller for 6200 Series, Cleated Belt
Part Number 490830
Description Return Roller for 6200 Series 2 (44 mm) to 6 (152 mm) wide Flat Belt Conveyor

1.25 (32)
w+.96 (24)
.78 (20) .75 (19)
Part Number 4949WW
Description Return Roller for 6200 Series, 8 (203 mm) to 12 (305 mm) wide flat belt conveyor
WW = Conveyor Width (08, 10, 12) Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
204

4100 SeRieS mounTinG BRACkeTS
flow toward bottom wiper
Block 2
3.0 (76) LLLL
.75 (19)
LLLL
Block 1 Mounting Block Kits are used to mount the conveyor to support stands. Kit includes: mounting block, keyhole slots in conveyor frame and mounting fasteners 1/4 - 20
Drilled & tapped
LLLL LLLL
Keyhole slots allow accessories or mounting blocks to be attached directly to the bottom of the conveyor frame. Keyhole slots can be stamped anywhere in the frame bottom to meet application requirements. Mounting Block not included.
6200 SeRieS mounTinG BRACkeTS

Cleated Belt Stand mounting Bracket
6.65 (169)

3.00 (76)
3.47 (88)
3.47 (88)
M6-1.0
M6-1.0
w-.16 (4)
2.25 (57)
w-.16 (4) 2.25 (57)
Part Number 450585
Part Number 450587
205

Fixed heiGhT SuPPoRT STAndS
Fixed Foot model

WW
Swivel Locking Caster model

hh
AdjuSTABLe heiGhT SuPPoRT STAndS

Fixed Foot model
(305-330)
WW
12 (305mm) 12 13-15
(330-381)
48 (1,219mm) 48
(1,067-1,524)
14-17
(356-432)
16-21
(406-660)
19-26
(483-686)
24-36
(610-914)
(762-1,219)
30-48 3048
42-60* 54-72* 66-84* 78-96*

(1,372-1,829) (1,676-2,134)
(1,981-2,438)
1213
1315
1417
1621
1926
2436
4260
5472
6684
7896
hh

(432-457)
Metric fasteners
12 (305mm) 12 18-20
(457-508)
48 (1,219mm) 48
(762-1,346)
19-22
(483-559)
21-26
(533-660)
24-31
(610-787)
(737-1,041)
29-41 2941
35-53 3553
(1,194-1,651) (1,499-1,956)
47-65* 59-77* 4765 5977
1718
1820
1922
2126
2431
SinGLe PoST & PiLLAR SuPPoRT STAndS

WW WW
Standard Sizes
(44) (70) (95) (44)
(152)
(203)
10
(254)
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)
18
(457)
02
03
04
05
06
08
(813-1,067)
10
12
14
16
18
hh
Stand Height (HH)*

Bd hh
16-26
(406-660)
24-34
(610-864)
32-42 32
(1,016-1,270)
40-50 40
(1,219-1,473)
48-58 48
Part # Reference Base Diameter (BD)
16 24 (610)
24 27 (686)
30(762)
33 (838)
36 (915)
Pillar Stand
206

ShoRT SuPPoRT STAndS
Fixed Foot model
hh WW + 4.4 (112)
WW

muLTi TieR STAndS

minimum Tier height Per Conveyor
WW + 8.2 (208)
Base
12 (305mm) 15 (381mm)
WW hh hh
WW + 8.2 (208) WW
Tier
Base
Tier
note: Do not use with support stands equipped with casters. Support Stands must be anchored to the floor. Do not use if conveyed product overhangs the edge of the conveyor belt due to pinch point created.
207

STAnd ACCeSSoRieS
0.9 (23)
1.3 (33) 1.9 (48) 1.0 (25) 1.5 0.8 (38) (20) L + 1.9 (48)
Part Number 27M400-02 27M400-03 27M400-04 27M400-05 27M400-06
Description Adjustable Tie Bracket, 2 (610 mm) Adjustable Tie Bracket, 3 (914 mm) Adjustable Tie Bracket, 4 (1,219 mm) Adjustable Tie Bracket, 5 (1,524 mm) Adjustable Tie Bracket, 6 (1,829 mm)
L 1.0 (25)
.28 (7) Diameter 1.3 (33) .25 (6) Diameter x .75 (19) Long slotted hole
Dim = in (mm)
Bottom mount Stand Bracket

Bolts to 90 standard load gearmotor Includes metric mounting hardware
Part Number 699702M 6997WWM Description L Bracket only for 2 to 5 wide conveyors Bracket Assembly, 06 and wider 2200 conveyors
diagonal Bracing (6200 Series Only)

For use on steel, aluminum and single post support stands with casters Metric fastener mounting hardware included For use on all stands with casters and any stands over 72 (1,829 mm) tall One brace per stand for conveyors up to 24 wide (610 mm) Two braces per stand for conveyors over 24 wide (610 mm)
Part Number 39MB-RS 39MB-RT 39MB-PT Description for two-legged H style stands up to 30 tall (762 mm) for two-legged H style stands over 30 tall (762 mm) for Single Post and Pillar stands over 30 tall (762 mm)
Common mount kit


Tall Support Stands
note: Due to the wide variety of conveyor and stand options along with possible configurations, stability of the final setup is the responsibility of the end user.
Fine Adjustment kit

Part # 710028
208
outriggers
4100 & 6200 SerieS: ACCeSSorieS

hARdWARe ACCeSSoRieS
mounting Clips
For easy mounting of light weight accessories Fasteners not included
M6 - 1.0 .10 (3) .56 (44) .88 (22) 1.25 (32) .44 (11)
Part Number 450186M
Description 6200 Series Mounting Clip
SToPS
end Stop*
2.26 (57.4)
1.9 (48.3)
Part Number 4555WW
Description 6200 Series End Stop

* Not compatible with high friction belts
BRACkeTS
Table Top mounting Bracket
.44 (11) W .76 (19) 1.50 (38) .75 (19) .13 (3) .34 (9) Diameter
.77 (20)
Part Number 493001M
Description 6200 Series table top bracket
note: If the discharge end of conveyor is mounted over a table or similar structure, a conveyor bottom wiper must be installed to prevent against possible pinch point. Order bottom wiper separately.
209
4100 & 6200 SerieS: ACCeSSorieS

dRiVe ShAFT ACCeSSoRieS
Support Block
.41 (10) Diameter 1.0 (25) 2.5 (64) 1.50 (38) 1.38 (35)
Clear Cover
For 4100 and 6200 Series Gang Drive Conveyors Part Number 43-33 Description Support Block, 0.38 Hex Shaft
Solid Coupling, hex to hex

1.25 (32)
Includes metric set screws Part Number Description Solid Coupling, 0.38 Hex to Hex Fits 4100 and 6200 light load top mount and standard and heavy load top and bottom non-cleated mount packages Part Number Description Clear cover, ordered separately 689499M
1.0 (25)
210064M
hex Shaft
L
Part Number 23-24SS
Description 0.38 Hex Shaft, stainless steel, 48 (1,219 mm) long 0.38 Hex Shaft, stainless steel, 72 (1,829 mm) long
.38" across the flats
631418
Flexible Coupling
Coupling A
2.38 (60)
Coupling B
2.63 (67)
1.25 (32)
1.5 (38)
(A) Includes SAE set screws, (B) metric set screws Part Number 23-27 23-28 23M29 23M30 23M31 Description Flexible Coupling, 0.50 bore x 0.38 hex Flexible Coupling, 0.063 bore x 0.38 hex Flexible Coupling, 12 mm bore x 0.38 hex Flexible Coupling, 19 mm bore x 0.38 hex Flexible Coupling, 12 mm bore x 12 mm bore Coupling A A B A B
SeRViCe ACCeSSoRieS
Grease Adapter Tool kit Grease Sleeves
Part Number 45-12 200046M
Description Adapter, 4100 Series Adapter, 6200 Series Gang Drive
Part Number 4500 6500M
Description Tool Kit, 4100 Series Tool Kit, 6200 Series
Part Number 622223 618898 200398M 200399M
Description Sleeve, 4100 Series, Straight Sleeve, 4100 Series, 90 Sleeve, 6200 Series, Gang Drive Straight, 90 Sleeve, 6200 Series, Gang Drive Straight
210
4100 & 6200 SerieS: PerFormANCe ChArTS / DATA

ConVeYoR no-LoAd ToRQueS
(t no-load) average no-load torque* for 4100 & 6200 series Conveyors
= Torque requirements for unloaded Center Drive Conveyors = Torque requirements for unloaded End Drive & Cleated Conveyors 23 in-lb (2.6 Nm) 25 in-lb (2.8 Nm) 30 in-lb (3.4 Nm)
note: The torque required to overcome the conveyors initial startup inertia may temporarily exceed the average no-load torque by a factor of 2-3 times. * Stated torques are average values based on Dorner standard belts running at 5 (15 m) per minute.
20 in-lb (2.3 Nm) 15 in-lb (1.7 Nm) 12 in-lb 11 in-lb (1.4 Nm) (1.2 Nm) 10 in-lb (1.1 Nm) 8 in-lb 7 in-lb (0.9 Nm) 6 in-lb (0.8 Nm) (0.7 Nm)
12 in-lb (1.4 Nm) 10 in-lb (1.1 Nm)
14 in-lb (1.5 Nm)
15 in-lb (1.7 Nm)
9 in-lb (1.0 Nm)
5 in-lb 4 in-lb (0.6 Nm) (0.5 Nm)
1.75" (44)
2.75" (70)
3.75" (95)
5" (127)
6" (152)
8" (203)
10" (254)
12" (305)
18" (457)
Conveyor Belt Width
mAximum ConVeYoR LoAd ChARTS

Maximum Conveyor Load Maximum Conveyor Load Direction A and D for 4100 & 6200 Series Conveyors Direction A and D for 4100 & 6200 Series Conveyors
Maximum evenly distributed load for: Maximum evenly distributed load for: = Center Drive Conveyors = Center Drive Conveyors = End Drive & Cleated Conveyors = End Drive & Cleated Conveyors 75 lbs 75 lbs (34 kg) (34 kg) 50 lbs 50 lbs (23 kg) (23 kg) 35 lbs 35 lbs (16 kg) (16 kg) 60 lbs 60 lbs (27 kg) (27 kg) 42 lbs 42 lbs (19 kg) (19 kg) 50 lbs 50 lbs (23 kg) (23 kg) 60 lbs 60 lbs (27 kg) (27 kg) 105 lbs 105 lbs (47 kg) (47 kg) 90 lbs 90 lbs (41 kg) (41 kg) 80 lbs 80 lbs (36 kg) (36 kg) 80 lbs 80 lbs (36 kg) (36 kg) 80 lbs 80 lbs (36 kg) (36 kg) 120 lbs 120 lbs (54 kg) (54 kg) 120 lbs 120 lbs (54 kg) (54 kg) 120 lbs 120 lbs (54 kg) (54 kg)
70 lbs 70 lbs (32 kg) (32 kg)
1.75" 1.75" (44) (44)
2.75" 2.75" (70) (70)
3.75" 3.75" (95) (95)
5" 5" (127) (127)
6" 6" (152) (152)
8" 8" (203) (203)
10" 10" (254) (254)
12" 12" (305) (305)
18" 18" (457) (457)
Maximum Conveyor Load Maximum Conveyor Load Direction B and C for 4100 & 6200 Series Conveyors Direction B and C for 4100 & 6200 Series Conveyors
Maximum evenly distributed load for: Maximum evenly distributed load for: = Center Drive Conveyors = Center Drive Conveyors = End Drive & Cleated Conveyors = End Drive & Cleated Conveyors 35 lbs 35 lbs (16 kg) (16 kg) 30 lbs 30 lbs (14 kg) (14 kg) 23 lbs 23 lbs (10 kg) (10 kg)
40lbs 40lbs (18 kg) (18 kg)
40 lbs 40 lbs (18 kg) (18 kg)
40lbs 40lbs (18 kg) (18 kg)
25 lbs 25 lbs (11 kg) (11 kg) 17 lbs 17 lbs (8 kg) (8 kg) 13 lbs 12 lbs 13 lbs 12 lbs (6 kg) 10 lbs (5 kg) (6 kg) 10 lbs (5 kg) (5 kg) (5 kg) 20 lbs 20 lbs (9 kg) (9 kg) 14 lbs 14 lbs (6 kg) (6 kg) 17 lbs 17 lbs (8 kg) (8 kg) 20 lbs 20 lbs (9 kg) (9 kg)
27 lbs 27 lbs (12 kg) (12 kg)
27 lbs 27 lbs (12 kg) (12 kg)
27 lbs 27 lbs (12 kg) (12 kg)
1.75" 1.75" (44) (44)
2.75" 2.75" (70) (70)
3.75" 3.75" (95) (95)
5" 5" (127) (127)
6" 6" (152) (152)
8" 8" (203) (203)
10" 10" (254) (254)
12" 12" (305) (305)
18" 18" (457) (457)
211

6200 SeRieS: end dRiVe ConVeYoR 6 2 2 M 08 1000 D 01 02 drive Shaft Position
D C A Belt Type B Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor Wiper / Mounting Bracket: load capacity by approximately 66%. 1 = no wiper with mounting brackets 2 = no wiper / no mounting brackets* 3 = end wiper with mounting brackets 4 = end wiper / no mounting brackets* *may require belt return rollers 5 = dual wiper with mounting brackets 6 = dual wiper / no mounting brackets* Drive Option: 2 = Standard 12mm Diameter Output Shaft 3 = Gang Drive Thru-Shaft 6200 Series End Drive Conveyor
Example: 622M081000D0102 Description: 6200 Series end drive conveyor with standard drive shaft in the D position, 8 (203) wide x 10 (3,048) long, low side profile, general purpose belt and English documentation. 6200 SeRieS: CenTeR dRiVe ConVeYoR 65 2 M 08 1000 A 01 02 drive Shaft Position Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Wiper / Mounting Bracket: 1 = no wiper with mounting brackets 2 = no wiper / no mounting brackets* 3 = end wiper with mounting brackets 4 = end wiper / no mounting brackets* 5 = dual wiper with mounting brackets 6 = dual wiper / no mounting brackets* 6200 Series Center Drive Conveyor
Reversing Belt Direction Reduces load capacity by 66%
Example: 652M081000D0102 Description: 6200 Series center drive conveyor with standard drive shaft in the D position, 8 (203) wide x 10 (3,048) long, low side profile, general purpose belt and English documentation. 6200 SeRieS: CLeATed BeLT end dRiVe ConVeYoR 6 A 1 M 08 1000 D 0603 Cleat Spacing Drive Shaft Position: A or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Mounting Bracket: 1 = with mounting brackets 2 = without mounting brackets* Cleat Type 6200 Series Cleated Belt Conveyor
A

B C D
Example: 6A1M081000D0603 Description: 6200 Series cleated belt end drive conveyor with standard drive shaft in the D position, 8 (203) wide x 10 (3,048) long, low side profile, general purpose belt and English documentation. 6200 SeRieS: Common mounT kiT 39MC M - WW # Number of Conveyors Width Stand
212

6200 SeRieS: end dRiVe mounTinG PACkAGeS 6 M B P S 06 A - 2828 Drive / Driven Pulley Combination: See Belt Speed charts, pages 190 & 191 (Top and Bottom mounts only) Belt Style: - = Flat Belt or add Cleat Type: drive Shaft Position A, B, C, F, G, H, J, V D C A B Gearmotor Mounting Position: A, B, C, D Conveyor Width Reference: See Conveyor Section Gearmotor Type: See Gearmotor charts, page 196 - 201 L, V, S, H Gearmotor Output Shaft: See Gearmotor charts, page 196 - 201 P = Parallel Shaft or H = 90 Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are Mount Style: S = Side Mount, B = Bottom Mount, T = Top Mount preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor Documentation Language: M = English, G = CE German, U = CE English load capacity by approximately 66%. Conveyor Series: 41 = 4100 End Drive 6 = 6200 End Drive (Non-Gang Drive) Example: 6MBPS06A-2828 Description: Bottom mount package with English documentation for 6 (152) wide 6200 series end drive conveyor. Configured for a parallel shaft, Standard load motor in the A1 mount position with a 28:28 drive / driven pulley combination.
6200 SeRieS: CenTeR dRiVe mounTinG PACkAGeS 6 M 2 P S 06 A - 3232 Drive / Driven Pulley Combination Mount Position: A or D Conveyor Width Reference Gearmotor Type: S, H Gearmotor Output Shaft: P = Parallel Shaft H = 90 Mount Style: 1 = Type 1, Vertical Mount 2 = Type 2, Horizontal Mount Documentation Language: M = English, G = CE German, U = CE English Conveyor Series: 6 = 6200 Center Drive drive Shaft Position
Example: 6M2PS06A-3232 Description: 6200 Series Horizontal Center Drive Mounting Package with English documentation for a parallel shaft standard load gearmotor mounted in the A position, with a 32:32 drive / driven pulley combination, on a 6 (152) wide conveyor.
4100 & 6200 SERIES: SUPPORT STANDS S 9 M T T W W - HH(min) HH(max) F A Feet or Casters (not available for multi tier stands) F = fixed foot pad C = total lock swivel caster Height Reference Width Reference Stand Type LH = short stand FH = fixed height AH = adjustable height T1 = multi tier stand base T2 = multi tier stand tier FT = tall fixed* SP = single post PS = pillar support Documentation Language: M = English Stand Style: 3 = 2-legged stand 4 = Single post or pillar style EXAMPLE: 39MAH12-2126CP
Note: Due to the wide variety of conveyor and stand options along with possible configurations, stability is final setup of the responsibility of the end user.
AT = tall adjustable*
213
7200/7300 Sanitary ConveyorS StainleSS Steel
AquAGArd SerieS
Flat and Cleated Belt Widths: 1.75 (44 mm) to 18 (457 mm) Lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 18 (5,486 mm) Loads up to 60 lbs (27 kg) models available
Applications:
Part Accumulation Small Part Transfers Wash Down and Clean Rooms Small Part Handling and Positioning Part/Package Infeed and Outfeed Automated and Manual Assembly
214
AquAGArd 7200/7300
V-Guided Belts
7200 & 7300 FlAT BelT end dRiVe 7200 & 7300 CleATed BelT end dRiVe PROFileS BelTinG
Quick Release Rack and Pinion Tension
GeARmOTOR mOunTinG PACkAGeS GeARmOTORS SuPPORT STAndS ACCeSSORieS PeRFORmAnCe CHARTS / dATA
High Pressure Bearing Options
PART numBeR ReFeRenCe
216 218 220 221 224 228 233 234 235 236
215
7200 & 7300 SerieS: FlAt Belt end drive
Specifications:
Loads up to 60 lbs* (27 kg) Belt speeds up to 264 ft/min (81 m/min) Belt widths: 1.75 (44 mm) to 18 (457 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 18 (5,486 mm) 11 gauge stainless steel roll formed frame Complete stainless steel construction 1.25 (32 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 4.25 (108 mm) of belt per revolution 1.5 (38 mm) bottom of frame to top of belt Self-aligning stainless steel sealed bearings with FDA approved solid lubricant Washdown rated gearmotors and controls models available

Quick five-minute belt change for increased uptime Rack and pinion for fast single point belt tensioning 304 stainless steel frame, head and tail plates are polished to a #4 finish V-Groove frame with guided belt ensures accurate tracking Wedge-Lok system for impact protection Streamlined design fits where other conveyors do not Low profile, single piece frame for quick, easy cleaning Quick-clamp rail for easy mounting of bolt-on accessories Optional 0.25 (6 mm) thick bottom wiper A variety of FDA approved belting to meet application needs
OPTiOnAl:
Bottom Wiper
Tool-less Belt Change Handles

7200 RATed FOR lOW PReSSuRe Soap & Water Cleaners 7300 RATed FOR HiGH PReSSuRe Chlorinated Cleaners Tool-less Belt Change Handles for quick belt release. Part # 456060
OPTiOnAl:
Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages 224-231. For support stands and accessories, see pages 234.
216
For ordering information, see pages 236 and 238
AQuAGARd 7200 & 7300 SeRieS FlAT BelT end dRiVe

4 x 4 x 22mm Keyway
4 x 4 x 22mm Keyway
4.91 (125)
W-.16 (4)
7200
12mm Position A 1.90 (48)
7300
5.41 (138)
W-.16 (4) 12mm Position A 3.58 (91)
W+1.19 (30) W
TENSION END
RECOMMENDED FLOW DRIVE END
W+5.11 (130)
TENSION END
RECOMMENDED FLOW
DRIVE END
Position D Position D
L (at initial factory belt tension) 12.00 (305) TYP. .78 (20) 6.04 (153) TOP OF BELT 1.88 (48)
TOP OF BELT
L+1.00 (25) L (at initial factory belt tension) 12.00 (305) TYP.
6.04 (153) 1.19 (30)
1.48 (38) 3.44 (87) 3.00 (76)
2.74 (70)
.69 (17)
3.25 (83) .38 (10) 2.25 (57)
3.44 (87) 3.00 (76)
1.19 (30)
.38 (10)
2.25 (57)

STAndARd SiZeS
02 1.75 (44mm) 0200 2 (610mm) 2.75 (70mm) 3.75 (95mm) 03 04 05 06 08 10 12 18 5 6 8 10 12 18 (127mm) (152mm) (203mm) (254)mm (305mm) (457mm) 0001 increments up to... 0.12 (3mm) increments up to... 1800 18 (5,486mm)
A
Conveyor length (l)
note: Lengths 13 to 18 available in widths 6 to 18 only.
217
7200 & 7300 SerieS: cleAted Belt end drive

Specifications:
Loads up to 60 lbs* (27 kg) Belt speeds up to 264 ft/min (81 m/min) Belt widths: 1.75 (44 mm) to 18 (457 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (610 mm) to 18 (5,486 mm) Cleats available from 0.43 (1 mm) to 2.36 (60 mm) high 11 gauge stainless steel roll formed frame Complete stainless steel construction 1.25 (32 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 4.25 (108 mm) of belt per revolution 1.5 (38 mm) bottom of frame to top of belt Self-aligning stainless steel sealed bearings with FDA approved solid lubricant Washdown rated gearmotors and controls models available

Quick five-minute belt change for increased uptime Rack and pinion for fast single point belt tensioning 304 stainless steel frame, head and tail plates are polished to a #4 finish V-Groove frame with guided belt ensures accurate tracking Wedge-Lok system for impact protection Streamlined design fits where other conveyors do not Low profile, single piece frame for quick, easy cleaning Quick-clamp rail for easy mounting of bolt-on accessories A variety of FDA approved belting to meet application needs
OPTiOnAl:
Tool-less Belt Change Handles

Tool-less Belt Change Handles for quick belt release. Part # 456060
7200 RATed FOR lOW PReSSuRe Soap & Water Cleaners
7300 RATed FOR HiGH PReSSuRe Chlorinated Cleaners
Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages 224-231. For support stands and accessories, see pages 234.
218
AQuAGARd 7200 & 7300 SeRieS CleATed BelT end dRiVe

4 x 4 x 22mm Keyway W-1.20 (30) Cleat Width
4 x 4 x 22mm Keyway
W-1.20 (30) Cleat Width
X 4.91 (125)
7200
6.14 D (156)
7300
W-.16 (4) X = 6.14 (156) for A & G Cleats 7.51 (191) for B & C Cleats 12mm
Position A
W-.16 (4) 12mm 1.90 (48)

Position A
3.58 (91)
W+1.19 (30)
RECOMMENDED FLOW DRIVE END
TENSION END
W-1.06 W (27) Pocket Width W+5.11 (130)

TENSION END
RECOMMENDED FLOW
DRIVE END
W-1.06 (27) W Pocket Width
TOP OF BELT
(at initial factory belt tension)
L .78 (20)
(at initial factory belt tension) TOP OF BELT
L+1.00 (25) L
1.19 (30) 1.88 (48) 3.44 (87) 3.25 (83) .38 (10) 3.00 (76) 2.25 (57)
1.48 (38) 3.44 (87) 3.00 (76) .69 (17)
2.74 (70)
1.19 (30)
.38 (10)
2.25 (57)


02 1.75 (44mm) 0200 2 (610mm) 2.75 (70mm) 3.75 (95mm) 03 04 05 06 08 10 12 18 5 6 8 10 12 18 (127mm) (152mm) (203mm) (254)mm (305mm) (457mm) 0001 increments up to... 0.12 (3mm) increments up to... 1800 18 (5,486mm)
A B C
STAndARd SiZeS
Conveyor length (l)
note: Lengths 13 to 18 available in widths 6 to 18 only.
219
7200 & 7300 SerieS: ProFileS

W-1.00 (25)
1.50 (38)
W+ .25 (6)
2.68 (68)
W-1.00 (25)
4.04 (103)
W+ .57 (15)
W+.82 (21)
W+.82 (21)
-01 Low Side
W+.84 (21) MIN. W-7.54 (192) MAX. 1.87 (47) 7.32 (186)
W-.52 (13) MIN. W+5.98 (152) MAX.
2.66 (68) MIN. 6.17 (157) MAX.
W+5.04 (128) MIN. W+13.42 (341) MAX.
W+9.25 (235)
-23 Fully Adjustable UHMW Guide

-24 Adjustable Width UHMW Guide

dim = in (mm)
Thumb Screws
For quick removal of Profile -21 and -22 (Part # 450196MSS)
O PTiOnAl:
220
7200 & 7300 SerieS: BeltinG

Wet applications are limited to specialty belt types 54, 55, 68 and 69 only!

Belt Type - metal Clipper* Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Finger Splice
Special Characteristics or Applications Packaging, clean room and inspection Most versatile belt offering Packaging, clean room and inspection Accumulation of products Electronics handling Conveys up to 35 inclines** Coefficient of Friction
01 02 03 05 06 08
A1 A2 A3 A5 A6 A8
1A 2A 3A 5A 6A 8A
0.067 (1.7) 0.071 (1.8) 0.067 (1.7) 0.047 (1.2) 0.063 (1.6) 0.083 (2.1)
212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 158F (70C)
x x x x
x x x x x x x
note: See below for splice details. Plastic Clipper splice requires longer lead times. * Metal Clipper splices are not sanitary. **Incline varies due to factors like dust, fluids and part material.
BelT SPliCinG
Finger Splice
All belts are available with a standard Thermoformed finger splice. This splice makes the belt continuous and is virtually undetectable. Splice bonding methods vary by belt type. Consult factory for details.
Plastic Clipper***
*** See belt charts for compatibility. Not for use with 7200/7300 Series with bottom wiper option. Plastic and Metal Clippers are slightly thicker than base belt. Consult factory for details.
Chemical Resistance
Belt Specifications
Static Conductive
Surface material
Carcass material
FdA Approved
Anti-Static
Thickness
metal Clipper***
An optional metal clipper splice is also available for quick removal of belts or when conveyors are installed in tight spaces. (Not Sanitary)
221
7200 & 7300 SerieS: SPeciAlty BeltinG

Wet applications are limited to specialty belt types 54, 55, 68 and 69 only! urethane enclosed belts for added sanitary protection. See Belt Types 68 & 69.

Belt Type - metal Clipper* Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Finger Splice
54 55 56 57 59 60 61 63 64 65 66 67 68 69
F4 F5
4F FDA Sealed Edge** 5F FDA Sealed Edge** 6F Cut Resistant 7F Cut Resistant
0.06 (1.6) 0.06 (1.6) 0.08 (2.1) 0.10 (2.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.05 (1.3) 0.05 (1.3) 0.05 (1.2) 0.17 (4.4) 0.05 (1.3) 0.07 (1.7) 0.06 (1.6) 0.06 (1.6) 0.09 (2.2)
Urethane Urethane Urethane Nitrile PVC Urethane Urethane Urethane PVC
1 76F (80C) 176F (80C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 158F (70C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 194F (90C)
Low High Med. Med. Med. Low Low Low V-High Low Med. n/a Low High
x x
Good Good Good Poor Poor
Good Good Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor V-Good V-Good
Packaging, clean room and inspection, wet environment Packaging, clean room and inspection, wet environment Oily product release, metal stamping Felt-like, dry metal stamping, glass and ceramic Black colored, hides overspray from ink jet Green-colored Blue-colored Static conductive, electronics handling Dark green-colored, rough top surface, product cushioning, incline/decline apps. V-Good Cut resistance, excellent product release Good Cut resistance, metal stamping apps. Excellent product release, consult factory for part number and how to specify low friction Urethane enclosed for added sanitary protection Urethane enclosed for added sanitary protection
F9
9F Color Contrasting
G0 0G Color Contrasting G1 1G Color Contrasting 3G Electrically Conductive 4G High Friction 5G Chemical Resistant 6G Chemical Resistant 7G Low Friction Cleated G8 G9 FDA Encased** FDA Encased**
x x
Good Good Good Poor
Polypropylene 248F (120C) Polyester Polyester Urethane Urethane 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 212F (100C)
x x x x x
V-Good V-Good Good Good Good
*Metal Clipper splices are not sanitary. **Not available in 2 (51 mm) wide.
222
Chemical Resistance
moisture Resistance
Belt Specifications
Surface material
Belt Thickness
FdA Approved
7200 & 7300 SerieS: cleAt HeiGHtS
.059 typ. (1.5)
1.00 (25)
1.57 (40)
2.36 (60)
.43 (11)
.35 typ.
A** (9)
B**
C**
G*
* maximum 20 (508 mm) cleat spacing for 18 and wider conveyors with lengths greater than 7 (2,134 mm) ** 18 and wider conveyors have a maximum length of 7 (2,134 mm) Base Belt material: 0.059 (1.5 mm) thick, high friction FDA approved urethane, 176F (80C) maximum part temperature. See Specialty Belt 67 for low friction base belt material. note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (50 mm). Consult Factory.
CleAT SPACinG
x x-.17 (4)
Steps:
1) Refer to Formulas below 2) Use formula 1 to determine the approximate number of cleats required based upon the desired cleat spacing. Since a partial cleat cannot be used, round the number of cleats up or down
_ tolerance + .08 (2)
3) Use formula 2 to get the cleat space reference for the conveyor part number
Formula 1
Number of Cleats = (Conveyor Length in feet x 24) + 1.37 Desired cleat spacing in inches (x)
example
Using a 6 long conveyor and 6 cleat spacing Number of Cleats = (6 x 24) +1.37 6 = 145 6 = 24 Cleats (rounded)
Formula 2
Cleat Space Reference (x) = (Conveyor Length in feet x 24) + 1.37 Number of Cleats from Formula 1
example
Using a 6 long conveyor and 24 cleats Cleat Spacing in inches (x) = (6 x 24) +1.37 24 cleats = 145 24 = 6.04 or 0604 Cleat Reference
W-1.00 (25) (Pocket Width)
4.90 (124) W+.79 (20)
Z=
2.68" (68) for a, F, G & H Cleats 4.04" (102) for B, C, v & J Cleats W = Conveyor Belt Width
G &H C, v & J
223
7200 & 7300 SerieS: GeArmotor mountinG PAckAGeS

GeARmOTOR mOunTinG PACkAGe & GeARmOTOR SeleCTiOn STePS
Step 1: Step 2: Step 3: Step 4:
Select a Gearmotor mounting Package. For End drive conveyors, select a side, bottom, top, flush (pages 224-226). Be sure to note if it is for a 90 or Parallel Shaft Gearmotor. Using Belt Speed and load Requirements, determine the required Gearmotor Type (Standard or Heavy) for your application using the chart below. Go to the set of Belt Speed Charts on page 227 and choose between the Fixed or Variable Speed chart. Go down the first column of the Belt Speed Chart and locate the required Belt Speed for your application. If the desired belt speed is not listed, round up to the next higher speed.
From the row containing your required Belt Speed, check to be sure that speed is available for the mount Package you chose. (End Drive Only - Top or Bottom) Use the Drive / Driven Pulley Kit combination to complete your Mounting Package Part Number. Note the RPm from Gearmotor, it will be needed to select the correct Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Chart. Reference the Gearmotor Chart # to locate a compatible Gearmotor Chart on pages 228-231. Be sure to select a Gearmotor Chart to match your Gearmotor Type (Standard or Heavy) and your mounting Package while meeting your electrical requirements. (Red = Parallel Shaft or Blue = 90) Using the RPm from Gearmotor (Step 6), locate the Part number for your Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Table.
Conveyor load - lbs. (kg) GeARmOTOR TYPe 100 (45.5) 30 (13.6) 40 (18.2) 50 (22.7) 60 (27.3) 70 (31.8) 80 (36.4) 90 (40.9) Heavy load 0-15 (0-4.6) 16-30 (4.9-9.1) 31-45 (9.5-13.7) Belt Speed - Ft/min (m/min) 46-60 (14-18.3) 61-75 (18.6-22.9) 76-90 (23.2-27.4) 91-110 (27.7-33.5) 111-130 (33.8-39.6) 131-150 (39.9-45.7) 151-175 (46-53.4) 176-200 (53.7-61) 201-225 (61.3-68.6) 226-250 (68.9-76.2) 251-275 (76.5-83.8) 110 (50) 10 (4.5) 20 (9.1) Standard load 120 (54.5)
Step 8:
Step 9:
224

Bottom mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
2.0 (50) W a
0.8 (19)
6.1 9.9 (156) (251)
5.4 (138)
0.7 (19)
Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, belt guard and mounting hardware
A: = 0.6 (15) for 7200 = 1.9 (48) for 7300 W = Conveyor Belt Width
Top mount Package, 90 Gearmotor

4.3 (110) 2.0 (50)
3.5 W (88) 1.9 (49) a 5.4 (138) 0.7 (18)
Heavy duty Sprocket kit
Heavy duty Sprocket kit used in Wet Applications

Compatible with Standard and Heavy Load Top and Bottom Mount packages Stainless Steel #40 Sprockets Stainless Steel/Acetal #40 Chain Belt speeds up to 145 ft/min
This kit becomes part of the gearmotor mounting package when you select your belt speed from the Heavy Duty Sprocket Kit speed chart (see page 227).
225

Bottom mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
a W 0.7 (19)
10.5 (267)
3.6 (91) 6.3 5.4 (159) (138) 2.0 (50)
0.7 (19)
Top mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor

2.0 (50)
10.5 (267)
W 3.9 (99)
6.3 5.4 (159) (138)
0.7 (19)
226
7200 & 7300 SerieS: Belt SPeed cHArtS

Standard Timing Belt kit
Fixed Speed
Belt Speed ft/min 7 12 17 26 35 38 56 58 58 81 100 106 148 167 190 264 m/min 2.1 3.7 5.2 7.9 10.7 11.6 17.1 17.7 17.7 24.7 30.5 32.3 45.1 50.9 57.9 80.5 RPM from Gearmotor 35 50 35 50 115 50 115 167 167 115 167 345 167 345 345 345 Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 19 22 44 32 28 48 44 44 32 44 48 28 48 44 44 48 Driven Pulley 32 32 32 22 32 22 32 32 32 22 28 32 19 32 28 22 Gearmotor Chart Standard Load 1 5, 6 1 5, 6 1 5, 6 1 1 5, 6 1 5, 6 1 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 Heavy Load 5, 6
Variable Speed
Belt Speed ft/min 1.2 - 7 2.0 - 12 2.8 - 17 4.3 - 26 5.8 - 35 6.3 - 38 9.3 - 56 9.7 - 58 13.3 - 80 13.5 - 81 16.7 - 100 17.7 - 106 24.7 - 148 27.8 - 167 31.7 - 190 44.0 - 264 m/min 0.4 - 2.1 0.6 - 3.7 0.9 - 5.2 1.3 - 7.9 1.8 - 10.7 1.9 - 11.6 2.8 - 17.1 2.9 - 17.7 4.1 - 24.4 4.1 - 24.7 5.1 - 30.5 5.4 - 32.3 7.5 - 45.1 8.5 - 50.9 9.7 - 57.9 13.4 - 80.5 RPM from Gearmotor 35 50 35 50 115 50 115 167 167 115 167 345 167 345 345 345 Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 19 22 44 32 28 48 44 32 44 44 48 28 48 44 44 48 Driven Pulley 32 32 32 22 32 22 32 32 32 22 28 32 19 32 28 22 Gearmotor Chart Standard Load 3 8, 9, 10 3 8, 9, 10 3 8, 9, 10 3 3 8, 9, 10 3 8, 9, 10 3 8, 9, 10 8, 9, 10 8, 9, 10 Heavy Load 8, 9, 10
RPM from 50 Hz gearmotors 6 10 15 20 30 32 49 51 73 74 98 102 123 153 204 257 1.8 3.0 4.6 6.1 9.1 9.8 14.9 15.5 22.3 22.6 29.9 31.1 37.5 46.6 62.2 78.3 29 42 29 42 97 42 139 97 139 97 139 290 139 290 290 290 19 22 48 44 28 48 32 48 48 48 44 32 48 48 44 48 32 32 32 32 32 22 32 32 32 22 22 32 19 32 22 19 7 2 7 2 7 2 2 7 2 7 2 7 2 7 7 7
RPM from 50 Hz gearmotors, VFD drive at 63 max. Hz output 2.0 - 12 4.0 - 24 6.3 - 38 9.7 - 58 14.7 - 88 19.5 - 117 24.7 - 148 0.6 - 3.7 1.2 - 7.3 1.9 - 11.6 2.9 - 17.7 4.5 - 26.8 5.9 - 35.7 7.5 - 45.1 42 42 42 139 139 139 139 22 44 48 32 48 44 48 32 32 22 32 32 22 19 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Refer to the Gearmotor Selection Steps on page 224 for instructions on using the Belt Speed Charts. note: Red = Parallel Shaft, Blue = 90
Heavy duty Sprocket kit

Fixed Speed
Belt Speed ft/min 14 21 24 32 49 70 73 94 117 145 RPM from m/min Gearmotor 4.3 6.4 7.3 9.8 14.9 21.3 22.3 28.7 35.7 44.2 35 50 35 50 115 167 115 167 167 345 Pulley Kit Drive Driven Pulley Pulley 12 12 20 18 12 12 18 16 20 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Gearmotor Chart Standard Load 1 5, 6 1 5, 6 1 5, 6 1 1 5, 6 Heavy Load 5, 6
Variable Speed
Belt Speed ft/min 2.3 - 14 3.5 - 21 4.0 - 24 5.3 - 32 8.2 - 49 11.7 - 70 12.2 - 73 15.7 - 94 19.5 - 117 24.2 - 145 m/min 0.7 - 4.3 1.1 - 6.4 1.2 - 7.3 1.6 - 9.8 2.5 - 14.9 3.6 - 21.3 3.7 - 22.3 4.8 - 28.7 5.9 - 35.7 7.4 - 44.2 RPM from Gearmotor 35 50 35 50 115 167 115 167 167 345 Pulley Kit Drive Driven Pulley Pulley 12 12 20 18 12 12 18 16 20 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Gearmotor Chart Standard Load 3 8, 9, 10 3 8, 9, 10 3 8, 9, 10 3 3 8, 9, 10 Heavy Load 8, 9, 10
RPM from 50 Hz gearmotors 12 18 20 29 41 59 68 88 98 122 3.7 5.5 6.1 8.8 12.5 18.0 20.7 26.8 29.9 37.2 29 42 29 42 97 139 97 139 139 290 12 12 20 20 12 12 20 18 20 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 7 2 7 2 7 2 7 2 2 7
RPM from 50 Hz gearmotors, VFD drive at 63 max. Hz output 3.5 - 21 5.8 - 35 11.7 - 70 17.5 - 105 19.5 - 117 1.1 - 6.4 1.8 - 10.7 3.6 - 21.3 5.3 - 32.0 5.9 - 35.7 42 42 139 139 139 12 20 12 18 20 10 10 10 10 10 4 4 4 4 4
227
7200 & 7300 SerieS: GeArmotorS

GeARmOTOR SeleCTiOn STePS Refer to page 224 for instructions on Selecting a Gearmotor Mounting Package and Gearmotor.
Conveyor load - lbs. (kg) GeARmOTOR TYPe 100 (45.5) 30 (13.6) 40 (18.2) 50 (22.7) 60 (27.3) 70 (31.8) 80 (36.4) 90 (40.9) Heavy load 0-15 (0-4.6) 16-30 (4.9-9.1) 31-45 (9.5-13.7) Belt Speed - Ft/min (m/min) 46-60 (14-18.3) 61-75 (18.6-22.9) 76-90 (23.2-27.4) 91-110 (27.7-33.5) 111-130 (33.8-39.6) 131-150 (39.9-45.7) 151-175 (46-53.4) 176-200 (53.7-61) 201-225 (61.3-68.6) 226-250 (68.9-76.2) 251-275 (76.5-83.8) 110 (50) 10 (4.5) 20 (9.1) Standard load 120 (54.5)
STAndARd lOAd, Fixed SPeed

4.13 (105) 2.07 (52) 18mm 1.28 (32) 3.39 (86) 7.00 (178) 3.88 (99) 3.69 (94) 10.40 (264) 1.65 (42)
Sealed gearmotor IP 65 protection rating 115V, 1 phase includes starter, cords and plug 230V, 3 phase wiring to starter by others
Stainless steel shaft and fasteners FDA approved white epoxy paint Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 60 Hz
4.13 (105)
3 Phase starter shown in.-lbs. 77 26 Nm 8.7 2.8
Part Number 62M030PY4(vp)FN 62M009PY4(vp)FN
RPM 50 167
Gearmotor Type Y Y
1 Phase Hp 0.12 0.12 kW 0.09 0.09 FLA 1.51 1.51 Hp 0.12 0.12
3 Phase kW 0.09 0.09 FLA 0.49 0.49
(vp) = Voltage and Phase 11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 230V, 3 phase note: 115V 1 phase gearmotor must be plugged into a GFI circuit
Chart 2
Parallel Shaft
4.13 (105) 2.07 (52) 18mm 1.28 (32) 3.39 (86) 7.00 (178) 3.88 (99) 3.69 (94) 10.40 (264) 1.65 (42)
Sealed gearmotor IP 65 protection rating 230V, 3 phase wiring to starter by others 50 Hz
Stainless steel shaft and fasteners FDA Approved white epoxy paint Totally enclosed, non-ventilated
4.13 (105)
3 Phase starter shown Nm 8.7 2.8
Part Number 62(c)030PY423FN 62(c)009PY423FN
RPM 42 139
Gearmotor Type Y Y G = CE German
3 Ph kW 0.09 0.09
3 Ph FLA 0.49 0.49
(c) = Electrical Configuration U = CE Great Britain
note: Customer wiring to starter must comply with CE safety directives.
228

STAndARd lOAd, VARiABle SPeed
Variable frequency drive, 10-60 Hz IP 65 protection rating 230V, 3 Phase Stainless steel shaft and fasteners FDA approved white epoxy paint Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Order controller separately, see page 232
Part Number 62M030PY4(vp)FN 62M009PY4(vp)FN * At 60 Hz RPM* 50 167 Gearmotor Type Y Y 3 Ph Hp 0.12 0.12 3 Ph kW 0.09 0.09
4.1 (105) 2.1 (52) 1.3 (32) 4.1 (105) 18mm 3.9 (99) 10.4 (264) 1.7 (42)
3 Ph FLA 0.49 0.49
in.-lbs.* 77 26
Nm* 8.7 2.8
Vari - Speed Control Charts G G
Chart 4
Parallel Shaft
4.1 (105) 2.1 (52) 1.3 (32) 4.1 (105) 18mm 3.9 (99) 10.4 (264) 1.7 (42)
Totally enclosed, fan cooled IP44 protection rating Non-reversing 50 Hz Order starter separately, see page 232
Part Number 62Z028PL421FN 62Z028PL4(vp)FN 62Z008PL421FN 62Z008PL4(vp)FN * At 50 Hz RPM* 41 41 144 144 Gearmotor Type L L L L 3 Ph kW 0.022 n/a 0.022 n/a
3 Ph FLA 0.31 n/a 0.31 n/a
Nm* 2.6 3.5 0.9 1.2
Vari - Speed Control Charts H H H H
229

HeAVY lOAd, Fixed SPeed
Chart 5 90
15.38 (391) 6.06 (154) 2.13 (54) 5.67 (144) 3.39 (86) 1.33 (34) 1.72 (44) 7.64 (194) 6.50 (165) .63 3.69 (94) 7.45 (189)
NEMA 56 C face IP 55 protection rating Wiring to starter by others Sealed reducer with FDA lubricant FDA approved white epoxy paint UL and CSA approved 60 Hz Totally enclosed, Non-ventilated 1 Phase gearmotor does not include plug/cord set
Part Number 62M050(r)Z4(vp)FN 62M015(r)Z4(vp)FN 62M005(r)Z4(vp)FN RPM 35 115 345 Gearmotor Type Z Z Z
4.66 (118)
(r) = Output shaft orientation R = Right hand L = Left hand (vp) = Voltage and Phase 11 = 115V, 1 phase 23 = 208 - 230V, 3 phase 43 = 460V, 3 phase Right hand output shown
7.00 (178)
1 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 FLA 6.8 6.8 6.8 Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5
3 Phase kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 FLA 1.8-1.6 / 0.8 1.8-1.6 / 0.8 1.8-1.6 / 0.8
in.-lbs. 380 146 55
Nm 42.9 16.5 6.2
Chart 6
90
15.38 (391) 6.06 (154) 2.13 (54) 5.67 (144) 3.39 (86) 1.33 (34) 1.72 (44) 7.64 (194) 6.50 (165) .63 3.69 (94)
Stainless Steel Gearmotor
Stainless steel construction NEMA 56 C face IP 55 protection rating Wiring to starter by others Sealed reducer with FDA lubricant UL and CSA approved 60 Hz Totally enclosed, non-ventilated
Part Number 62M050(r)ZS4(vp)FN 62M015(r)ZS4(vp)FN 62M005(r)ZS4(vp)FN RPM 35 115 345 Gearmotor Type ZS ZS ZS
4.66 (118)
(r) = Output shaft orientation R = Right hand L = Left hand (vp) = Voltage and Phase 23 = 208 - 230V, 3 phase 43 = 460V, 3 phase Right hand output shown
7.00 (178)
3 Ph Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5
3 Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37
3 Ph FLA 1.8-1.6 / 0.8 1.8-1.6 / 0.8 1.8-1.6 / 0.8
in.-lbs. 380 146 55
Nm 42.9 16.5 6.2
Chart 7
90
7.20 (183) 13.50 (343) 5.11 (130) 2.13 (54) 4.69 (119)
IEC 71 B5 C face IP 55 protection rating 230/400V, 3 Phase wiring to starter by others 50 Hz FDA approved white epoxy paint Sealed reducer with FDA lubricant Totally enclosed, non-ventilated
6.30 (160)
1.33 (34) 4.66 (118) .63 3.69 (94)

1.72 (44)
3.39 (86) 7.00 (178)
Right hand output shown Part Number 62(c)050(r)Z4(vp)FN 62(c)015(r)Z4(vp)FN 62(c)005(r)Z4(vp)FN RPM 29 97 290 Gearmotor Type Z Z Z (vp) = Voltage and Phase 23 = 230V, 3 phase 43 = 400V, 3 phase 3 Ph kW 0.19 0.19 0.19 3 Ph FLA 1.2 / 0.7 1.2 / 0.7 1.2 / 0.7 Nm 50.1 19.9 7.2
(c) = Electrical Configuration (r) = Output shaft orientation G = CE German R = Right hand U = CE Great Britain L = Left hand
note: Customer wiring to starter must comply with CE safety directives.
230

HeAVY lOAd, VARiABle SPeed
Chart 8 90
6.1 (154) 6.4 (162) 7.2 (184) .63 2.1 (54) 16.8 (427)
90V DC IP 55 protection rating NEMA 56 C face Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Sealed reducer with FDA lubricant FDA approved white epoxy paint Order controller separately, see page 232
Part Number 62M050(r)ZD9DEN 62M015(r)ZD9DEN 62M005(r)ZD9DEN RPM 35 115 345 Gearmotor Type Z Z Z
4.7 (118) 1.7 (44) 1.3 (34)
4.7 (119)
(r) = Output shaft orientation R = Right hand L = Left hand Left hand output shown
Hp 0.33 0.33 0.33
kW 0.25 0.25 0.25
FLA 3.2 3.2 3.2
in.-lbs. 360 146 55
Nm 42.9 16.5 6.2
Vari - Speed Control Charts F F F
Chart 9
90
15.4 (391) 6.1 (154) 2.1 (54) 4.7 (118) .63 1.7 (44) 1.3 (34) 5.7 (144)
Variable frequency drive, 10-60 Hz IP 65 protection rating 230V, 3 Phase Stainless steel shaft and fasteners FDA approved white epoxy paint Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Order controller separately, see page 232
Part Number 62M050(r)Z423EN 62M015(r)Z423EN 62M005(r)Z423EN * At 60 Hz RPM 35 115 345 Gearmotor Type Z Z Z
7.6 (194) 6.5 (165)
3 Ph Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5
3 Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37
3 Ph FLA 1.6 1.6 1.6
in.-lbs.* 380 146 55
Nm* 42.9 16.5 6.2
Vari - Speed Control Charts G G G
Chart 10
90
15.4 (391) 6.1 (154) 2.1 (54) 4.7 (118) .63 1.7 (44) 1.3 (34)
Variable frequency drive, 10-60 Hz Stainless steel construction 230/460 3 Phase NEMA 56 C face IP 55 protection rating Sealed reducer with FDA lubricant Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Order controller separately, see page 232
Part Number 62M050(r)Z423EN 62M015(r)Z423EN 62M005(r)Z423EN * At 60 Hz RPM 35 115 345 Gearmotor Type ZS ZS ZS
7.6 (194) 6.5 (165)
5.7 (144)
3 Ph Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5
3 Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37
3 Ph FLA 1.6 1.6 1.6
in.-lbs.* 380 146 55
Nm* 42.9 16.5 6.2
Vari - Speed Control Charts G G G
231
7200 & 7300 SerieS: vAriABle SPeed controllerS

VARiABle SPeed COnTROlleRS
Chart B
VFD control IP 65 plastic enclosure EMC filter Digital display Stainless steel mounting hardware Inlcudes cord to motor Power to controller by others
6.3 (160) 5.9 (150) 4.5 (114)
8.0 (203)
8.8 (222)
Part Number 72U2121S 72U4341S
Input Volts 230 400
Input Phase 1 3
Input Hz 50 50
Out Phase 3 3
Max kW 0.37 0.74
Max Amps 4.0 2.0
Reversing Yes Yes
Chart F
SCR DC control Nema 4X enclosure FDA white epoxy painted enclosure Forward/Brake/Reverse switch Jog/Run switch Speed potentiometer Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others Stainless steel mounting hardware
Part Number 62MD1191S Input Volts 115 Input Phase 1 Input Hz 60
5.5 (140) 4.0 (102)
8.3 (210)
9.5 (241)
Output Volts 90VDC
Max Hp 1
Max Amps 10.2
Reversing Yes
Chart G
VFD control Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless steel mounting hardware and fasteners Digital display Keypad with Start/Stop, Forward/Reverse and speed variation Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others
Part Number 72MV1124S 72MV2124S 72MV1122S 72MV2322S * See FLA from motor charts Input Volts 115 230 115 230 Input Phase 1 1 1 3 Input Hz 60 60 60 60
6.3 (160) 5.9 (150)
4.5 (114)
8.0 (203)
8.8 (222)
Output Volts 230 230 230 230
Out Phase 3 3 3 3
Max Hp 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.5
Output Amp Range* 35 - 1.4 35 - 1.4 0.55 - 2.2 0.55 - 2.2
Reversing Yes Yes Yes Yes
232
7200 & 7300 SerieS: SuPPort StAndS

QuAnTiTY CHARTS
Conveyor Length
2 (610) - 4 (1,219) 2 (610) - 6 (1,829) 7 (2,134) - 12 (3,658) 13 (3,962) - 18 (5,486)

max feet between return rollers Conveyor Width Flat Belt Cleated Belt
1.75 8.75 5.75 2.75 8.5 5.5 3.75 7.5 5.25 5 7.25 5.0 6 7.0 4.75 8 6.75 4.5 10 6.5 4.25 12 6.0 4.0 18 5.5 3.5
# of Supports
1* 2 3 4
* End Drive Conveyors with Single-Post Support Stands only. Requires the use of diagonal bracing. Heavy load gearmotors require a minimum of two stands to support conveyor and gearmotor package.
conveyor length in feet max distance between return rollers 14 6.75 = 2.07
example description: 7200 flat belt 8 wide x 14 long
mOunTinG BRACkeTS
Not required when purchasing sanitary support stands.
Cleated Stand mounting Bracket

5.28 (134)

3.00 (76)
3.47 (88) 2.25 (57) W-.16 (4) 2.25 (57) W-.16 (4)
3.47 (88)
M6-1.0
Part Number 450591
Part Number 450589
ReTuRn ROlleRS
Cleated Belt Stand mounting Bracket
For Cleated Belts and Flat Belts on 2 to 6 (51mm to 152mm) wide conveyors
3.00 (76)

For Flat Belts on 8 to 18 (203mm to 457mm) wide conveyors
1.23 (31)
W+.71 (18)
1.63 (41)
.69 (17)
W+.71 (18)
W = Belt Width Part Number 4514WW* * WW = conveyor width Note: Dimensions = in (mm) Description
.80 (20)
1.03 (26)
Part Number 450594
Stand Mounting Bracket, Flat Belt Conveyor
233
7200 & 7300 SerieS: SuPPort StAndS & AcceSSorieS

WW
Fixed Foot model

Conveyor Width 1.75
(44)
2.75
(70)
3.75
(95)
(44)
(152)
(203)
10
(254)
12
(305)
18
(457)
Direct Mount
WW Part # Reference Stand Width
02 10
(254)
03 11
(279)
04 10
(254)
05
06
08
10
12
18 18
(457)
11.3
(286)
12.3
(312)
14.3
(362)
10
(254)
12
(305)
dS
Top of Belt Height HH Part # Reference Stand Width 9.3

(236)
13-17
(330-432)
1 (25) increments up to... 0101 increments up to...
(1,778-1,880)
70-74 7074
1317 10.3
(262)
10.1
(257)
11.3
(287)
12.3
(312)
14.3
(362)
11.8
(300)
13.8
(351)
19.8
(503)
dP
Top of Belt Height HH Part # Reference Stand Width
15-19
(330-432)
(1,778-1,880)
70-74 7074
1519 10.5
(267)
11.5
(292)
11.3
(287)
12.6
(320)
13.6
(345)
15.6
(396)
9.8
(249)
11.8
(300)
17.8
(452)
mS
Top of Belt Height HH Part # Reference
14-18
(356-457)
(1,778-1,880)
70-74 7074
1418
note: HH is to Conveyor Top of Belt on DS and DP Models. HH is Top of Bracket for MS Models.

Conveyor Width WW Part # Reference Stand Width 1.75
(44)
2.75
(70)
3.75
(95)
(44)
(152)
(203)
10
(254)
12
(305)
18
(457)
02 10
(254)
03 11
(279)
04 10
(254)
05
06
08
10
12
18 18
(457)
11.3
(286)
12.3
(312)
14.3
(362)
10
(254)
12
(305)
dS
Top of Belt Height HH Part # Reference Stand Width 9.3

(236)
18-22
(457-559)
(1,778-1,880)
70-74 7074
1822 10.3
(262)
10.1
(257)
11.3
(287)
12.3
(312)
14.3
(362)
11.8
(300)
13.8
(351)
19.8
(503)
dP
Top of Belt Height HH Part # Reference Stand Width
21-25
(533-635)
(1,778-1,880)
70-74 7074
dS
mS
direct mount Horizontal
2125 10.5
(267)
11.5
(292)
11.3
(287)
12.6
(320)
13.6
(345)
15.6
(396)
9.8
(249)
11.8
(300)
17.8
(452)
Top of Belt Height HH Part # Reference
20-24
(508-610)
(1,778-1,880)
70-74 7074
2024
note: HH is to Conveyor Top of Belt on DS and DP Models. HH is Top of Bracket for MS Models.
dP
direct mount incline
Direct Mount Horizontal for direct conveyor mounting, conveyor must be level (mount directly to conveyor) Includes self-aligning adjustment foot for sloped floors All components are stainless #4 finish Metric fasteners Direct Mount Incline for angled conveyor applications Motor Mount for mounting under both horizontal and inclined heavy load bottom mount packages Sanitary support stands do not require mounting brackets If sanitary stainless steel support stands are not required for your application, you may order aluminum support stands. Contact Dorner for details.
ACCeSSORieS
mounting Clips
For easy mounting of light weight accessories Fasteners not included
M6 - 1.0 .10 (3) .56 (44) .88 (22) 1.25 (32) .44 (11)
Part Number 450186MSS
Description 7200 and 7300 Series Sanitary Mounting Clip
mS
motor mount 234
7200 & 7300 SerieS: PerFormAnce cHArtS / dAtA

COnVeYOR nO-lOAd TORQueS
(t no-load) average no-load torque* for 7200 & 7300 Series Conveyors
= Torque requirements for unloaded End Drive & Cleated Conveyors 14 in-lb (1.5 Nm) 15 in-lb (1.7 Nm)
note: The torque required to overcome the conveyors initial startup inertia may temporarily exceed the average no-load torque by a factor of 2-3 times. * Stated torques are average values based on Dorner standard belts running at 50 (15 m) per minute.
12 in-lb (1.4 Nm) 10 in-lb (1.1 Nm) 8 in-lb 7 in-lb (0.9 Nm) (0.8 Nm) 6 in-lb (0.7 Nm)
5 in-lb 4 in-lb (0.6 Nm) (0.5 Nm)
1.75" (44)
2.75" (70)
3.75" (95)
5" (127)
6" (152)
8" (203)
10" (254)
12" (305)
18" (457)
Conveyor Belt Width
mAximum COnVeYOR lOAd CHARTS

Maximum Conveyor Load Maximum Conveyor 7200 Direction A and D forLoad & 7300 Series Direction A and D for 7200 & 7300 Series
Maximum evenly distributed load for: Maximum = Sanitary Conveyors for: evenly distributed load = Sanitary Conveyors 42 lbs 42 kg) (19lbs 35 lbs (19 kg) 30 lbs 35 kg) (16lbs 30 kg) (14lbs (16 kg) (14 kg) 50 lbs 50 kg) (23lbs (23 kg)

A
60 lbs 60 kg) (27lbs (27 kg) 60 lbs 60 kg) (27lbs (27 kg) 60 lbs 60 kg) (27lbs (27 kg) 60 lbs 60 kg) (27lbs (27 kg) 60 lbs 60 kg) (27lbs (27 kg)
1.75" (44) 1.75" (44)
2.75" (70) 2.75" (70)
3.75" (95) 3.75" (95)
5" (127) 5" (127)
6" (152) 6" (152)
8" (203) 8" (203)
10" (254) 10" (254)
12" (305) 12" (305)
18" (457) 18" (457)
Maximum Conveyor Load MaximumB and C forLoad & 7300 Series Direction Conveyor 7200 Directionevenly distributed load for: Series Maximum B and C for 7200 & 7300
Maximum=evenly distributed load for: Sanitary Conveyors = Sanitary Conveyors 12 lbs (5 lbs 12 kg) (5 kg) 14 lbs (6 lbs 14 kg) (6 kg) 17 lbs (8 lbs 17 kg) (8 kg)
20 lbs (9 lbs 20 kg) (9 kg)
23 lbs (10lbs 23 kg) (10 kg)
27 lbs (12lbs 27 kg) (12 kg)
27 lbs (12lbs 27 kg) (12 kg)
27 lbs (12lbs 27 kg) (12 kg)
10 lbs (5 lbs 10 kg) (5 kg)
1.75" (44) 1.75" (44)
2.75" (70) 2.75" (70)
3.75" (95) 3.75" (95)
5" 6" 8" (127) (152) (203) 5" 6" 8" (127) (152) Width (203) Conveyor Belt
10" (254) 10" (254)
12" (305) 12" (305)
18" (457) 18" (457)
Conveyor Belt Width
235
7200 & 7300 SerieS: PArt numBer reFerence

7200 SeRieS: end dRiVe COnVeYOR 7 2 1 M 08 1000 D 0 1 01 Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Type: M = English, U = CE English Wiper / Mounting Bracket: 1 = no wiper with mounting brackets 2 = no wiper / no mounting brackets* 3 = end wiper with mounting brackets 4 = end wiper / no mounting brackets* 5 = dual wiper with mounting brackets 6 = dual wiper / no mounting brackets* 7200 End Drive Conveyor
A

B C D
Example: 721M081000D0101 Description: 7200 Series End Drive Conveyor, 8 (203) wide x 10 (3,048) long, drive shaft position D, with low sides and a FDA accumulation belt and English documentation.
7200 SeRieS: CleATed BelT end dRiVe COnVeYOR 7 4 A M 08 1000 D 0603 drive Shaft Position Cleat Spacing Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Cleat Type Mounting Bracket: 4 = with mounting brackets 5 = without mounting brackets* 7200 End Drive Conveyor
A B C D
Example: 74AM081000D0603 Description: 7200 Series Cleated Belt End Drive Conveyor, 8 (203) wide x 10 (3,048) long drive shaft position D, with Type A cleated belt with cleats spaced on 6.03 (153) centers and English documentation.
236

7200 SeRieS: GeARmOTOR mOunTinG PACkAGeS 72 M B L Z 06 A - 3232 drive Shaft Position Drive / Driven Pulley Combination Gearmotor Mounting Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Width Reference Gearmotor Type Gearmotor Output Shaft P = Parallel Shaft, L = 90 Left Hand, Heavy Load, R = 90 Right Hand, Heavy Load Mount Style: B = Bottom Mount Package T = Top Mount Package Documentation Language: M = English U = CE English Conveyor Series: 72 = 7200 End Drive 73 = 7300 End Drive
A B C D
Example: 72MBLZ06A-3232 Description: Sanitary bottom mount package with English documentation for left hand output 90 heavy load sanitary gearmotor, for a 6 (152mm) wide conveyor mounted in the A position with a 32:32 drive / driven pulley combination.
7200 SeRieS: SuPPORT STAndS 39M MS 04- 4044 F A A Angle Option: (MS & DP Models Only) 00-60 = Fixed Incline Angle in Degrees ST = Slotted for 60 Pivoting Caster Option: F = Fixed Foot Pads C = Swivel-Locking Casters* B = Fixed Foot Pad with Diagonal Brace Stand Height Reference Stand Width Reference Stand Type: DS = Direct Mount Horizontal Version DP = Direct Mount Incline Version MS = Motor Mount Version Example: 39MMS04- 4044F Description: Sanitary Support Stand with Fixed Foot Pads, for a 4 (102) wide conveyor and adjustable from 40 to 44 (1016 to 1122) high.
*Stands equipped with casters include diagonal bracing.
237

7300 SeRieS: end dRiVe COnVeYOR 7 3 1 M 08 1000 D 01 01
A

B C D
Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are Documentation Type: preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor M = English, U = CE English load capacity by approximately 66%. Wiper / Mounting Bracket: *may require belt return rollers 1 = no wiper with mounting brackets 2 = no wiper / no mounting brackets* 3 = end wiper with mounting brackets 4 = end wiper / no mounting brackets* 5 = dual wiper with mounting brackets 6 = dual wiper / no mounting brackets* 7300 End Drive Conveyor Example: 731M081000D0101 Description: 7300 Series End Drive Conveyor, 8 (203) wide x 10 (3,048) long, drive shaft position D, with low sides and a FDA accumulation belt and English documentation.
7300 SeRieS: CleATed BelT end dRiVe COnVeYOR 7 6 A M 08 1000 D 0603 Cleat Spacing Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, G = CE German, U = CE English Cleat Type Mounting Bracket: 6 = with mounting brackets 7 = without mounting brackets* 7300 Series Cleated Conveyor
A

B C D
Example: 76AM081000D0603 Description: 7300 Series Cleated Belt End Drive Conveyor, 8 (203) wide x 10 (3,048) long drive shaft position D, with Type A cleated belt with cleats spaced on 6.03 (153) centers and English documentation.
238

7300 SeRieS: GeARmOTOR mOunTinG PACkAGeS 72 M B L Z 06 A - 3232 drive Shaft Position Drive / Driven Pulley Combination Gearmotor Mounting Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Width Reference Gearmotor Type Gearmotor Output Shaft P = Parallel Shaft, L = 90 Left Hand, Heavy Load, R = 90 Right Hand, Heavy Load Mount Style: B = Bottom Mount Package T = Top Mount Package Documentation Language: M = English U = CE English Conveyor Series: 72 = 7200 End Drive 73 = 7300 End Drive
A B C D
Example: 72MBLZ06A-3232 Description: Sanitary bottom mount package with English documentation for left hand output 90 heavy load sanitary gearmotor, for a 6 (152mm) wide conveyor mounted in the A position with a 32:32 drive / driven pulley combination.
7300 SeRieS: SuPPORT STAndS 39M MS 04- 4044 F A A Angle Option: (MS & DP Models Only) 00-60 = Fixed Incline Angle in Degrees ST = Slotted for 60 Pivoting Caster Option: F = Fixed Foot Pads C = Swivel-Locking Casters* B = Fixed Foot Pad with Diagonal Brace Stand Height Reference Stand Width Reference Stand Type: DS = Direct Mount Horizontal Version DP = Direct Mount Incline Version MS = Motor Mount Version Example: 39MMS04- 4044F Description: Sanitary Support Stand with Fixed Foot Pads, for a 4 (102) wide conveyor and adjustable from 40 to 44 (1016 to 1122) high.
*Stands equipped with casters include diagonal bracing.
239
AquAGArd SerieS
7350 Sanitary ConveyorS StainleSS Steel
Straight Modular Flat and Cleated Belt Curved Modular Flat Belt Straight Z-frame Modular Flat and Cleated Belt Curved Z-frame Modular Flat Belt Widths: Curves: 4 (102 mm) to 36 (914 mm) Straights: 4 (102 mm) to 36 (914 mm) Z-frame Straights and Curves: 6 (152 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Lengths: 36 (914 mm) to 83 (25,298 mm) Load Capacity: Straights and Z-frame Straights: up to 750 lbs (453 kg) Curves and Z-frame Curves: up to 500 lbs (226 kg) models available
Applications:
Part Transfers Part Accumulation Mainline Packaging High Speed Long Runs Automated and Manual Assembly Part Incline / Decline Routing (Z-Frame)
240
AquAGArd 7350 SerieS
STANDARD FeATURe OveRvIeW
Curves 45, 90, 135 & 180
MODUlAR FlAT BelT MODUlAR CleATeD BelT CURveD MODUlAR FlAT BelT z-FRAMe MODUlAR FlAT BelT z-FRAMe MODUlAR CleATeD BelT
TIG Welded Stainless Steel Solid UHMW Open Frame Design
z-FRAMe CURveD MODUlAR FlAT BelT PROFIleS BelTING GeARMOTOR MOUNTING PACKAGeS GeARMOTORS SUPPORT STANDS POWeReD TRANSFeR ACCeSSORIeS PART NUMBeR ReFeReNCe
No Drilling with Innovative Key Hole & Mounting Rod
242 244 246 248 250 252 254 256 257 259 263 270 272 274 276
241
7350 SerieS: StAndArd FeAture Overview

AquaGard 7350 Series Conveyors
Improve your bottom line results with industry leading speeds, best in class product transfers, and ease of automation.
Dorners AquaGard is ready for your next product Move!
Tailor Fit Accessories for Your Needs

Ease of Automation & Guiding
low voltage Wiring Accesories
Accessory Bar for Mounting Multiple Accessories
Fully Adjustable Single Rail

242
Fully Adjustable Twin Rail
High Side Guide

Maximum Flexibility
Straight, Curve and Z-Frame Modules 3 Product Transfers to Choose From No Drilling Required for Ease of Automation or Guiding Attach controls, photo eyes, low voltage wire, & air tubing Attach accessory bar for mounting several automation components Attach any of standard guide packages to tailor fit conveyor
TIG Welded Stainless Steel Solid UHMW Open Frame Design
Increase Throughput
Speeds up to 260 feet per minute Available in Straights, Curves, and Z-Frames 1 Nose Bar Tails Powered Transfer
Reduce Product loss

1 Nose Bar Tails for small part transfer Powered Transfer for maintaining speeds through transfer Roller transfer plate for smooth product transfer in minimal added length
z-Frame 5 to 60
Curves 45, 90, 135 & 180
1 Nose Bar Drive
1 Nose Bar Tail
Patented Sprocket Alignment Key
Powered Transfer
Roller Transfer Plate
Formed Angle TIG Welded Stand

243
7350 SerieS: MOdulAr FlAt Belt
Specifications:
Loads up to 750 lbs (453 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 4 (102 mm) to 36 (914 mm) Total lengths: 3 (914 mm) up to 83 (25,298 mm) Wearstrip material is UHMW One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 12 TIG welded 304 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H1 Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available
* Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors.

Frame is constructed of TIG welded 304 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side The nose bar drive and idler tails (optional) has 1 diameter pulley available for small product transfers The Powered Transfer (optional) has 1/2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 100 psi max
OPTIONAl: OPTIONAl:
Powered Transfer
For small parts and maintaining speeds through transfer. Slave driven with speeds up to 175 ft/min.

For smooth product transitions in minimal added length.
244
AqUAGARD 7350 MODUlAR FlAT BelT

1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY 1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY 4.37 (111) Position A 8.87 (225) R0.89 (R23) 3.00 (76) Position A
W + 1.60 (41) W W
FLOW
OPTIONAL NOSE BAR TAIL Position D Position D
OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE L 4.13 (105) 4.26 (108) 5.82 (148) 10.18 (258) 12.31 (313) 3.00 (76) R0.89 (R23)
4.13 (105)
5.64 (143)
7.85 (199) 11.68 (297)
OPTIONAL NOSE BAR DRIVE

STANDARD SIzeS
O PTI O N Al:
Conveyor length (l)
Nose Bar Drive and Idler Pulley

1 (25.4 mm) diameter for small parts transfer. Speeds up to 260 ft/min.
Note: Nose Bar drive conveyors have a minimum conveyor length of 48
245
7350 SerieS: MOdulAr cleAted Belt
Specifications:
Loads up to 750 lbs (453 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 4 (102 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Total lengths: 3 (914 mm) up to 83 (25,298 mm) Cleats available in 1 and 3 heights Wearstrip material is UHMW One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 12 TIG welded 304 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H1 Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available

Frame is constructed of TIG welded 304 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 100 psi max
High Side Guides
246
AqUAGARD 7350 MODUlAR CleATeD BelT

1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY
Position A
Position A
7.19 (183)
W + 1.60 (41) 2.98 (76)

Position D
Position D
OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE
L (at initial factory belt tension) 4.13 (105)
4.13 (105)
5.64 (143)
4.26 (108) A = 6.82 (173) for 1" Cleats 8.82 (224) for 3" Cleats

STANDARD SIzeS

A D
Conveyor length (l)
247
7350 SerieS: curved MOdulAr FlAt Belt
Specifications:
Loads up to 500 lbs (453 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 4 (102 mm) to 36 (914 mm) Total lengths up to 83 (25,298 mm) 45, 90, 135, & 180 curves available Wearstrip material is UHMW One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 12 TIG welded 304 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H1 Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available
Flush Top, low Side Frame

Frame is constructed of TIG welded 304 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side The Powered Transfer (optional) has 1/2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 100 psi max
OPTIONAl: OPTIONAl:
Powered Transfer

248
AqUAGARD 7350 CURveD MODUlAR FlAT BelT
W + 2.39 (61) 6.00 (152) 4.24 (108) 4.48 (114)
4.24 (108)
4.48 (114)
L1 (MODULE 1)
5.75 (146)
1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY 1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY
W + 2.02 (51) Position A 4.77 (121) Position A 9.27 (235)
FLOW
W
Belt Width Table

W
Conveyor Width (in)

Position D
Top of Belt Width
Position D L3 (MODULE 3)
For more information, go to www.dorner.com. Call 800.397.8664 or 262.367.7600. W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm)
STANDARD SIzeS
04 4 (102mm) 036 Greater of 36 (914mm) or 2W 02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 001 increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to... 36 36 (914mm) 999 999 (25,375mm) 999 (25,375mm)
Conveyor length (l1)
Greater of 20 (508mm) or 1.5W
04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
4.0 6.0 7.80 9.81 11.79 13.75 15.72 17.69 19.66 21.63 23.60 25.55 27.51 29.48 31.45 33.42 35.39
4.75 6.75 8.55 10.56 12.53 14.50 16.47 18.44 20.41 22.38 24.35 26.29 28.26 30.23 32.20 34.17 36.14
4.81 7.38 10.6 14.1 17.5 20.8 24.1 27.4 30.7 33.9 37.2 40.5 43.6 47.0 50.2 53.6 56.8
249
7350 SerieS: Z-FrAMe MOdulAr FlAt Belt
Specifications:
Loads up to 750 lbs (453 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 6 (152 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Total lengths up to 83 (25,298 mm) 5 to 30 fixed angle modules available in 5 increments Wearstrip material is UHMW One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 12 TIG welded 304 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H1 Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available
Friction Insert Belts Available

Frame is constructed of TIG welded 304 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side The nose bar drive and idler tails (optional) has 1 diameter pulley available for small product transfers The Powered Transfer (optional) has 1/2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 100 psi max
OPTIONAl:
Powered Transfer*
Roller Transfer Plate*
OPTIONAl:
z-Frame Configurations
250
* Powered Transfer and Roller Transfer Plate are not compatible with friction insert belting. Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages 259-266. For support stands and accessories, see pages 269-275.
AqUAGARD 7350 z-FRAMe MODUlAR FlAT BelT
1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY 8.87 (225)
Position D
Position D
R0.90 (R23)
3.00 (76)
FLOW W
W-1.97 (50)
12.31 (313) 10.18 (258)
3.02 (77)
Position A
Position A
7.85 (199) 11.68 (297)
OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE L2 L3 4.36 (111) 6.01 (153) 5 or 10 4.18 (106) 5.82 (148) 3.00 (76)
OPTIONAL NOSE BAR DRIVE
L1
R0.89 (R23)


A D
STANDARD SIzeS
Conveyor length (l1, l2, l3)
251
7350 SerieS: Z-FrAMe MOdulAr cleAted Belt
Specifications:
Loads up to 750 lbs (453 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 6 (152 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Total lengths up to 83 (25,298 mm) 5 to 60 fixed angle modules available in 5 increments Wearstrip material is UHMW One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 12 TIG welded 304 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H1 Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available

Frame is constructed of TIG welded 304 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 100 psi max
High Side Guides
252
AqUAGARD 7350 z-FRAMe MODUlAR CleATeD BelT

8.87 (225)
Position D
Position D
W FLOW
W-1.97 (50)
Position A
Position A
3.02 (77) L1 OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE L2 L3 4.36 (111) 6.01 (153) 5, 10, 15, 30, 45 or 60 5.82 (148) 4.18 (106) 6.82 (173) FOR 1" (25) CLEATS 8.82 (224) FOR 3" (76) CLEATS W-2.76 (70) CLEAT WIDTH


A D
STANDARD SIzeS
253
7350 SerieS: Z-FrAMe curved MOdulAr FlAt Belt
Specifications:
Loads up to 500 lbs (453 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 6 (152 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Total lengths up to 83 (25,298 mm) 45, 90, 135, & 180 curves available 5 to 30 fixed angle modules available in 5 increments Wearstrip material is UHMW TIG welded 304 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H1 Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available
Friction Insert Belts Available

Frame is constructed of TIG welded 304 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side The Powered Transfer (optional) has 1/2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length. Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 100 psi max
OPTIONAl:
Powered Transfer*
Roller Transfer Plate*

OPTIONAl:
254
* Powered Transfer and Roller Transfer Plate are not compatible with friction insert belting. Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages 259-266. For support stands and accessories, see pages 269-275.
AqUAGARD 7350 z-FRAMe CURveD MODUlAR FlAT BelT

MODULE LENGTH MODULE LENGTH MODULE LENGTH
6.06 (154) 8.87 (225) 5 or 10 W 4.24 (108)

Position A Position D
3.46 (88) 1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY R2.24 (R57)
Position A
Position D
5.75 (146) 4.24 (108)
MODULE LENGTH
Belt Width Table

BELT RADIUS
Conveyor Width (in)

FLOW W-1.46 (37) W+2.28 (58)
Top of Belt Width

STANDARD SIzeS
06 6 (152mm) 036 Greater of 36 (914mm) or 2W 020 Greater of 20 (508mm) or 1.5W 024 24 (610mm) 02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 001 increments up to... 001 increments up to... 001 increments up to... 24 24 (610mm) 999 1 (25mm) increments up to... 999 (25,375mm) 999 1 (25mm) increments up to... 999 (25,375mm) 999 1 (25mm) increments up to... 999 (25,375mm)

04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
Conveyor length Reference (l1)
Conveyor length Reference (l2)
Conveyor length Reference (l3 , l4)
Conveyor length (l3 , l4)
4.0 6.0 7.80 9.81 11.79 13.75 15.72 17.69 19.66 21.63 23.60 25.55 27.51 29.48 31.45 33.42 35.39
4.75 6.75 8.55 10.56 12.53 14.50 16.47 18.44 20.41 22.38 24.35 26.29 28.26 30.23 32.20 34.17 36.14
4.81 7.38 10.6 14.1 17.5 20.8 24.1 27.4 30.7 33.9 37.2 40.5 43.6 47.0 50.2 53.6 56.8
255
7350 SerieS: PrOFileS

FlAT PROFIleS
W +2.96 2.99 W +0.06 0.97 11.68 8.63 6.61 +4.0 .50 -0.0 W +2.96 W +0.06 W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0
3 Bolt-On High SIde
04
1 Bolt-On High SIde
05
Fully Adjustable Round
13
W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0
W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0 2.51
W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0 2.51
11.68 +4.0 .50 -0.0
11.68 +3.0 1.0 -0.5
11.68 +3.0 1.0 -0.5
Fully Adjustable Round w/ Tool-less Handles

W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0 1.36
14
15
Fully Adjustable Twin Rail w/ Tool-less Handles
16
W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0 1.36
11.68
+3.0 2.0 -1.3
11.68
+3.0 2.0 -1.3
Fully Adjustable Flat
17
Fully Adjustable Flat w/ Tool-less Handles
18
Note: Profile 17 and 18 use flexible UHMW rail for flex around curve module.
CleATeD PROFIleS
W +1.81 W -2.20 3.01 1.16 W +1.81 W -2.20
1 Bolt-On High Side
02
3 Bolt-On High Side
03
W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) 256

7350 SerieS: MOdulAr BeltinG
Dorners Standard Modular Plastic Belting offers these valuable advantages:

Friction Inserts
are available for incline applications. Inserts may be placed along entire length of the belt or spaced on 2, 4, 6 or 12 centers.
Friction inserts are indented 2 (51 mm) from each belt edge.
Flat Top Belts

provide a very closed surface for complete product support, easy wiping.
Flush Grid Belts

provide an open surface for better drainage, cleaning or air flow/cooling.
Curve Belts
provide a tight radius, space saving corner. Side tabs ensure positive belt tracking with a flush top design. Reduces number of drives.
Cleated Belts
provide a sturdy cleat for elevation at steep inclines. Cleats available in 1 and 3 heights.
257
7350 SerieS: MOdulAr BeltinG

Standard Plastic Chain Options
Maximum Product Temperature F(C)*** Minimum Product Temperature F(C)*** Maximum Incline / Decline (degrees)** Nose Bar Idler Diameter in (mm) N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.6 (41)
Part Number Reference
Belt Thickness in (mm)
FDA / CFIA Approved*
Chemical Resistance
MN MP MC MD MG MH MJ MK NJ NK
Flat top Flat top Flush Grid Flush Grid Flat top Flat top Flush Grid Flush Grid Flat top w/ 1 Cleats Flat top w/ 1 Cleats Flat top w/ 3 Cleats Flat top w/ 3 Cleats Flush Grid w/ 1 cleats Flush Grid w/ 1 cleats Flush Grid w/ 3 cleats Flush Grid w/ 3 cleats
0 0 35 35 0 0 25 25 0 0 0 0 35 35 35 35
1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25)
0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10) 0.39 (10)
Blue White White White White White White White Blue White Blue White White White White White
Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene Acetal Polypropylene
Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Nylon Nylon Nylon Nylon Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene
40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) -40 (-40) 40 (5) -40 (-40) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5) 40 (5)
200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105) 200 (93) 220 (105)
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good
V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good V-Good Good
Wear Resistance Poor Poor V-Good TE TJ 12
Pitch in (mm)
Belt Material
Rod Material
Description
Belt Type
% Open
Color
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
Straight Flat Belts
Standard Drive & Idler Pulley Standard & Nose Bar Idler Pulley
Nose Bar Drive or Nose Bar Idler
Cleated Straight Belts
NL NM NE NF NG NH
Friction Top Straight Belts
SEE Flat top w/ TABLE friction inserts BELOW SEE Flush Grid w/ TABLE friction inserts BELOW
1 (25)
0.55 (14)
White
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
40 (5)
140 (60)
V-Good
20
35
1 (25)
0.55 (14)
White
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
40 (5)
140 (60)
V-Good
20
Curved Flat Belts
MT
Tight Radius
35
1 (25)
0.5 (13)
White
Acetal
Nylon
-40 (-40)
200 (93)
Good
N/A
* FDA = Food and Drug Administration, CFIA = Canadian Food Inspection Agency ** Temperature, environmental conditions, product materials and product configuration effect the maximum incline or decline. Product testing is recommended. *** These do not indicate ambient running conditions. Ambient temperature range is 30 to 100 F (-1 to 38 C). Product temperature is dependent on length of time product is in direct contact with belt surface. Product testing is recommended.
FRICTION TOP STRAIGHT PlASTIC CHAIN: Part number reference chart

Flat Top w/ Friction Inserts Part Number Reference Flush Grid w/ Friction Inserts Part Number Reference Friction Insert Spacing [links] Friction Insert Spacing TA N/A 1 1 (25 mm) TB TF 2 2 (51 mm) TC TG 4 4 (102 mm) TD TH 6 6 (152 mm)
12 (305 mm)
258
Note: Friction Top not available on nose bar drives
7350 SerieS: GeArMOtOr MOuntinG PAckAGeS

Bottom Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
13.09 (333) 0.46 (12)
9.22 (234)
16.77 (426)
Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, plated pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits Nose Bar Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
8.18 (208) 6.60 (168)
6.57 (167)
17.51 (445)
Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket and mounting hardware
259
7350 SerieS: GeArMOtOr MOuntinG PAckAGeS

3.83 (97)
14.78 (375)
13.59 (345)
2.87 (73)
11.21 (285)
Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, plated pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits Side Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
7.84 (199)
0.71 (18)
7.20 (183)
8.55 (217)
16.78 (426)
Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket and mounting hardware 90 Gearmotor location Options
260
7350 SerieS: Belt SPeed chArtS

Fixed Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 21 25 31 37 50 60 84 101 122 146 170 190 204 228 258 M/min 6.4 7.7 9.4 11.3 15.2 18.3 25.6 30.7 37.2 44.6 51.8 57.9 62.2 69.5 78.6 RPM From Gearmotor 21 21 31 31 50 50 84 84 122 122 170 190 170 190 258 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 4 - 21 5 - 25 6 - 31 7 - 37 10 - 50 12 - 60 17 - 84 20 - 101 24 - 122 29 - 146 34 - 170 38 - 190 41 - 204 46 - 228 52 - 258 M/min 1.3 - 6.4 1.5 - 7.7 1.9 - 9.4 2.3 - 11.3 3.0 - 15.2 3.7 - 18.3 5.1 - 25.6 6.1 - 30.7 7.4 - 37.2 8.9 - 44.6 10.4 - 51.8 11.6 - 57.9 12.4 - 62.2 13.9 - 69.5 15.7 - 78.6 RPM From Gearmotor 21 21 31 31 50 50 84 84 122 122 170 190 170 190 258 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz. 17 20 36 43 48 58 74 89 88 106 127 152 158 190 194 233 5.2 6.2 11.0 13.2 14.6 17.6 22.6 27.1 26.8 32.2 38.7 46.5 48.2 57.8 59.1 71.0 17 17 36 36 48 48 74 74 88 88 127 127 158 158 194 194 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors. VFD drive at 63 max. Hz. output. 4 - 27 5 - 33 9 - 58 10 - 69 12 - 77 14 - 92 18 - 118 21 - 142 21 - 141 25 - 169 30 - 203 37 - 244 38 - 253 2.6 - 5.2 3.1 - 6.2 5.5 - 11.0 6.6 - 13.2 7.3 - 14.6 8.8 - 17.6 11.3 - 22.6 13.5 - 27.1 13.4 - 26.8 16.1 - 32.2 19.4 - 38.7 23.2 - 46.5 24.1 - 48.2 17 17 36 36 48 48 74 74 88 88 127 127 158 x x x x x x x x x x x x x 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
261

Washdown 90 Gearmotor
Fixed Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 22 26 29 35 44 53 58 70 87 104 117 140 175 210 233 m/min 6.7 8.0 8.8 10.6 13.4 16.1 17.7 21.2 26.5 31.8 35.7 42.8 53.3 64.0 71.0 RPM From Gearmotor 22 22 29 29 44 44 58 58 87 87 117 117 175 175 233 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side & Nose Bar x Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 4 - 22 5 - 26 6 - 29 7 - 35 9 - 44 11 - 53 12 - 58 14 - 70 17 - 87 21 - 104 23 - 117 28 - 140 35 - 175 42 - 210 47 - 233 m/min 1.3 - 6.7 1.6 - 8.0 1.8 - 8.8 2.1 - 10.6 2.7 - 13.4 3.2 - 16.1 3.5 - 17.7 4.2 - 21.2 5.3 - 26.5 6.4 - 31.8 7.1 - 35.7 8.6 - 42.8 10.7 - 53.3 12.8 - 64.0 14.2 - 71.0 RPM From Gearmotor 22 22 29 29 44 44 58 58 87 87 117 117 175 175 233 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side & Nose Bar x Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz. 23 46 55 93 140 186 7.0 14.0 16.8 28.3 42.7 56.7 23 46 55 93 140 186 x x x x x x 5 5 5 5 5 5
RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors. VFD drive at 80 max. Hz. output. 6 - 37 11 - 74 13 - 88 22 - 149 34 - 224 45 - 298 3.5 - 7.0 7.0 - 14.0 8.4 - 16.8 14.2 - 28.3 21.3 - 42.7 28.3 - 56.7 23 46 55 93 140 186 x x x x x x 10 10 10 10 10 10
Industrial 90 Gearmotor
Fixed Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 29 35 43 52 86 103 173 208 m/min 8.8 10.6 13.1 15.7 26.2 31.5 52.7 63.3 RPM From Gearmotor 29 29 43 43 86 86 173 173 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x Side Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart
variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 6 - 29 7 - 35 9 - 43 10 - 52 17 - 86 21 - 103 35 - 173 42 - 208 m/min 1.8 - 8.8 2.1 - 10.6 2.6 - 13.1 3.1 - 15.7 5.2 - 26.2 6.3 - 31.5 10.5 - 52.7 12.7 - 63.3 RPM From Gearmotor 29 29 43 43 86 86 173 173 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x Side Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart
* * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * *
* Note: For Industrial Gearmotors see 3200 Gearmotors section on page 99, Charts 6, 9 and 10.
262
7350 SerieS: GeArMOtOrS

STANDARD lOAD, FIxeD SPeeD
Chart 1 Parallel Shaft, Painted Gearmotor
14.21 (361) 2.34 (60) 4.49 (114) 5.79 (147) 1.57 (40) 8.84 (224) 3.94 (100) 6.50 (165) 4.49 (114)
IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant FDA Approved Food Grade Paint Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 230/460 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hz Order Motor Starter Separately, see page 268
Gearmotor Type 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Part Number 73M081PS423FN 73M054PS423FN 73M034PS423FN 73M020PS423FN 73M013PS423FN 73M010PS423FN 73M008PS423FN 73M006PS423FN
RPM 21 32 50 84 122 170 190 258
3 Phase Hp 0.16 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 kW 0.12 0.19 0.37 0.56 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 Volts 230 / 460 230 / 460 230 / 460 230 / 460 230 / 460 230 / 460 230 / 460 230 / 460 FLA 0.88 / 0.44 1.12 / 0.56 1.90 / 0.95 2.70 / 1.35 3.66 / 1.83 3.66 / 1.83 3.66 / 1.83 3.66 / 1.83
in-lbs 483 507 633 563 517 374 333 246
Nm 55 57 72 64 58 42 38 28
Chart 2

14.21 (361) 2.34 (60) 4.49 (114) 5.79 (147) 1.57 (40) 8.84 (224) 3.94 (100) 6.50 (165) 4.49 (114)
IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant Un-Painted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 230/400 Volts, 3 Phase, 50 Hz Order Motor Starter Separately, see page 268
Part Number 73U081PS423FN 73U039PS423FN 73U029PS423FN 73U019PS423FN 73U016PS423FN 73U011PS423FN 73U009PS423FN 73U007PS423FN
RPM 17 36 48 74 88 127 158 194
in-lbs 389 549 620 531 451 469 372 327
Nm 44 62 70 60 51 53 42 37
Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. FlA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
263
9.05[230]
E 7.52[191] 2.83[72] 6.71[170]

7.13[181] 3.81[97] 2.29[58]
5.74[146]
4.00[102]
1.75[44]

Chart 3 Painted Gearmotor
9.05[230] 5.74[146] 2.83[72] 7.13[181] 4.00[102] 7.52[191] PAINTED - Single Phase
E=16.50[419] for .5 HP MOTORS 17.51[445] for 1 HP MOTORS 18.38[467] for 1.5 HP MOTORS
Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gear Box FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page 268 1.0 & 1.5 HP 208-230 / 460 Volts, 3 Phase
Part Number 74M080HS4(vp)FN 74M060HS4(vp)FN 74M040HS4(vp)FN 74M030HS4(vp)FN 74M020HS4(vp)FN 74M015HS4(vp)FN 74M010HS4(vp)FN 74M007HS4(vp)FN (vp) = voltage and Phase RPM 22 29 44 58 87 117 175 233 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Single Phase Only
6.71[170]
3.81[97]
2.29[58]
1.75[44]
E=17.48[444] for .5 HP MOTORS, 1 PHASE 16.50[419] for .5 HP MOTORS, 3 PHASE 17.51[445] for 1 HP MOTORS 18.38[467] for 1.5 HP MOTORS
1 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a FLA 6.8 / 3.7-3.4 6.8 / 3.7-3.4 6.8 / 3.7-3.4 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 1 1 1.5 1.5
3 Phase kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.74 0.74 0.74 1.11 1.11 FLA 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 4.6-4.2 / 2.1 4.6-4.2 / 2.1
in.-lbs. 356 442 486 487 407 470 442 360
Nm 40.2 49.9 54.9 55.0 46.0 53.1 49.9 40.7
11 = 115 / 208-230, 1 Phase
23 = 0.5 HP: 230 / 460 Volts, 3 Phase; 1.0 & 1.5 HP: 208-230 / 460 Volts, 3 Phase
Chart 4
STAINLESS STEEL
Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating B Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant 5.62[143] Stainless Steel Gear Box Stainless Steel Motor 3.75[95] A UL and CSA Approved 1/2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated 2.29[58] 3.81[97] 1 and 1 1/2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled A=7.17[182] for .5 HP MOTORS 208-230 / 460 V, 3 Phase 7.39[188] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for .5 HP MOTORS Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page 268 9.16[233] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS 0.5 Hp 230 / 460 V, 3 Phase 1.0 & 1.5 HP 208-230 / 460 V, 3 Phase
Part Number 74M080HZS423FN 74M060HZS423FN 74M040HZS423FN 74M030HZS423FN 74M020HZS423FN 74M015HZS423FN 74M010HZS423FN 74M007HZS423FN RPM 22 29 44 58 87 117 175 233 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.74 0.74 0.74 1.11 1.11
9.05[230] 5.74[146]
C 7.52[191] 2.83[72] D
1.75[44] C=16.54[420] for .5 HP MOTORS 19.23[488] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS D=6.71[170] for .5 HP MOTORS 7.16[182] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS
PAINTED
Volts
FLA 1.6 / 0.8 7.52[191] / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 5.8-5.4 / 2.7 1.75[44] 5.8-5.4 / 2.7 1.6 2.83[72]
in-lbs
E
Nm
7.13[181]
3.81[97]
230 / 460 230 / 460 230 / 460 4.00[102] 208-230 / 460 208-230 / 460 208-230 / 460 2.29[58] 208-230 / 460 208-230 / 460
356 40.2 442 49.9 486 54.9 6.71[170] 487 55.0 407 46.0 470 53.1 442 49.9 E=16.50[419] for .5 HP MOTORS 17.51[445] for 1 HP MOTORS 40.7 360
18.38[467] for 1.5 HP MOTORS
PAINTED - Single Phase
9.05[230] 5.74[146] 7.52[191] 2.83[72] 7.13[181] 4.00[102]
Single Phase Only
264
6.71[170]

Chart 5 90 Gearmotor
15.28 (388) 4.21 (107) 0.85 (21) 8.05 (204) LEFT HAND SHAFT COVER RIGHT HAND SHAFT COVER
Part Number 73U060HS423FN 73U030HS423FN 73U025HS423FN 73U015HS423FN 73U010HS423FN 73U007HS423FN 73U005HS423FN RPM 23 46 55 93 140 186 279 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
7.20 (183)
3 Phase Hp 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 kW 0.37 0.75 0.75 1.12 1.12 1.49 1.49 Volts 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 FLA 1.91 / 1.1 3.65 / 2.1 3.65 / 2.1 4.89 / 2.81 4.89 / 2.81 6.17 / 3.55 6.17 / 3.55
in-lbs 716 902 831 787 566 593 407
Nm 81 102 94 89 64 67 46
STANDARD lOAD, vARIABle SPeeD

14.21 (361) 2.34 (60) 4.49 (114) 5.79 (147) 1.57 (40) 8.84 (224) 3.94 (100) 6.50 (165) 4.49 (114)
Variable Frequency Drive, 12 to 60 Hz IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant FDA Approved Food Grade Paint Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 230/460 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page 268
Part Number 74M081PS423EN 74M054PS423EN 74M034PS423EN 74M020PS423EN 74M013PS423EN 74M010PS423EN 74M008PS423EN 74M006PS423EN
RPM 4.2 to 21 6.2 to 31 10 to 50 16.8 to 84 24.4 to 122 34 to 170 38 to 190 51.6 to 258
in-lbs 483 507 633 563 517 374 333 246
Nm 55 57 72 64 58 42 38 28
265

Chart 7 Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
14.21 (361) 2.34 (60) 4.49 (114) 5.79 (147) 1.57 (40) 8.84 (224) 3.94 (100) 6.50 (165) 4.49 (114)
Variable Frequency Drive IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant Unpainted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 230/400 Volts 3 Phase, 50 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page 268
Part Number 73U081PS423EN 73U039PS423EN 73U029PS423EN 73U019PS423EN 73U016PS423EN 73U011PS423EN 73U009PS423EN RPM 4.1 to 27 8.6 to 58 11.5 to 77 17.8 to 118 21.1 to 141 30.5 to 203 37.9 to 253 Gearmotor Type 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
STAINLESS STEEL
3 Phase Hp 0.16 0.5 0.75 A 1.0 1.0 1.5 3.81[97] 1.5

B
kW
Volts
FLA
7.52[191]
in-lbs
C
Nm 44 62 70 D 60 51 53 42
5.62[143]
0.12 230 / 400 0.37 230 / 2.83[72] 400 0.56 230 / 400 3.75[95] 0.75 230 / 400 0.75 230 / 400 1.12 230 / 400 2.29[58] 1.75[44] 1.12 230 / 400
0.96 / 0.55 1.9 / 1.09 2.64 / 1.52 3.65 / 2.1 3.65 / 2.1 4.89 / 2.81 4.89 / 2.81
389 549 620 531 451 469 372
19.23[488] for 1 & on/off switch Note: When buying7.39[188] for 1 & 1.5 HPwithout the starter, the customer must supply their own1.5 HP MOTORS a gearmotor only MOTORS B=8.97[228] for HP MOTORS D=6.71[170] for .5 HP MOTORS and motor overload protection .5 &comply with the CE Safety Directive. to 1.5 HP MOTORS 9.16[233] for 1 7.16[182] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS
A=7.17[182] for .5 HP MOTORS
C=16.54[420] for .5 HP MOTORS
Chart 8
90 Painted Gearmotor
PAINTED
Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz 3 Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gearbox FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order Controller Separately, see page 268
Part Number 74M080HS423EN 74M060HS423EN 74M040HS423EN 74M030HS423EN 74M020HS423EN 74M015HS423EN 74M010HS423EN 74M007HS423EN RPM 22 29 44 58 87 117 175 233 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
9.05[230] 5.74[146] 2.83[72] 7.13[181] 4.00[102] 7.52[191]
6.71[170]
3.81[97]
2.29[58]
1.75[44]
PAINTED - Single Phase 3 Phase
Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 7.13[181] 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 3.81[97]
kW
9.05[230] 0.37
Volts
FLA
in-lbs
Nm
230 / 460 230 / 460 0.37 5.74[146] 0.37 230 / 460 2.83[72] 0.74 208-230 / 460 4.00[102] 0.74 208-230 / 460 0.74 208-230 / 460 208-230 / 460 1.11 1.11 2.29[58]208-230 / 460 1.75[44]
E 1.6 / 0.8 356 40.2 Single Phase Only 7.52[191] 1.6 / 0.8 442 49.9 1.6 / 0.8 486 54.9 55.0 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 487 6.71[170] 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 487 55.0 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 470 53.1 4.6-4.2 / 2.1 442 49.9 4.6-4.2 / 2.1 360 40.7 E=17.48[444] for .5 HP MOTORS, 1 PHASE 16.50[419] for .5 HP MOTORS, 3 PHASE
17.51[445] for 1 HP MOTORS FlA = Full Load Amperes 18.38[467] for 1.5 HP MOTORS Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
266

Chart 9 90 Stainless Steel Gearmotor
STAINLESS STEEL
Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz 3 Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box and Motor UL and CSA Approved 1/2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated 1 and 1 1/2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled Order Controller Separately, see page 268
Part Number 74M080HZS423EN 74M060HZS423EN 74M040HZS423EN 74M030HZS423EN 74M020HZS423EN 74M015HZS423EN 74M010HZS423EN 74M007HZS423EN RPM 22 29 44 58 87 117 175 233 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B 5.62[143] 2.83[72] A 3.75[95] 7.52[191]
3.81[97]
2.29[58] 1.75[44] C=16.54[420] for .5 HP MOTORS 19.23[488] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS D=6.71[170] for .5 HP MOTORS 7.16[182] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS
A=7.17[182] for .5 HP MOTORS 7.39[188] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for .5 HP MOTORS 9.16[233] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS
3 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.74 0.74 0.74 1.11 1.11
9.05[230]
PAINTED
Volts
FLA
in-lbs
E
Nm
230 5.74[146]
7.13[181]
3.81[97]
/ 460 1.6 / 7.52[191] 0.8 2.83[72]1.6 / 0.8 230 / 460 230 / 460 1.6 / 0.8 4.00[102] 208-230 / 460 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 208-230 / 460 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 2.29[58] 208-230 / 460 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 1.75[44] 5.3-5.4 / 2.7 208-230 / 460 208-230 / 460 5.3-5.4 / 2.7
40.2 356 442 49.9 54.9 486 6.71[170] 487 55.0 487 55.0 53.1 470 E=16.50[419] for .5 HP MOTORS 442 49.9 17.51[445] for 1 HP MOTORS 18.38[467] for 1.5 HP MOTORS 360 40.7
Chart 10
90 Gearmotor
15.28 (388) 9.05[230]

LEFT HAND SHAFT COVER RIGHT HAND SHAFT COVER Single Phase Only
Variable Frequency Drive, 12 to 80 Hz IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant Un-Painted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 230/400 Volts, 3 Phase, 50 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page 268
Part Number 73U060HS423EN 73U030HS423EN 73U025HS423EN 73U015HS423EN 73U010HS423EN 73U007HS423EN RPM 5.5 to 37 11 to 74 13.2 to 88 22.3 to 149 33.6 to 224 44.6 to 298 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1
4.21 (107)
E 7.52[191] 2.83[72]
5.74[146]
0.85 (21)
7.13[181]
4.00[102]
8.05 (204)
6.71[170]
3.81[97]
2.29[58]
1.75[44]
E=17.48[444] for .5 HP MOTORS, 1 PHASE 16.50[419] for .5 HP MOTORS, 3 PHASE 17.51[445] for 1 HP MOTORS 7.20 18.38[467] for 1.5 HP(183) MOTORS
3 Phase Hp 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 kW 0.37 0.75 0.75 1.12 1.12 1.49 Volts 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 FLA 1.91 / 1.1 3.65 / 2.1 3.65 / 2.1 4.89 / 2.81 4.89 / 2.81 6.17 / 3.55
in-lbs 716 902 831 787 566 593
Nm 81 102 94 89 64 67
267
7350 SerieS: cOntrOlS

vARIABle SPeeD CONTROlleR
Chart A Variable Speed Controllers
10.3 (260) 6.3 (160) 4.5 (114)
Variable Frequency Drive Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless steel mounting hardware Digital Display Keypad with Start/Stop and Speed variation Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others UL Approved
Part Number 74MV1122S 74MV2322S 74MV1121S 74MV2121S 74MV4341S 74MV2127S 74MV2327S 74MV4347S Input Volts 115 230 115 230 460 230 230 460 Phase 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 Hz 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Volts 230 230 230 230 460 230 230 460 Output
8.0 (203)
8.8 (222)
Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Max Hp 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
Max Amps 2.2 2.2 4.0 4.0 2.0 6.8 6.8 3.4
A (width) 7.9 (200) 6.1 (155) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 6.1 (155) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200)
B (depth) 3.8 (96) 4.4 (112) 4.9 (124) 4.9 (124) 4.4 (112) 4.9 (124) 4.9 (124) 4.9 (124)
MANUAl MOTOR STARTeR

Chart B Manual Motor Starter
8.63[219] 6.26[159]
Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless Steel mounting hardware IP 66 Start / Stop Switch Lock out tag out capable Includes wiring to Motor Power to Starter by others No plug/cord set included
8.78[223]
1.00[25] 8.09[205] 7.00[178]
5.03[128]
7.44[189]
Part Number 74MM11F 74MM21D 74MM23A 74MM23B 74MM23C 74MM23D 74MM23E 74MM43A 74MM43B 74MM43C 74MM43D FlA = Full Load Amperes
Input Volts 115 208-230 208-230 208-230 208-230 208-230 208-230 460 460 460 460 Phase 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Hz 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
FLA 6.3 - 10 2.5 - 3.9 0.63 - 0.99 1.0 - 1.59 1.6 - 2.4 2.5 - 3.9 4.0 - 6.3 1.6 - 2.4 2.5 - 3.9 0.63 - 0.99 1.0 - 1.59
268
7350 SerieS: SuPPOrt StAndS

Fixed Foot Support Stands
All components are stainless steel with a 2B finish Vertical leg is formed sheet metal Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 10* for sloped floors Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications
Horizontal Mount
Fixed Foot Model
Conveyor Width
(102)
Adjustable Mount
(152)
(203)
2 (51) increments up to... 02 increments up to... 2 (51) increments up to... 02 increments up to... 1 (25) increments up to... 1 (25) increments up to... 01 increments up to... 2 (51) increments up to... 02 increments up to... 1 (25) increments up to... 1 (25) increments up to... 01 increments up to... 2 (51) increments up to... 02 increments up to... 1 (25) increments up to... 1 (25) increments up to... 01 increments up to... 2 (51) increments up to... 02 increments up to... 1 (25) increments up to... 1 (25) increments up to... 01 increments up to...
36
(914)
HM
Horizontal Mount
WW Part # Reference Stand Width* Width at Feet* Minimum Top of Belt Height Maximum Top of Belt Height
04
(178)
06
(229)
08 11
(279)
36 39
(991)
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)
HM
Horizontal Mount
(1,118)
44
16
(406)
17
(432)
18
(457)
(1,829)
72 76
20
(508)
21
(533)
22
(559)
(1,930)
AM
Adjustable Mount
HHHH Height Reference Stand Width* Width at Feet* Minimum Top of Belt Height Maximum Top of Belt Height HHHH Height Reference
Horizontal Mount w/Outriggers
1620
(178)
1721
(229)
1822 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)
(1,118)
44
AM
Adjustable Mount
20
(508)
21
(533)
22
(559)
(1,829)
72 76
24
(610)
25
(635)
26
(660)
(1,930)
2024
(178)
2125
(229)
2226 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
Stand Width* Width at Feet* Minimum Top of Belt Height Maximum Top of Belt Height HHHH Height Reference
22
(559)
24
(610)
26
(660)
(1,372)
54
HR
16
(406)
17
(432)
18
(457)
(1,829)
72 76
20
(508)
21
(533)
22
(559)
(1,930)
1620
(178)
1721
(229)
1822 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
Outrigger
Adj. Angle Mount w/Outriggers
22
(559)
24
(610)
26
(660)
(1,372)
54
AR
20
(508)
21
(533)
22
(559)
(1,829)
72 76
24
(610)
25
(635)
26
(660)
(1,930)
2024
2125
2226
7276
*Note: Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.
269

Swivel locking Caster Support Stands
All components are stainless steel with a 2B finish Vertical leg is formed sheet metal Has +/- 2 of adjustment Caster is swivel locking Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications
Horizontal Mount
Conveyor Width
(102)
(152)
(203)
36
(914)
HM
Horizontal Mount
WW Part # Reference Stand Width* Width at Feet* Minimum Top of Belt Height Maximum Top of Belt Height
04
(178)
06
(229)
08 11
(279)
36 39
(991)
16
(406)
18
(457)
20
(508)
HM
Horizontal Mount
(1,219)
48
21
(533)
22
(559)
23
(584)
(1,829)
72 76
25
(635)
26
(660)
27
(686)
(1,930)
AM
Adjustable Mount
HHHH Height Reference Stand Width* Width at Feet* Minimum Top of Belt Height Maximum Top of Belt Height HHHH Height Reference
2125
(178)
2226
(229)
2327 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)
(1,219)
48
AM
Adjustable Mount
25
(635)
26
(660)
27
(686)
(1,829)
72 76
29
(737)
30
(762)
31
(787)
(1,930)
2529
(178)
2630
(229)
2731 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
26
(660)
27
(686)
28
(711)
(1,473)
58
HR
21
(533)
22
(559)
23
(584)
(1,829)
72 76
25
(635)
26
(660)
27
(686)
(1,930)
2125
(178)
2226
(229)
2327 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
Outrigger
26
(660)
27
(686)
28
(711)
(1,473)
58
AR
25
(635)
26
(660)
27
(686)
(1,829)
72 76
29
(737)
30
(762)
31
(787)
(1,930)
2529
2630
2731
7276
270

TAll SUPPORT STANDS
Fixed Foot Model
Conveyor Width WW Part # Reference Stand Width at Foot * Top of Belt (Minimum) Top of Belt (Maximum) HHHH Part Number
(1,803) (1,905) (102)
(152)
(203)
in 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... in 1 (25mm) increments up to... in 1 (25mm) increments up to... in 01 increments up to...
(1,524)
60 60
04 71
06 72 76
08 73 77
(0.263)(HH max) + (WW + 6) inches

(1,829) (1,930) (1,854) (1,956) (2,413) (2,515)
95 99
75
7175
7276
7377
9599
All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 10 for sloped floors Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Includes Diagonal Brace for stability Tall Support Stands require the use of floor anchors
* Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory.
HM
AM
Horizontal Mount Tall Stand
Horizontal Mount
Adjustable Mount
lOW HeIGHT SUPPORT STANDS

Fixed Foot Model
Top of Belt (Minimum) Top of Belt (Maximum) HHHH Part # Reference Stand Width at Foot *
(178)
(229)
11
(279)
13
(330)
All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 10 for sloped floors Caster is swivel locking Horizontal conveyor mounts only
0711
0913
WW + 10.5 (267mm)

Conveyor Width WW Part # Reference Stand Width at Caster * Top of Belt (Minimum) Top of Belt (Maximum) HHHH Part Number
(102)
(152)
(203)
in 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... in 2 (51mm) increments up to... 14

(356) (457)
(1,524)
60 60
04 22
(559)
06 24
(610)
08 26
(660)
(1,981)
78
12
(305) (406)
16
(406) (508)
16 1216
18 1418
20 1620
SANITARY FlOOR ANCHOR KITS

Type 1 Sanitary Floor Anchor Kit
3/8 (10 mm) x 1.57 (40 mm) drop in Stainless Steel Anchor is flush with floor upon removal of bolt Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS-1

3/8 (10 mm) x 2 3/4 (70 mm) Stainless Steel Threaded anchor bolt protrudes above floor after installation Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS-2
271
7350 SerieS: POwered trAnSFer
Interfacing with large Pulleys for Small Part Transfers

Smoothly Transfer Parts Smaller than 2 Maintain Product Speed Through Transfer Compact, Space Saving Design with Minimal length Added
Finally, a belted transfer in a compact space saving design. The powered transfer incorporates precision timing belts for consistent tracking and speed; plus maintenance free operation. Timing belts smoothly travel over 1/2 nose bars for ease of product transfer. The innovative transfer module can be added to the 7350 Series conveyors or ordered as an individual conveyor.
272
7350 SerieS: POwered trAnSFer

Features & Benefits
1/2 diameter nose rollers for small part transfer Adjustable height and distance to main roller for fine tuning the product transfer High speed positive drive conveyor belts to ensure consistent speed Maintains product speed through transfer for gapping and pacing Located at drive and/or idler end of main conveyor Compatible with both curve and straight conveyors Compatible with all end drive tails and drive mount packages Made of corrosion resistant materials for wipe down or occasional wash down Slave driven from main roller for minimal install requirements
General Specifications
FDA approved 1/2 diameter self lubricated nose bar bushings Positive drive FDA approved urethane belting 300 series stainless steel / anodized aluminum construction Plated corrosion resistant bearings Used on infeed and exit tail For infeed tail : Needs conveyor to be ordered with output shaft tail For exit tail : Needs conveyor to be ordered with dual output shaft tail Can be purchased as a conveyor only Does not include mounting brackets or slave drive Includes output shaft only
Conveyor Specifications:
Conveyor Width: 4 wide to 36 wide in 2 increments Conveyor length: Adds less than 8 to conveyor length Conveyor Speed: Up to 175 ft/min Slave Drive Speed Options: Same Speed Speed Up by 1.6 : 1 Speed Down by 1.25 : 1
W+4.32 (110)
END OF BELT
7.44 (189)
4.56 (116)
11.57 (294) 14.12 (359)
273
7350 SerieS: AcceSSOrieS

ROlleR TRANSFeR PlATe
4 wide to 36 wide Includes 0.43 diameter rollers mounted in transfer plate Adjustable mounting to fine tune small parts transfer Used on curves and straights, infeed and exit tail All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel
W+1.85 (47)
END OF BELT
.56 (14) 1.18 (30)
3.18 (81) 4.31 (109)
4.69 (119) 5.31 (135) 7.71 (196)
OveRHeAD GUIDe
For part hold down or cover closing Adjustable height and position across width Round nose UHMW guide with stainless steel backing Lengths: 3 to 10 in 1 increments Horizontal Brackets provided for every 2 of length Available in standard adjustable and tool-less adjustable mount styles All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel Does not include vertical mounting post. To be used with profiles 13 thru 18 or upper guide assembly.
UPPeR GUIDe
Used for guiding lids and/or tall parts Round nose UHMW guide with stainless steel backing Equipped with or without tall adjustable height bracket Length: 3 to 10 in 1 increments (2) width adjusting options (standard 5 post, 10 post) Brackets provided for every 2 of length Available in standard adjustable and tool-less adjustable mount styles All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel
ACCeSSORY MOUNTING BAR

Used for mounting adjustable devices such as photoeyes and sensors Can be mounted directly to frame or in combination with guide brackets 2 Versions: 3 bar used to mount to 24 hole pattern in frames 1 L shape used to mount at tail ends Compatible with Value Guide blocks (VG-021-02) All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel
274

PHOTO eYe AND ReFleCTOR MOUNTING BRACKeTS
Mounts standard 18 mm diameter photoeyes or sensors Adjustable height and angle (3) Photo Eye types: Thru beam includes (2) mounts Reflector includes (1) Photo eye mount and (1) reflector mount (reflector included) Convergent includes (1) photoeye mount (3) Mount versions: To fixed post (does not include mounting post) To fixed post (includes mounting post) To accessory mounting bar (includes Value Guide Block and adjustable post) All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel
eleCTRICAl / AIR ROUTING ClIP

Light weight mounting clip for wire clips, conduit clicks, wire tie mounts, etc. Mounts directly to M8 guide bolts and/or lower frame lip May be mounted to inside of frame or outside of frame Offset to clear mounting screws Package of 10 pieces All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel
Part Number 735RC-10 Description Electrical / Air Routing Clip (package of 10 pieces)
M8 ACCeSSORY MOUNTING BOlT

Stainless steel mounting hardware M8-1.25 Male mounting stud Used with Dorner key-slot system Eliminates the need to access the inside of the frame Package of 10 pieces
Part Number 735M8-10 Description M8 Accessory Mounting Bolt (package of 10 pieces)
275
7350 SerieS: PArt nuMBer reFerence

7350 SeRIeS: MODUlAR FlAT BelT CONveYOR 735 M WW LLL D I A B C PP PP BB Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile (D Side): 01 = Lowside 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 02 = Integral High Side 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 04 = 3 High Side 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 05 = 1 High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 52 = High Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round Profile (A Side): 01 = Lowside 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 02 = Integral High Side 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 04 = 3 High Side 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 05 = 1 High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes A Side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 52 = High Side - .41 Diameter Holes A Side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round Idler End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from idler end with braces B = 12 from idler end H = 18 from idler end with braces C = 18 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 30 from idler end with braces E = 30 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from drive end with braces B = 12 from drive end H = 18 from drive end with braces C = 18 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end Motor Shaft Position: A or D Idler End: 1 = Standard 2 = Nose Bar Drive / Pulley Type: 1 = Standard Bottom Drive Drive Shaft Position 2 = Standard Side Drive D A 3 = Bottom Drive Double Output 4 = Side Drive Tail w/ Dual Output Shaft 5 = Nose Bar 6 = Nose Bar Customer Supplied Drive Length: 036-999 Belt Width: 04-36 Language: M = English Example: 735M1232441DHH0214TC Description: AquaGard 7350 Series straight flat belt stainless steel conveyor with auxiliary shaft side drive tail in position D and standard infeed tail, 12 (305mm) nominal width x 27 (8230mm) long with integral high side profile on the A side, tool-less fully adjustable round profile on the D side and type TC white flat (closed) top polypropylene plastic chain with friction inserts every four links. The conveyor is configured to have Dorner stainless steel support stands with diagonal braces 18 (457mm) from infeed end and 18 (457mm) from discharge end. Note: Usable chain width is 11.84 (301mm).
Conveyor sections longer than 11 (3353mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations.
276

7350 SeRIeS: MODUlAR CleATeD BelT CONveYOR 735 M WW LLL D I A B C PP BB SS Drive Shaft Position Cleat Spacing: 01-99 = Link Spacing D A Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile: 01 = Lowside 02 = 1 High Side 03 = 3 High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes Both Sides 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes Both Side Idler End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from idler end with braces B = 12 from idler end H = 18 from idler end with braces C = 18 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 30 from idler end with braces E = 30 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from drive end with braces B = 12 from drive end H = 18 from drive end with braces C = 18 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end Motor Shaft Position: A or D Idler End: 1 = Standard Drive / Pulley Type: 1 = Standard Bottom Drive 2 = Standard Side Drive 3 = Bottom Drive Tail w/ Dual Output Shaft 4 = Side Drive Tail w/ Dual Output Shaft Length: 036-999 Belt Width: 08-24 Language: M = English Example: 735M1811831AGH50NK06 Description: AquaGard 7350 Series straight cleated stainless steel conveyor with auxiliary shaft bottom drive tail in position A, 18 (457mm) nominal width x 9-10 (2997mm) long with low side with keyslot holes profile. Plastic chain is type NK white flat (closed) top polypropylene with 1 (25mm) tall cleats on 6 (152mm) centers. Note: Usable chain width is 15.13 (384mm). Depending upon belt width, each individual cleat may consist of multiple pieces. The conveyor is configured to have Dorner stainless steel support stands with diagonal braces 18 (457mm) from infeed end and 12 (305mm) from discharge end.
277

7350 SeRIeS: STRAIGHT INFeeD / IDleR SeCTION 1 735 1 M WW LLL D A PP PP BB 1 Sequence Number: 1 Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile (D Side): 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side Profile (A Side): 01 = Lowside 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round Infeed Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from drive end with braces B = 12 from drive end H = 18 from drive end with braces C = 18 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 30 from drive end with braces E = 30 from drive end M = 36 from drive end with braces F = 36 from drive end Pulley Type: 1 = Standard Idler Pulley Length: 036-999 Belt Width: 04-36 Language: M = English Example: 7351M120361B5001MT1 Description: AquaGard 7350 Series infeed module for a stainless steel curve conveyor with standard infeed tail, 12 (305mm) nominal width x 3 (914mm) long with low side with keyslot holes profile on the A side, low side profile on the D side and type MT plastic chain. The conveyor is configured to have Dorner stainless steel support stands 12 (305mm) from infeed end. Note: Usable chain width is 11.84 (301mm).
Section 1 (Infeed / Idler)
Section 2 (Curve)
Section 3 (Intermediate Straight)
Section 4 (Curve)
Last Section (Exit Drive)
278

7350 SeRIeS: CURve SeCTION 2 735 2 M WW DDD PP PP BB R 2 Position Sequence Number: 2, 4 D Side A Side Hand: R = Right, L = Left Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile Curve - D Side (Inside - R, Outside - L): 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side Profile Curve - A Side (Inside - L, Outside - R): 01 = Lowside 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round Degree of Turn: 045, 090, 135, 180 Belt Width: 04-36 Language: M = English Example: 7352M120905001MTL2 Description: AquaGard 7350 Series curve module for a stainless steel conveyor, 12 (305mm) nominal width x 90 degree angle at a 23.2 (589mm) radius to the center line of the belt and low side with keyslot holes profile on the A side, low side profile on the D side with type MT (open mesh) acetal plastic chain. Note: Usable chain width is 11.84 (301mm). Section 2 (Curve)
Section 4 (Curve)
279

7350 SeRIeS: STRAIGHT INTeRMeDIATe SeCTION 3 735 3 M WW LLL PP PP BB 3 Position Sequence Number: 3 D Side A Side Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile (D Side): 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side Profile (A Side): 01 = Lowside 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round Length: 036-999 Belt Width: 04-36 Language: M = English Example: 7353M120365001MT3 Description: AquaGard 7350 Series mid module for a stainless steel curve conveyor, 12 (305mm) nominal width x 3 (914mm) long with low side with keyslot holes profile on the A side, low side profile on the D side and type MT plastic chain. Note: Usable chain width is 11.84 (301mm).
Section 2 (Curve)
Section 4 (Curve)
280

7350 SeRIeS: STRAIGHT exIT / DRIve lAST SeCTION 735 4 M WW LLL D A SS PP PP BB 4 Drive Shaft Position Sequence Number: 3, 5 D A Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile (D Side): 01 = Lowside 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side Profile (A Side): 01 = Lowside 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round Discharge Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from drive end with braces B = 12 from drive end H = 18 from drive end with braces C = 18 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end Drive Position: A or D Pulley Type: 1 = Standard Idler Pulley 3 = Bottom Drive Tail w/ Dual Output Shaft 2 = Standard Side Drive 4 = Side Drive Tail w/ Dual Output Shaft Length: 036-999 Belt Width: 04-36 Language: M = English, U = CE English Example: 7354M120483AB5001MT5 Description: AquaGard 7350 Series discharge module for a stainless steel curve conveyor with auxiliary shaft bottom drive tail in position A, 12 (305mm) nominal width x 4 (1219mm) long with low side with keyslot holes profile on the A side, low side profile on the D side and type MT plastic chain. The conveyor is configured to have Dorner stainless steel support stands 12 (305mm) from discharge end. Note: Usable chain width is 11.84 (301mm).
Section 2 (Curve)
Section 4 (Curve)
281

7350 SeRIeS: GeARMOTOR MOUNT PACKAGeS 735 M S P S A GS CS Conveyor Sprocket: 30 = 30 Tooth, Blank = Side Drive Gearmotor Sprocket: 30 = 30 Tooth, 36 = 36 Tooth, Blank = Side Drive Drive Position: A or D Gearmotor Size: S = Standard Load, H = Heavy Load, L = Light Load Gearmotor Type: 1 = Washdown 90 Degree 2 = Washdown Parallel Shaft 3 = Industrial 90 Degree Drive Type: S = Side, B = Bottom, N = Nose Bar Language: M = English Example: 735MS1SD Description: AquaGard 7350 Series side mounting package for a 90 degree FDA painted gearmotor mounted in the D position.
7350 SeRIeS: SUPPORT STANDS 735 S HM WW 32 36 F Foot: C = Fixed Foot, C = Caster w/ Diagonal Brace, B = Fixed Foot w/ Diagonal Brace Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width: 04-36 Stand Type: HM = Horizontal Mount HR = Horizontal Mount w/ Outriggers AM = Angle Mount AR = Angle Mount w/ Outriggers Conveyor Type: S = Straight, C = Curve Example: 735SAR123438C Description: AquaGard 7350 Series 0 to 60 degree angle direct mounting outrigger stainless steel support stand for a 12 (305mm) wide 7350 series conveyor, adjustable height from 34 to 38 (864mm - 965mm) top of belt with total locking casters. This stand consists of stainless welded open channel construction and requires one 39MB-220 diagonal brace. Required stand height is 36.5 (926mm) and is stand number 1 from infeed end. Uncrated weight = 21 lbs. (9.5 kg).
7350 SeRIeS: TAll SUPPORT STANDS 3X MTH WW HH HH B Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width: 04-60 Stand Type: TH = Tall Horizontal Mount TA = Tall Angle Mount Conveyor Type: S = 7350 Straight, C = 7350 Curve
7350 SeRIeS: lOW HeIGHT SUPPORT STANDS 3X MLH WW HH HH F Foot: F = Fixed Foot, C = Swivel Locking Caster Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width/Stand Type: 00 = Fixed Foot Model 04 thru 60 = 4 to 60, Caster Model Conveyor Type: S = 7350 Straight, C = 7350 Curve
282

7350 SeRIeS: ROlleR TRANSFeR PlATe 735ST C - WW Conveyor Width: 04-36 Conveyor Type: S = 7350 Straight, C = 7350 Curve 7350 SeRIeS: OveRHeAD GUIDe 735HG A - LL Guide Length: 03-10 Guide Type: A = Adjustable, T = Tool-less
7350 SeRIeS: UPPeR GUIDe 735UG A W P - LL Guide Length: 03-10 Post: V = Vertical post, N = No vertical post Guide Width: 1 = 5, 2 = 10 Guide Type: A = Adjustable, T = Tool-less
7350 SeRIeS: ACCeSSORY MOUNTING BAR 735AM - LL Tail Version: 01 = 1 tail, 03 = 3 tail
7350 SeRIeS: PHOTO eYe AND ReFleCTOR MOUNTING BRACKeTS 735 PM - FP Post Type: NP = Fixed Post w/o post included FP = Fixed Post w/ post included AM = Accessory Mount Mount Type: PM = Photoeye Mount RM = Reflective Mount CM = Convergent Mount
283
AquAGArd SerieS
7360 Sanitary ConveyorS StainleSS Steel
Flat and Cleated Belt Z-Frame Flat and Cleated Belt Belt widths: 4 (102 mm) to 52 (1,321 mm) Lengths: 36 (914 mm) to 40 (12,192 mm) Load Capacity: up to 500 lbs (227 kg) models available
Applications:
Part Transfers Mainline Packaging High Speed Long Runs Automated and Manual Assembly Part Incline / Decline Routing (Z-Frame)
284
AquAGArd 7360 SerieS
STANDARD FeATuRe OVeRVIew FlAT BelT CleATeD BelT z-FRAMe FlAT BelT z-FRAMe CleATeD BelT
1 Nose Bar Tail
PROFIleS BelTING GeARMOTOR MOuNTING PACKAGeS GeARMOTORS SuPPORT STANDS
ACCeSSORIeS PART NuMBeR ReFeReNCe
286 288 290 292 294 296 297 301 305 311 314 316
285

AquaGard 7360 Series Conveyors
Improve your bottom line results with industry leading speeds, best in class product transfers, and ease of automation.
Dorners AquaGard is ready for your next product Move!
Tailor Fit Accessories for Your Needs

Ease of Automation & Guiding
low Voltage wiring Accesories
Accessory Bar for Mounting Multiple Accessories
Fully Adjustable Single Rail

286
High Side Guide

Maximum Flexibility
Straights & Z-Frame Modules 3 Product Transfers to Choose From No Drilling Required for Ease of Automation or Guiding Attach controls, photo eyes, low voltage wire, & air tubing Attach accessory bar for mounting several automation components Attach any of standard guide packages to tailor fit conveyor
Snap in Hard Anodized Aluminum Bed Rails
Increase Throughput
Speeds up to 300 feet per minute V-Guided Belt Tracking 1 Nose Bar Tails Powered Transfer
Reduce Product loss

1 Nose Bar Tails for small part transfer Powered Transfer for maintaining speeds through transfer Roller transfer plate for smooth product transfer in minimal added length
TIG welded Stainless Steel Open Frame Design
1 Nose Bar Tail
Tip-up Tail
Powered Transfer
Formed Angle TIG welded Stand

287
7360 SerieS: FlAt Belt
Specifications:
Loads up to 500 lbs (227 kg) Belt speeds up to 300 ft/min maximum (91 m/min) Belt widths: 4 (102 mm) to 52 (1,321 mm) Total lengths: 3 (914 mm) up to 40 (12,192 mm) Wearstrip material is hard coat anodized aluminum One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 11 TIG welded 304 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H1 Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available
Adjustable Scraper
OPTIONAl:

Frame is constructed of TIG welded 304 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Hard coat anodized aluminum wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Spindle has groove for V-guided belt and optimum performance Integrate jack-screw system in tails for belt take up and easy tracking adjustments The center drive (optional) allows additional clearance on ends when needed Nose bar idler tail (optional) has 1 diameter pulley for small product transfers The Powered Transfer (optional) has 1/2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 100 psi max
Tip-up Tail
1 Nose Bar Tail
288
AquAGARD 7360 FlAT BelT

W + 2.62 (67)
Position A Position A
FLOW W
4.47 (114) W
8.68 (220)
1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY 1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY
L 4.00 (102) R1.81 (R46)
4.00 (102)
4.53 (115)
5.59 (142)
5.00 (127)
OPTIONAl: CeNTeR DRIVe MODule
R0.56 (R14)


04 4 (102mm) 036 36 (914mm) 02 increments up to... 2 (51mm) increments up to... 001 increments up to... 1 (25mm) increments up to... 52 52 (1,321mm) 480 480 (12,192mm)
A B C D
STANDARD SIzeS
Conveyor length (l)
289
7360 SerieS: cleAted Belt
Specifications:
Loads up to 500 lbs (227 kg) Belt speeds up to 300 ft/min maximum (91 m/min) Belt widths: 6 (152 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Total lengths: 3 (914 mm) up to 40 (12,192 mm) Cleats available in 1 and 3 heights Wearstrip material is hard coat anodized aluminum One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 11 TIG welded 304 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H1 Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available
Sidewall Cleated Belts for Small Parts

Frame is constructed of TIG welded 304 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Hard coat anodized aluminum wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Spindle has groove for V-guided belt and optimum performance Integrate jack-screw system in tails for belt take up and easy tracking adjustments Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 100 psi max
High Side Guides
Tip-up Tail
290
AquAGARD 7360 CleATeD BelT

W + 2.62 (67)
Position A Position A
FLOW
W
4.47 (114) W 8.68 (220)
1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY 1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY W 4.00 (102) R1.81 (R46) W-2.78 (71) CLEAT WIDTH
4.00 (102)
4.53 (115)
A= 5.60 (142) for A or J cleats 6.17 (157) for B, K, P or S cleats 6.96 (177) for C, L, Q or T cleats 5.03 (128) for G or M cleats 5.39 (137) for N or R cleats W-2.82 (72) W-4.94 (125) CLEAT WIDTH B

SIDEWALL CLEATED BELT B= 5.78 (147) for W or Y cleats 6.57 (167) for X or Z cleats
A
STANDARD SIzeS
Conveyor length (l)
291
7360 SerieS: Z-FrAme FlAt Belt

Specifications:
Loads up to 500 lbs (227 kg) Belt speeds up to 300 ft/min maximum (91 m/min) Belt widths: 4 (102 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Total lengths up to 40 (12,192 mm) 5 to 30 fixed angle modules in 5 increments Wearstrip material is hard coat anodized aluminum One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 11 TIG welded 304 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H1 Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available
OPTIONAl:
Adjustable Scraper

Frame is constructed of TIG welded 304 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Hard coat anodized aluminum wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Spindle has groove for V-guided belt and optimum performance Integrate jack-screw system in tails for belt take up and easy tracking adjustments The center drive (optional) allows additional clearance on ends when needed Nose bar idler tail (optional) has 1 diameter pulley for small product transfers The Powered Transfer (optional) has 1/2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 100 psi max
Tip-up Tail
1 Nose Bar Tail
292
AquAGARD 7360 z-FRAMe FlAT BelT
4.47 (114)

Position D
z-Frame Configuration
W 8.68 (220)
FLOW
W+2.62 (67)
Position A
L1 L2 5.00 (127) R1.81 (R46) R0.56 (R14) 5.59 (142)
4.00 (102) 5, 10, 15 or 30
OPTIONAl: CeNTeR DRIVe MODule



A B C D
STANDARD SIzeS
Conveyor length (l1, l2)
293
7360 SerieS: Z-FrAme cleAted Belt

Specifications:
Loads up to 500 lbs (227 kg) Belt speeds up to 300 ft/min maximum (91 m/min) Belt widths: 6 (152 mm) to 24 (610 mm) Total lengths up to 40 (12,192 mm) 30 to 60 fixed angle modules available in 5 increments Wearstrip material is hard coat anodized aluminum One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 11 TIG welded 304 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H1 Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available
Sidewall Cleated Belts for Small Parts

Frame is constructed of TIG welded 304 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Hard coat anodized aluminum wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Spindle has groove for V-guided belt and optimum performance Integrate jack-screw system in tails for belt take up and easy tracking adjustments Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 100 psi max
OPTIONAl:
High Side Guides
Tip-up Tail
OPTIONAl:
294
AquAGARD 7360 z-FRAMe CleATeD BelT
Position D

FLOW
W
Position D
W-2.05 (52)
W+2.62 (67)
Position A
4.47 (114) W 8.68 (220)

Position A
L1
1.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH .25 (6) KEYWAY L2 L3 30, 45 or 60 R1.81 (R46) W W-2.78 (71) CLEAT WIDTH A 4.00 (102) W-4.94 (125) CLEAT WIDTH B W-2.82 (72)
A= 5.60 (142) for A or J cleats 6.17 (157) for B, K, P or S cleats 6.96 (177) for C, L, Q or T cleats 5.03 (128) for G or M cleats 5.39 (137) for N or R cleats
SIDEWALL CLEATED BELT B= 5.78 (147) for W or Y cleats 6.57 (167) for X or Z cleats


A B C D
STANDARD SIzeS
295
7360 SerieS: PrOFileS

FlAT PROFIleS
W +2.96 2.99 W +0.06 0.97 11.68 8.63 6.61 +4.0 .50 -0.0 W +2.96 W +0.06 W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0
3 Bolt-On High SIde
04
1 Bolt-On High SIde
05
Fully Adjustable Round
13
W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0
W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0 2.51
W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0 2.51
11.68 +4.0 .50 -0.0
11.68 +3.0 1.0 -0.5
11.68 +3.0 1.0 -0.5
Fully Adjustable Round w/ Tool-less Handles

W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0 1.36
14
15
Fully Adjustable Twin Rail w/ Tool-less Handles
16
W +4.0 +0.5 W -8.0 1.36
11.68
+3.0 2.0 -1.3
11.68
+3.0 2.0 -1.3
Fully Adjustable Flat
17
Fully Adjustable Flat w/ Tool-less Handles
18
CleATeD PROFIleS
W +1.81 W -2.20 3.01 1.16 W +1.81 W -2.20
1 Bolt-On High Side
02
3 Bolt-On High Side
03
w = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) 296

7360 SerieS: StAndArd BeltinG

wet applications are limited to specialty belt types 54, 55, 69 and 70 only!

Belt Type - Metal Clipper** Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Finger Splice
Standard belt material is stocked at Dorner, then cut & spliced at the factory for fast conveyor shipment.
01 02 03 05 06 08 09
A1 A2 A3 A5 A6 A8
1A 2A 3A 5A 6A 8A
FDA Accumulation General Purpose FDA High Friction Accumulation Electrically Conductive High Friction Nose Bar High Friction
0.063 (1.6) 0.071 (1.8) 0.063 (1.6) 0.047 (1.2) 0.063 (1.6) 0.083 (2.1) 0.055 (1.4)
Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane PVC Urethane
Polyester Polyester Polyester Polyester Polyester Polyester Polyester
176F (80C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 158F (70C) 212F (100C)
Low Med High V-Low Low V-High High
x x x x
x x x x x x x
Good Good Good Good Good Poor Good
Packaging, clean room & inspection Most versatile belt offering Packaging, clean room & inspection Accumulation of products Electronics Handling Conveys up to 35 inclines* Nose Bar Applications
Note: See below for splice details. Plastic Clipper splice requires longer lead times. No Metal Clipper Splice on belts over 48 (1,219 mm) wide. *Incline varies due to factors like dust, fluids and part material. **Metal Clipper splices are not sanitary.
BelT SPlICING
Finger Splice
All belts are available with a standard Thermoformed finger splice. This splice makes the belt continuous and is virtually undetectable. Splice bonding methods vary by belt type. Consult factory for details.
Plastic Clipper***
Metal Clipper***
An optional metal clipper splice is also available for quick removal of belts or when conveyors are installed in tight spaces. (Not Sanitary)
** See belt charts for compatibility. Not for use with 7360 Series belt scraper option. Plastic and Metal Clippers are slightly thicker than base belt. Contact factory for details.
Maximum Part Temp.
Belt Specifications
Chemical Resistant
Static Conductive
Surface Material
Carcass Material
FDA Approved
Anti-Static
Thickness
297
7360 SerieS: SPeciAlty BeltinG

wet applications are limited to specialty belt types 54, 55, 69 and 70 only!
Solid urethane belt for added sanitary protection See belt type 70 below High Release Cover belt for handling sticky food such as raw dough See belt type 71 below

Belt Type - Metal Clipper** Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Finger Splice
54 55 56 57 59 60 61 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
F4 F5
4F 5F 6F 7F
FDA Sealed Edge FDA Sealed Edge Cut Resistant Cut Resistant Color Contrasting Color Contrasting Color Contrasting Electrically Conductive High Friction Chemical Resistant Chemical Resistant Low Friction Cleated FDA Encased* FDA Encased* Solid Urethane High Release Cover Nose Bar Low Friction
0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.08 (2.1) 0.10 (2.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.05 (1.2) 0.05 (1.2) 0.05 (1.2) 0.17 (4.4) 0.05 (1.2) 0.07 (1.7) 0.06 (1.6) 0.08 (2.0) 0.08 (2.0) 0.10 (2.5) 0.07 (1.7) 0.05 (1.2)
Urethane Urethane Urethane Nitrile PVC Urethane Urethane Urethane PVC Polypropylene Polyester Polyester Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane
176F (80C) 176F (80C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 158F (70C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 140F (60C) 194F (90C) 248F (120C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C)
Low High Med. Med. Med. Low Low Low V-High Low Med. n/a Low High Med. Low Low
x x
Good Good Good Poor Poor
Good Good Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor V-Good V-Good V-Good Poor Poor
Packaging, clean room & inspection, wet environment Packaging, clean room & inspection, wet environment Oily product release, Metal stamping Felt-like, dry metal stamping, glass & ceramic Black colored, hides overspray from ink jet Green colored, Nose Bar Blue colored, Nose Bar Static conductive, electronics handling Dark Green colored, rough top surface, product cushioning, incline / decline apps Very good cut resistance, excellent product release Good Cut resistance, metal stamping apps Excellent product release, consult factory for part number and how to specify low friction Urethane Enclosed for added sanitary protection Urethane Enclosed for added sanitary protection USDA Approved, wet applications Raw dough or sticky food product Nose Bar Applications
F9 G0 G1
9F 0G 1G 3G 4G 5G 6G 7G
x x
Good Good Good Poor
x x x x x x x x
V-Good V-Good Good Good Good Good Good Good
G8 G9
No Metal Clipper Splice on belts over 48 (1,219 mm) wide. * Not available in 2 (51 mm) wide. **Metal Clipper splices are not sanitary.
298
Maximum Part Temp.
Chemical Resistance
Moisture Resistance
Belt Specifications
Surface Material
Belt Thickness
FDA Approved
7360 SerieS: StAndArd cleAted BeltinG

* = Maximum 7 conveyor length for 18 and wider conveyors
.43 (11)
.053 typ. (1.4)
1.00 (25)
1.57 (40)
2.36 (60)
** = Maximum 20 (508 mm) cleat spacing for 7 and longer conveyors Note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (50 mm). Consult Factory.
.35 typ.
I** (9)
II**
III**
IV*
Standard Cleated Belting

Cleat Material FDA Approved Cleat Height, in (mm) Belt Surface Material Chemical Resistance Moisture Resistance Illustration I II III IV I II III IV Belt Thickness, in (mm) Max. Part Temp. 176F (80C) 176F (80C) 176F (80C) 176F (80C) 212F (100C) 2.36 (60.00) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) Base Belt High Friction High Friction High Friction High Friction Low Friction Low Friction Low Friction Low Friction
Part No. A B C G J K l M
0.055 (1.4) 0.055 (1.4) 0.055 (1.4)
Urethane Urethane Urethane
1.00 (25) 1.57 (40) 2.36 (60) 0.43 (11) 1.00 (25)
Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good
Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor Poor
0.055 (1.4)(5.50) Urethane 0.22 TYP. 0.06 (1.6) 0.06 (1.6) 0.06 (1.6) 0.06 (1.6)
0.79 (20.00)
Urethane
Urethane
1.57 (40) 1.57 (40.00) Urethane 2.36 (60) 0.43 (11) Urethane Urethane
Urethane Urethane
0.41 (10.50)
CleAT SPACING I**

x x-.17 (4)
II**
III**
Steps:
1) Refer to Formulas below 2) Use formula 1 to determine the approximate number of cleats required based upon the desired cleat spacing. Since a partial cleat cannot be used, round the number of cleats up or down 3) Use formula 2 toTYP. the cleat space reference for the conveyor part number 0.13 (3.30) get
1.18 (30.00) 1.97 (50.00)
Formula 1
Number of Cleats = (Conveyor Length in feet x 24) + 4.00 Desired cleat spacing in inches (x)
I**
example
Using a 6 long conveyor and 6 cleat spacing
0.41 (10.50) Number of Cleats =
II**
(6 x 24) + 4.00 6
148 6
24 Cleats (rounded)
Formula 2
Cleat Space Reference (x) = (Conveyor Length in feet x 24) + 4.00 Number of Cleats from Formula 1
example
Using a 6 long conveyor and 24 cleats Cleat Spacing in inches (x) = (6 x 24) + 4.00 24 cleats = 148 24 = 6.17 or 0617 Cleat Reference
DOC0989
299
7360 SerieS: SPeciAlty cleAted BeltinG

w = Conveyor Belt Width*
0.22 (5.50) TYP. 0.79 (20.00) 2.36 (60.00) 1.57 (40.00)
A = Pocket Width A = w - 4.57 (116)
0.41 (10.50)
I** II** III**
IV Cleat Height
* = Maximum 7 conveyor length for 18 and wider conveyors ** = Maximum 20 (508 mm) cleat spacing for 7 and longer conveyors Note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (50 mm). Consult Factory. Specialty Cleated Belting
Cleat Material FDA Approved Cleat Height, in (mm) Belt Surface Material
0.13 (3.30) TYP.

Belt Thickness, in (mm) Base Belt Part No.
Chemical Resistance
Moisture Resistance
1.18 (30.00)
1.97 (50.00)
Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane
N P
Sealed Edge Sealed Edge Sealed Edge Encased Encased Encased Standard Standard Sealed Edge Sealed Edge Encased Encased
0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.08 (2.0) 0.08 (2.0) I** 0.08 (2.0)
Urethane Urethane
0.79 (20) 1.57 (40) 2.36 (60) 0.79 (20) 1.57 (40)II** 2.36 (60) 1.18 (30) 1.97 (50) 1.18 (30) 1.97 (50) 1.18 (30) 1.97 (50)
176F (80C) 176F (80C) 176F (80C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 212F (100C) 176F (80C) 176F (80C) 176F (80C)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good
Good Good Good Very Good Very Good Very Good Poor Poor Good Good Very Good Very Good
Cleated
q R S T
0.41 (10.50)
Urethane Urethane
Urethane
W+1.70Urethane (43mm) Pocket Width Urethane

Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane
Sidewall Cleated
u V w
W-2.55Urethane (65mm) 0.06 (1.5)

0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5)
X 7.16 (182mm) Y z
8.66176F (80C) (220mm)

176F (80C) 176F (80C)
W+1.77 (45mm)
W+1.77 (45mm) Prole for Cleat Types II & III
DOC0989
Good
CleAT SPACING
x
Prole for Cleat Type I
x - .22 (5.5)
Steps:
1) Refer to 7360 Series Formulas on the previous page. 2) Use formula 1 to determine the approximate number of cleats required based upon the desired cleat spacing. Since a partial cleat cannot be used, round the number of cleats up or down
Illustration I II III I II III IV IV IV IV IV IV
Max. Part Temp.
3) Use formula 2 to get the cleat space reference for the conveyor part number
W W-2.82 (72) W-4.57 (116) (Pocket Width) C = 6.74 (171) for Type I cleats 7.53 (191) for Type II cleats 8.31 (211) for Type III cleats
300
7360 SerieS: GeArmOtOr mOuntinG PAckAGeS

GeARMOTOR MOuNTING PACKAGe & GeARMOTOR SeleCTION STePS
Select a Gearmotor Mounting Package (page 301-302). Locate the appropriate gearmotor chart (pages 303-304) in terms of Painted vs. Stainless Steel and Fixed Speed vs. Variable Speed. Use the Belt Speed Column to locate the Part Number for your desired Gearmotor.
A

B C D
Bottom Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
13.09 (333) 0.46 (12)
9.22 (234)
16.77 (426)
Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, plated pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits W = Conveyor Belt Width
301
7360 SerieS: GeArmOtOr mOuntinG PAckAGeS

3.83 (97)
14.78 (375)
13.59 (345)
2.87 (73)
11.21 (285)
Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, plated pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits Side Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor
7.84 (199)
0.71 (18)
7.20 (183)
8.55 (217)
16.78 (426)
Includes stainless steel gearmotor bracket and mounting hardware 90 Gearmotor location Options
302

Fixed Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 20 23 29 35 47 56 78 94 114 136 158 177 190 213 241 289 M/min 6.1 7.0 8.8 10.7 14.3 17.1 23.8 28.7 34.7 41.5 48.2 53.9 57.9 64.9 73.5 88.1 RPM From Gearmotor 21 21 31 31 50 50 84 84 122 122 170 190 170 190 258 258 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 4 - 20 5 - 23 6 - 29 7 - 35 9 - 47 11 - 56 16 - 78 19 - 94 23 - 114 27 - 136 32 - 158 35 - 177 38 - 190 43 - 213 48 - 241 58 - 289 M/min 1.2 - 6.1 1.4 - 7.0 1.8 - 8.8 2.1 - 10.7 2.9 - 14.3 3.4 - 17.1 4.8 - 23.8 5.7 - 28.7 6.9 - 34.7 8.3 - 41.5 9.6 - 48.2 10.8 - 53.9 11.6 - 57.9 13.0 - 64.9 14.7 - 73.5 17.6 - 88.1 RPM From Gearmotor 21 21 31 31 50 50 84 84 122 122 170 190 170 190 258 258 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz. 16 19 34 40 45 54 69 83 82 98 118 142 147 177 181 217 4.9 5.8 10.4 12.2 13.7 16.5 21.0 25.3 25.0 29.9 36.0 43.3 44.8 53.9 55.2 66.1 17 17 36 36 48 48 74 74 88 88 127 127 158 158 194 194 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors. VFD drive at 63 max. Hz. output. 4 - 27 5 - 33 9 - 58 10 - 69 12 - 77 14 - 92 18 - 118 21 - 142 21 - 141 25 - 169 30 - 203 37 - 244 38 - 253 2.6 - 5.2 3.1 - 6.2 5.5 - 11.0 6.6 - 13.2 7.3 - 14.6 8.8 - 17.6 11.3 - 22.6 13.5 - 27.1 13.4 - 26.8 16.1 - 32.2 19.4 - 38.7 23.2 - 46.5 24.1 - 48.2 17 17 36 36 48 48 74 74 88 88 127 127 158 x x x x x x x x x x x x x 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
303

washdown 90 Gearmotor
Fixed Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 21 25 27 32 41 49 54 65 81 97 109 131 163 196 217 261 m/min 6.4 7.6 8.2 9.8 12.5 14.9 16.5 19.8 24.7 29.6 33.2 39.9 49.7 59.7 66.1 79.6 RPM From Gearmotor 22 22 29 29 44 44 58 58 87 87 117 117 175 175 233 233 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side x Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
Variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 2 - 21 3 - 25 3 - 27 3 - 32 4 - 41 5 - 49 5 - 54 7 - 65 8 - 81 10 - 97 11 - 109 13 - 131 16 - 163 20 - 196 22 - 217 26 - 261 m/min 0.6 - 6.4 0.8 - 7.6 0.8 - 8.2 1.0 - 9.8 1.3 - 12.5 1.5 - 14.9 1.7 - 16.5 2.0 - 19.8 2.5 - 24.7 3.0 - 29.6 3.3 - 33.2 4.0 - 39.9 5.0 - 49.7 6.0 - 59.7 6.6 - 66.1 8.0 - 79.6 RPM From Gearmotor 22 22 29 29 44 44 58 58 87 87 117 117 175 175 233 233 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Side x Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9
Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz. 21 43 51 87 131 173 6.4 13.1 15.5 26.5 39.9 52.7 23 46 55 93 140 186 x x x x x x 5 5 5 5 5 5
RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors. VFD drive at 80 max. Hz. output. 4 - 34 9 - 69 10 - 82 17 - 139 26 - 210 35 - 277 1.3 - 10.0 2.6 - 21.0 3.1 - 25.0 5.3 - 42.0 8.0 - 64.0 10.5 - 84.0 23 46 55 93 140 186 x x x x x x 10 10 10 10 10 10
Industrial 90 Gearmotor
Fixed Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 27 32 40 48 80 96 161 194 m/min 8.2 9.8 12.2 14.6 24.4 29.3 49.1 59.1 RPM From Gearmotor 29 29 43 43 86 86 173 173 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x Side Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart
Variable Speed
Belt Speed Ft/min 3 - 27 3 - 32 4 - 40 5 - 48 8 - 80 10 - 96 16 - 161 19 - 194 m/min 0.8 - 8.2 1.0 - 9.8 1.2 - 12.2 1.5 - 14.6 2.4 - 24.4 2.9 - 29.3 4.9 - 49.1 5.9 - 59.1 RPM From Gearmotor 29 29 43 43 86 86 173 173 Mount Package Bottom x x x x x x x x Side Pulley Kit Drive Pulley 30 36 30 36 30 36 30 36 Driven Pulley 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Gearmotor Chart
* * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * *
* Note: For Industrial Gearmotors see 3200 Gearmotors section on page 99, Charts 6, 9 and 10.
304
7360 SerieS: GeArmOtOrS

STANDARD lOAD, FIXeD SPeeD
14.21 (361) 2.34 (60) 4.49 (114) 5.79 (147) 1.57 (40) 8.84 (224) 3.94 (100) 6.50 (165) 4.49 (114)
IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant FDA Approved Food Grade Paint Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 230/460 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hz Order Motor Starter Separately, see page 310
Part Number 73M081PS423FN 73M054PS423FN 73M034PS423FN 73M020PS423FN 73M013PS423FN 73M010PS423FN 73M008PS423FN 73M006PS423FN
RPM 21 32 50 84 122 170 190 258
in-lbs 483 507 633 563 517 374 333 246
Nm 55 57 72 64 58 42 38 28
Chart 2

14.21 (361) 2.34 (60) 4.49 (114) 5.79 (147) 1.57 (40) 8.84 (224) 3.94 (100) 6.50 (165) 4.49 (114)
Part Number 73U081PS423FN 73U039PS423FN 73U029PS423FN 73U019PS423FN 73U016PS423FN 73U011PS423FN 73U009PS423FN 73U007PS423FN
RPM 17 36 48 74 88 127 158 194
in-lbs 389 549 620 531 451 469 372 327
Nm 44 62 70 60 51 53 42 37
305
9.05[230]
E 7.52[191] 2.83[72] 6.71[170]

7.13[181] 3.81[97] 2.29[58]
5.74[146]
4.00[102]
1.75[44]

Chart 3 Painted Gearmotor
9.05[230] 5.74[146] 2.83[72] 7.13[181] 4.00[102] 7.52[191] PAINTED - Single Phase
Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gear Box FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page 310 1.0 & 1.5 HP 208-230 / 460 Volts, 3 Phase
Part Number 74M080HS4(vp)FN 74M060HS4(vp)FN 74M040HS4(vp)FN 74M030HS4(vp)FN 74M020HS4(vp)FN 74M015HS4(vp)FN 74M010HS4(vp)FN 74M007HS4(vp)FN (vp) = voltage and Phase RPM 22 29 44 58 87 117 175 233 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Single Phase Only
6.71[170]
3.81[97]
2.29[58]
1.75[44]
E=17.48[444] for .5 HP MOTORS, 1 PHASE 16.50[419] for .5 HP MOTORS, 3 PHASE 17.51[445] for 1 HP MOTORS 18.38[467] for 1.5 HP MOTORS
1 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a FLA 6.8 / 3.7-3.4 6.8 / 3.7-3.4 6.8 / 3.7-3.4 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 1 1 1.5 1.5
3 Phase kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.74 0.74 0.74 1.11 1.11 FLA 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 4.6-4.2 / 2.1 4.6-4.2 / 2.1
in.-lbs. 356 442 486 487 407 470 442 360
Nm 40.2 49.9 54.9 55.0 46.0 53.1 49.9 40.7
11 = 115 / 208-230, 1 Phase
23 = 0.5 HP: 230 / 460 Volts, 3 Phase; 1.0 & 1.5 HP: 208-230 / 460 Volts, 3 Phase
Chart 4
STAINLESS STEEL
Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating B Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant 5.62[143] Stainless Steel Gear Box Stainless Steel Motor 3.75[95] A UL and CSA Approved 1/2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated 2.29[58] 3.81[97] 1 and 1 1/2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled A=7.17[182] for .5 HP MOTORS 208-230 / 460 V, 3 Phase 7.39[188] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for .5 HP MOTORS Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page 310 9.16[233] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS 0.5 Hp 230 / 460 V, 3 Phase 1.0 & 1.5 HP 208-230 / 460 V, 3 Phase
Part Number 74M080HZS423FN 74M060HZS423FN 74M040HZS423FN 74M030HZS423FN 74M020HZS423FN 74M015HZS423FN 74M010HZS423FN 74M007HZS423FN RPM 22 29 44 58 87 117 175 233 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.74 0.74 0.74 1.11 1.11
9.05[230] 5.74[146]
C 7.52[191] 2.83[72] D
1.75[44] C=16.54[420] for .5 HP MOTORS 19.23[488] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS D=6.71[170] for .5 HP MOTORS 7.16[182] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS
PAINTED
Volts
FLA 1.6 / 0.8 7.52[191] / 0.8 1.6 / 0.8 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 5.8-5.4 / 2.7 1.75[44] 5.8-5.4 / 2.7 1.6 2.83[72]
in-lbs
E
Nm
7.13[181]
3.81[97]
230 / 460 230 / 460 230 / 460 4.00[102] 208-230 / 460 208-230 / 460 208-230 / 460 2.29[58] 208-230 / 460 208-230 / 460
356 40.2 442 49.9 486 54.9 6.71[170] 487 55.0 407 46.0 470 53.1 442 49.9 E=16.50[419] for .5 HP MOTORS 17.51[445] for 1 HP MOTORS 40.7 360
18.38[467] for 1.5 HP MOTORS
9.05[230] 5.74[146] 7.52[191] 2.83[72] 7.13[181] 4.00[102]
Single Phase Only
306
6.71[170]

Chart 5 90 Gearmotor
15.28 (388) 4.21 (107) 0.85 (21) 8.05 (204) LEFT HAND SHAFT COVER RIGHT HAND SHAFT COVER
Part Number 73U060HS423FN 73U030HS423FN 73U025HS423FN 73U015HS423FN 73U010HS423FN 73U007HS423FN 73U005HS423FN RPM 23 46 55 93 140 186 279 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
7.20 (183)
3 Phase Hp 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 kW 0.37 0.75 0.75 1.12 1.12 1.49 1.49 Volts 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 FLA 1.91 / 1.1 3.65 / 2.1 3.65 / 2.1 4.89 / 2.81 4.89 / 2.81 6.17 / 3.55 6.17 / 3.55
in-lbs 716 902 831 787 566 593 407
Nm 81 102 94 89 64 67 46
STANDARD lOAD, VARIABle SPeeD

14.21 (361) 2.34 (60) 4.49 (114) 5.79 (147) 1.57 (40) 8.84 (224) 3.94 (100) 6.50 (165) 4.49 (114)
Variable Frequency Drive, 12 to 60 Hz IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant FDA Approved Food Grade Paint Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 230/460 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page 310
Part Number 74M081PS423EN 74M054PS423EN 74M034PS423EN 74M020PS423EN 74M013PS423EN 74M010PS423EN 74M008PS423EN 74M006PS423EN
RPM 4.2 to 21 6.2 to 31 10 to 50 16.8 to 84 24.4 to 122 34 to 170 38 to 190 51.6 to 258
in-lbs 483 507 633 563 517 374 333 246
Nm 55 57 72 64 58 42 38 28
307

Chart 7 Parallel Shaft Gearmotor
14.21 (361) 2.34 (60) 4.49 (114) 5.79 (147) 1.57 (40) 8.84 (224) 3.94 (100) 6.50 (165) 4.49 (114)
Variable Frequency Drive IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant Unpainted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 230/400 Volts 3 Phase, 50 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page 310
Part Number 73U081PS423EN 73U039PS423EN 73U029PS423EN 73U019PS423EN 73U016PS423EN 73U011PS423EN 73U009PS423EN RPM 4.1 to 27 8.6 to 58 11.5 to 77 17.8 to 118 21.1 to 141 30.5 to 203 37.9 to 253 Gearmotor Type 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
STAINLESS STEEL
3 Phase Hp 0.16 0.5 0.75 A 1.0 1.0 1.5 3.81[97] 1.5

B
kW
Volts
FLA
7.52[191]
in-lbs
C
Nm 44 62 70 D 60 51 53 42
5.62[143]
0.12 230 / 400 0.37 230 / 2.83[72] 400 0.56 230 / 400 3.75[95] 0.75 230 / 400 0.75 230 / 400 1.12 230 / 400 2.29[58] 1.75[44] 1.12 230 / 400
0.96 / 0.55 1.9 / 1.09 2.64 / 1.52 3.65 / 2.1 3.65 / 2.1 4.89 / 2.81 4.89 / 2.81
389 549 620 531 451 469 372
19.23[488] for 1 & on/off switch Note: When buying7.39[188] for 1 & 1.5 HPwithout the starter, the customer must supply their own1.5 HP MOTORS a gearmotor only MOTORS B=8.97[228] for HP MOTORS D=6.71[170] for .5 HP MOTORS and motor overload protection .5 &comply with the CE Safety Directive. to 1.5 HP MOTORS 9.16[233] for 1 7.16[182] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS
A=7.17[182] for .5 HP MOTORS
C=16.54[420] for .5 HP MOTORS
Chart 8
90 Painted Gearmotor
PAINTED
Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz 3 Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gearbox FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order Controller Separately, see page 310
Part Number 74M080HS423EN 74M060HS423EN 74M040HS423EN 74M030HS423EN 74M020HS423EN 74M015HS423EN 74M010HS423EN 74M007HS423EN RPM 22 29 44 58 87 117 175 233 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
9.05[230] 5.74[146] 2.83[72] 7.13[181] 4.00[102] 7.52[191]
6.71[170]
3.81[97]
2.29[58]
1.75[44]
PAINTED - Single Phase 3 Phase
Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 7.13[181] 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 3.81[97]
kW
9.05[230] 0.37
Volts
FLA
in-lbs
Nm
230 / 460 230 / 460 0.37 5.74[146] 0.37 230 / 460 2.83[72] 0.74 208-230 / 460 4.00[102] 0.74 208-230 / 460 0.74 208-230 / 460 208-230 / 460 1.11 1.11 2.29[58]208-230 / 460 1.75[44]
E 1.6 / 0.8 356 40.2 Single Phase Only 7.52[191] 1.6 / 0.8 442 49.9 1.6 / 0.8 486 54.9 55.0 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 487 6.71[170] 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 487 55.0 3.5-3.2 / 1.6 470 53.1 4.6-4.2 / 2.1 442 49.9 4.6-4.2 / 2.1 360 40.7 E=17.48[444] for .5 HP MOTORS, 1 PHASE 16.50[419] for .5 HP MOTORS, 3 PHASE
17.51[445] for 1 HP MOTORS FlA = Full Load Amperes 18.38[467] for 1.5 HP MOTORS Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)
308

Chart 9 90 Stainless Steel Gearmotor
STAINLESS STEEL
Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz 3 Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box and Motor UL and CSA Approved 1/2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated 1 and 1 1/2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled Order Controller Separately, see page 310
Part Number 74M080HZS423EN 74M060HZS423EN 74M040HZS423EN 74M030HZS423EN 74M020HZS423EN 74M015HZS423EN 74M010HZS423EN 74M007HZS423EN RPM 22 29 44 58 87 117 175 233 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B 5.62[143] 2.83[72] A 3.75[95] 7.52[191]
3.81[97]
2.29[58] 1.75[44] C=16.54[420] for .5 HP MOTORS 19.23[488] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS D=6.71[170] for .5 HP MOTORS 7.16[182] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS
A=7.17[182] for .5 HP MOTORS 7.39[188] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for .5 HP MOTORS 9.16[233] for 1 & 1.5 HP MOTORS
3 Phase Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.74 0.74 0.74 1.11 1.11
9.05[230]
PAINTED
Volts
FLA
in-lbs
E
Nm
230 5.74[146]
7.13[181]
3.81[97]
/ 460 1.6 / 7.52[191] 0.8 2.83[72]1.6 / 0.8 230 / 460 230 / 460 1.6 / 0.8 4.00[102] 208-230 / 460 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 208-230 / 460 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 2.29[58] 208-230 / 460 3.2-3.0 / 1.5 1.75[44] 5.3-5.4 / 2.7 208-230 / 460 208-230 / 460 5.3-5.4 / 2.7
40.2 356 442 49.9 54.9 486 6.71[170] 487 55.0 487 55.0 53.1 470 E=16.50[419] for .5 HP MOTORS 442 49.9 17.51[445] for 1 HP MOTORS 18.38[467] for 1.5 HP MOTORS 360 40.7
Chart 10
90 Gearmotor
15.28 (388) 9.05[230]

LEFT HAND SHAFT COVER RIGHT HAND SHAFT COVER Single Phase Only
Variable Frequency Drive, 12 to 80 Hz IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H1 Lubricant Un-Painted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 230/400 Volts, 3 Phase, 50 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page 310
Part Number 73U060HS423EN 73U030HS423EN 73U025HS423EN 73U015HS423EN 73U010HS423EN 73U007HS423EN RPM 5.5 to 37 11 to 74 13.2 to 88 22.3 to 149 33.6 to 224 44.6 to 298 Gearmotor Type 1 1 1 1 1 1
4.21 (107)
E 7.52[191] 2.83[72]
5.74[146]
0.85 (21)
7.13[181]
4.00[102]
8.05 (204)
6.71[170]
3.81[97]
2.29[58]
1.75[44]
E=17.48[444] for .5 HP MOTORS, 1 PHASE 16.50[419] for .5 HP MOTORS, 3 PHASE 17.51[445] for 1 HP MOTORS 7.20 18.38[467] for 1.5 HP(183) MOTORS
3 Phase Hp 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 kW 0.37 0.75 0.75 1.12 1.12 1.49 Volts 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 230 / 400 FLA 1.91 / 1.1 3.65 / 2.1 3.65 / 2.1 4.89 / 2.81 4.89 / 2.81 6.17 / 3.55
in-lbs 716 902 831 787 566 593
Nm 81 102 94 89 64 67
309
7360 SerieS: vAriABle SPeed cOntrOllerS

VARIABle SPeeD CONTROlleR
Chart A Variable Speed Controllers
10.3 (260) 6.3 (160) 4.5 (114)
Variable Frequency Drive Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless steel mounting hardware Digital Display Keypad with Start/Stop and Speed variation Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others UL Approved
Part Number 74MV1122S 74MV2322S 74MV1121S 74MV2121S 74MV4341S 74MV2127S 74MV2327S 74MV4347S Input Volts 115 230 115 230 460 230 230 460 Phase 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 Hz 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Volts 230 230 230 230 460 230 230 460 Output
8.0 (203)
8.8 (222)
Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Max Hp 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
Max Amps 2.2 2.2 4.0 4.0 2.0 6.8 6.8 3.4
A (width) 7.9 (200) 6.1 (155) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 6.1 (155) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200)
B (depth) 3.8 (96) 4.4 (112) 4.9 (124) 4.9 (124) 4.4 (112) 4.9 (124) 4.9 (124) 4.9 (124)
MANuAl MOTOR STARTeR

Chart B Manual Motor Starter
8.63[219] 6.26[159]
Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless Steel mounting hardware IP 66 Start / Stop Switch Lock out tag out capable Includes wiring to Motor Power to Starter by others No plug/cord set included
8.78[223]
1.00[25] 8.09[205] 7.00[178]
5.03[128]
7.44[189]
Part Number 74MM11F 74MM21D 74MM23A 74MM23B 74MM23C 74MM23D 74MM23E 74MM43A 74MM43B 74MM43C 74MM43D FlA = Full Load Amperes
Input Volts 115 208-230 208-230 208-230 208-230 208-230 208-230 460 460 460 460 Phase 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Hz 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
FLA 6.3 - 10 2.5 - 3.9 0.63 - 0.99 1.0 - 1.59 1.6 - 2.4 2.5 - 3.9 4.0 - 6.3 1.6 - 2.4 2.5 - 3.9 0.63 - 0.99 1.0 - 1.59
310

Fixed Foot Support Stands
For 4 to 36 Widths: - All components are stainless steel with a 2B finish - Vertical leg is formed sheet metal For 38 to 52 widths: - All components are stainless steel with #4 finish - Vertical leg is a closed 2 square tube Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 10 for sloped floors Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications
Illustration I
Illustration II
Fixed Foot Model

See Illustration I Conveyor Width ww Part # Reference Stand Width*
Horizontal Mount
(102)
See Illustration II 36
(914)
(152)
(203)
38
(965)
(1,321)
52 52
04
(178)
06
(229)
08 11
(279)
36 39
(991)
38 39.5
(1,003)
53.5
(1,359)
Width at Feet* Minimum Top of Belt Height Maximum Top of Belt Height HHHH Height Reference Stand Width*
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)
(1,118)
44
(1,219)
48 19
(483)
(1,575)
62
HM
16
(406)
17
(432)
18
(457)
(1,829)
72 76
(1,778)
70 74
20
(508)
21
(533)
22
(559)
(1,930)
23
(584)
(1,880)
1620
(178)
1721
(229)
1822 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
1923 41.5
(1,054)
7074 55.5
(1,410)
Adjustable Angle Mount
Width at Feet* Minimum Top of Belt Height Maximum Top of Belt Height HHHH Height Reference
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)
(1,118)
44
(1,245)
49
(1,600)
63
AM
20
(508)
21
(533)
22
(559)
(1,829)
72 76
19
(483)
(1,778)
70 74
24
(610)
25
(635)
26
(660)
(1,930)
23
(584)
(1,880)
2024
(178)
2125
(229)
2226 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
1923 47.5
(1,207)
7074 61.5
(1,562)
22
(559)
24
(610)
26
(660)
(1,372)
54
(1.549)
61
(1,905)
75
HR
16
(406)
17
(432)
18
(457)
(1,829)
72 76
19
(483)
(1,778)
70 74
20
(508)
21
(533)
22
(559)
(1,930)
23
(584)
(1,880)
1620
(178)
1721
(229)
1822 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
1923 49.5
(1,257)
7074 63.5
(1,613)
22
(559)
24
(610)
26
(660)
(1,372)
54
(1,549)
61 19
(483)
(1,905)
75
AR
20
(508)
21
(533)
22
(559)
(1,829)
72 76
(1,778)
70 74
24
(610)
25
(635)
26
(660)
(1,930)
23
(584)
(1,880)
2024
2125
2226
7276
1923
7074
311

Swivel locking Caster Support Stands
For 4 to 36 Widths: - All components are stainless steel with a 2B finish - Vertical leg is formed sheet metal For 38 to 52 widths: - All components are stainless steel with #4 finish - Vertical leg is a closed 2 square tube Has +/- 2 of adjustment Caster is swivel locking Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications
Illustration I
Illustration II

See Illustration I Conveyor Width ww Part # Reference Stand Width*
Horizontal Mount
(102)
See Illustration II 36
(914)
(152)
(203)
38
(965)
(1,321)
52 52
04
(178)
06
(229)
08 11
(279)
36 39
(991)
38 39.5
(1,003)
53.5
(1,359)
Width at Feet* Minimum Top of Belt Height Maximum Top of Belt Height HHHH Height Reference Stand Width*
12
(305)
18
(457)
20
(508)
(1,219)
48
(1,219)
48
(1,575)
62
HM
21
(533)
22
(559)
23
(584)
(1,829)
72 76
24
(610)
(1,778)
70 74
25
(635)
26
(660)
27
(686)
(1,930)
28
(711)
(1,880)
2125
(178)
2226
(229)
2327 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
2428 41.5
(1,054)
7074 55.5
(1,410)
Adjustable Angle Mount
Width at Feet* Minimum Top of Belt Height Maximum Top of Belt Height HHHH Height Reference
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)
(1,219)
48
(1,245)
49
(1,600)
63
AM
25
(635)
26
(660)
27
(686)
(1,829)
72 76
24
(610)
(1,778)
70 74
29
(737)
30
(762)
31
(787)
(1,930)
28
(711)
(1,880)
2529
(178)
2630
(229)
2731 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
2428 47.5
(1,207)
7074 61.5
(1,562)
26
(660)
27
(686)
28
(711)
(1,473)
58
(1.549)
61
(1,905)
75
HR
21
(533)
22
(559)
23
(584)
(1,829)
72 76
24
(610)
(1,778)
70 74
25
(635)
26
(660)
27
(686)
(1,930)
28
(711)
(1,880)
2125
(178)
2226
(229)
2327 11
(279)
7276 39
(991)
2428 49.5
(1,257)
7074 63.5
(1,613)
26
(660)
27
(686)
28
(711)
(1,473)
58
(1,549)
61
(1,905)
75
AR
25
(635)
26
(660)
27
(686)
(1,829)
72 76
24
(610)
(1,778)
70 74
29
(737)
30
(762)
31
(787)
(1,930)
28
(711)
(1,880)
2529
2630
2731
7276
2428
7074
312

TAll SuPPORT STANDS
Fixed Foot Model
Conveyor Width ww Part # Reference Stand Width at Foot * Top of Belt (Minimum) Top of Belt (Maximum) HHHH Part Number
(1,803) (1,905) (102)
(152)
(203)
in 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... in 1 (25mm) increments up to... in 1 (25mm) increments up to... in 01 increments up to...
(1,524)
60 60
04 71
06 72 76
08 73 77
(0.263)(HH max) + (WW + 6) inches

(1,829) (1,930) (1,854) (1,956) (2,413) (2,515)
95 99
75
7175
7276
7377
9599
All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 10 for sloped floors Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Includes Diagonal Brace for stability Tall Support Stands require the use of floor anchors
HM
AM
Horizontal Mount Tall Stand
Horizontal Mount
Adjustable Mount
lOw HeIGHT SuPPORT STANDS

Fixed Foot Model
Top of Belt (Minimum) Top of Belt (Maximum) HHHH Part # Reference Stand Width at Foot *
(178)
(229)
11
(279)
13
(330)
All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 10 for sloped floors Caster is swivel locking Horizontal conveyor mounts only
0711
0913
WW + 10.5 (267mm)

Conveyor Width ww Part # Reference Stand Width at Caster * Top of Belt (Minimum) Top of Belt (Maximum) HHHH Part Number
(102)
(152)
(203)
in 2 (51mm) increments up to... in 02 increments up to... in 2 (51mm) increments up to... 14

(356) (457)
(1,524)
60 60
04 22
(559)
06 24
(610)
08 26
(660)
(1,981)
78
12
(305) (406)
16
(406) (508)
16 1216
18 1418
20 1620
SANITARY FlOOR ANCHOR KITS

3/8 (10 mm) x 1.57 (40 mm) drop in Stainless Steel Anchor is flush with floor upon removal of bolt Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS-1

3/8 (10 mm) x 2 3/4 (70 mm) Stainless Steel Threaded anchor bolt protrudes above floor after installation Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS-2
313

ROlleR TRANSFeR PlATe
4 wide to 52 wide Includes 0.43 diameter rollers mounted in transfer plate Adjustable mounting to fine tune small parts transfer All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel
W+1.85 (47)
END OF BELT
.56 (14) 1.18 (30)
3.18 (81) 4.31 (109)
4.69 (119) 5.31 (135) 7.71 (196)
OVeRHeAD GuIDe
For part hold down or cover closing Adjustable height and position across width Round nose UHMW guide with stainless steel backing Lengths: 3 to 10 in 1 increments Horizontal Brackets provided for every 2 of length Available in standard adjustable and tool-less adjustable mount styles All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel Does not include vertical mounting post. To be used with profiles 13 thru 18 or upper guide assembly.
uPPeR GuIDe
Used for guiding lids and/or tall parts Round nose UHMW guide with stainless steel backing Equipped with or without tall adjustable height bracket Length: 3 to 10 in 1 increments (2) width adjusting options (standard 5 post, 10 post) Brackets provided for every 2 of length Available in standard adjustable and tool-less adjustable mount styles All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel
ACCeSSORY MOuNTING BAR

Used for mounting adjustable devices such as photoeyes and sensors Can be mounted directly to frame or in combination with guide brackets 2 Versions: 3 bar used to mount to 24 hole pattern in frames 1 L shape used to mount at tail ends Compatible with Value Guide blocks (VG-021-02) All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel
314

PHOTO eYe AND ReFleCTOR MOuNTING BRACKeTS
Mounts standard 18 mm diameter photoeyes or sensors Adjustable height and angle (3) Photo Eye types: Thru beam includes (2) mounts Reflector includes (1) Photo eye mount and (1) reflector mount (reflector included) Convergent includes (1) photoeye mount (3) Mount versions: To fixed post (does not include mounting post) To fixed post (includes mounting post) To accessory mounting bar (includes Value Guide Block and adjustable post) All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel
eleCTRICAl / AIR ROuTING ClIP

Light weight mounting clip for wire clips, conduit clicks, wire tie mounts, etc. Mounts directly to M8 guide bolts and/or lower frame lip May be mounted to inside of frame or outside of frame Offset to clear mounting screws Package of 10 pieces All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel
Part Number 735RC-10 Description Electrical / Air Routing Clip (package of 10 pieces)
M8 ACCeSSORY MOuNTING BOlT

Stainless steel mounting hardware M8-1.25 Male mounting stud Used with Dorner key-slot system Eliminates the need to access the inside of the frame Package of 10 pieces
Part Number 735M8-10 Description M8 Accessory Mounting Bolt (package of 10 pieces)
315
7360 SerieS: PArt numBer reFerence

7360 SeRIeS: FlAT BelT CONVeYOR 736 M WW LLL D I A B C A PP PP BB Belt Material Profile (D Side): 01 = Lowside 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 02 = Integral High Side 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 04 = 3 High Side 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 05 = 1 High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 52 = High Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round Profile (A Side): 01 = Lowside 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 02 = Integral High Side 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 04 = 3 High Side 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 05 = 1 High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes A Side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 52 = High Side - .41 Diameter Holes A Side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round Scraper / Position / V-guide: A = V-guide, no scraper B = No V-guide, no scraper C = V-guide, scraper in primary position (no bottom drive) D = V-guide, scraper in secondary position E = No V-guide, scraper in primary position (no bottom drive) F = No V-guide, scraper in secondary position Idler End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from idler end with braces B = 12 from idler end H = 18 from idler end with braces C = 18 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 30 from idler end with braces E = 30 from idler end M = 36 from idler end with braces F = 36 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from drive end with braces B = 12 from drive end H = 18 from drive end with braces C = 18 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 30 from drive end with braces E = 30 from drive end M = 36 from drive end with braces F = 36 from drive end Motor Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Idler End: 1 = Standard 3 = Std. tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) 2 = Nose Bar 4 = Std. tail w/ Output Shaft (D position) Drive Shaft Position Drive / Pulley Type: D C A B 1 = Standard Bottom Drive 2 = Standard Side Drive 3 = Bottom Drive w/ Output Shaft 4 = Side Drive Tail w/ Output Shaft 5 = Center Drive 6 = Center Drive w/ Nose Bar Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are Length: 036-480 preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor Belt Width: 04-52 load capacity by approximately 66%. Language: M = English
Conveyor sections longer than 11 (3,353 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations.
316

7360 SeRIeS: CleATeD BelT CONVeYOR 736 M WW LLL D I A A B A PP BB S SSS Belt Material Profile (D Side): 01 = Lowside 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 02 = Integral High Side 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 04 = 3 High Side 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 05 = 1 High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 52 = High Side - .41 Diameter Holes D Side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round Profile (A Side): 01 = Lowside 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 02 = 1 High Side 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes A Side 03 = 3 High Side V-guide: A = V-guide B = No V-guide Idler End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from idler end with braces B = 12 from idler end H = 18 from idler end with braces C = 18 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 30 from idler end with braces E = 30 from idler end M = 36 from idler end with braces F = 36 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from drive end with braces B = 12 from drive end H = 18 from drive end with braces C = 18 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 30 from drive end with braces E = 30 from drive end M = 36 from drive end with braces F = 36 from drive end Motor Shaft Position: A or D Idler End: 1 = Standard 3 = Std. tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) 4 = Std. tail w/ Output Shaft (D position) Drive / Pulley Type: 1 = Standard Bottom Drive Drive Shaft Position 2 = Standard Side Drive D A 3 = Bottom Drive w/ Output Shaft 4 = Side Drive Tail w/ Output Shaft 5 = Center Drive 6 = Center Drive w/ Nose Bar Length: 036-480 Belt Width: 04-24 Language: M = English
Conveyor sections longer than 11 (3,353 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations.
317

7360 SeRIeS: z-FRAMe FlAT BelT CONVeYORS 736 C M L E WW A LLL LLL LLL C A 1 A S A PP A BT Belt Type: 01 thru 72 = Standard Belt Types Cleat Type: Blank = Flat Belt Profile: 01 = Lowside 16 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 04 = 3 High Side 17 = Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 05 = 1 High Side 18 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable 1 Flat 13 = Fully Adjustable Round 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 14 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes A Side 15 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 52 = High Side - .41 Diameter Holes A Side Idler Type: 1 = Standard 2 = Nose Bar 3 = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) 4 = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) Scraper / Position / V-guide: A = V-guide, no scraper C = V-guide, scraper in primary position (no bottom drive) D = V-guide, scraper in secondary position Motor Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Drive Tail: 1 = Standard Bottom Drive 2 = Standard Side Drive 3 = Bottom Drive w/ Output Shaft 4 = Side Drive w/ Output Shaft 5 = Center Drive 6 = Center Drive w/ Nose Bar Idler / Infeed Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from idler end with braces B = 12 from idler end H = 18 from idler end with braces C = 18 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 30 from idler end with braces E = 30 from idler end M = 36 from idler end with braces F = 36 from idler end Drive / Discharge Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from drive end with braces B = 12 from drive end H = 18 from drive end with braces C = 18 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 30 from drive end with braces E = 30 from drive end M = 36 from drive end with braces F = 36 from drive end Length 3: 024-999 (000 for L & P frame) Length 2: 024-999 Length 1: 024-999 Angle: 05 degrees thru 60 degrees in 05 degree increments Belt Width: 08-24 Direction: E = Inclining, F = Declining Frame Type: L = Incline, P = Noseover, Z = Z-Frame Language: M = English Belt Style: F = Flat Belt
Conveyor sections longer than 11 (3353mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length
318

7360 SeRIeS: z-FRAMe CleATeD BelT CONVeYORS 736 C M L E WW A LLL LLL LLL C A 1 A S A PP A CS Cleat Spacing: 0300 thru 9999 = Standard Cleat Spacing Cleat Type: A thru Z = Standard Cleat Types Profile: 01 = Lowside 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 02 = Integral High Side 51 = Low Side - .41 Diameter Holes A Side 03 = 3 High Side Idler Type: 1 = Standard 2 = Nose Bar 3 = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) 4 = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) Scraper / Position / V-guide: A = V-guide, no scraper C = V-guide, scraper in primary position (no bottom drive) D = V-guide, scraper in secondary position Motor Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Drive Tail: 1 = Standard Bottom Drive 2 = Standard Side Drive 3 = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) 4 = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (D position) Idler / Infeed Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from idler end with braces B = 12 from idler end H = 18 from idler end with braces C = 18 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 30 from idler end with braces E = 30 from idler end M = 36 from idler end with braces F = 36 from idler end Drive / Discharge Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 12 from drive end with braces B = 12 from drive end H = 18 from drive end with braces C = 18 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 30 from drive end with braces E = 30 from drive end M = 36 from drive end with braces F = 36 from drive end Length 3: 024-999 (000 for L & P frame) Length 2: 024-999 Length 1: 024-999 Angle: 05 degrees thru 60 degrees in 05 degree increments Belt Width: 08-24 Direction: E = Inclining, F = Declining Frame Type: L = Incline, P = Noseover, Z = Z-Frame Language: M = English Belt Style: C = Cleated Belt
Conveyor sections longer than 11 (3353mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length
319

7360 SeRIeS: GeARMOTOR MOuNT PACKAGeS 735 M S P S A GS CS Conveyor Sprocket: 30 = 30 Tooth, Blank = Side Drive Gearmotor Sprocket: 30 = 30 Tooth, Blank = Side Drive Drive Position: A or D Gearmotor Size: S = Standard Load, H = Heavy Load, L = Light Load Gearmotor Type: 1 = Washdown 90 Degree, 2 = Washdown Parallel Shaft, 3 = Industrial 90 Degree Drive Type: S = Side, B = Bottom, N = Nose Bar Language: M = English
7360 SeRIeS: SuPPORT STANDS 736 S HM WW 32 36 F Foot: F = Fixed Foot, C = Caster w/ Diagonal Brace, B = Fixed Foot w/ Diagonal Brace Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Width: 04-36 Stand Type: HM = Horizontal Mount HR = Horizontal Mount w/ Outriggers AM = Angle Mount AR = Angle Mount w/ Outriggers Conveyor Type: S = Straight
7360 SeRIeS: TAll SuPPORT STANDS 3X MTH WW HH HH B Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width: 04-60 Stand Type: TH = Tall Horizontal Mount TA = Tall Angle Mount Conveyor Type: 9 = 7360 Straight
7360 SeRIeS: lOw HeIGHT SuPPORT STANDS 3X MLH WW HH HH F Foot: F = Fixed Foot, C = Swivel Locking Caster Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width/Stand Type: 00 = Fixed Foot Model 04 thru 60 = 4 to 60, Caster Model Conveyor Type: 9 = 7360 Straight
320

7360 SeRIeS: ROlleR TRANSFeR PlATe 736ST - WW Conveyor Width: 04-52 7360 SeRIeS: OVeRHeAD GuIDe 735HG A - LL Guide Length: 03-10 Guide Type: A = Adjustable, T = Tool-less
7360 SeRIeS: uPPeR GuIDe 735UG A W P - LL Guide Length: 03-10 Post: V = Vertical post, N = No vertical post Guide Width: 1 = 5, 2 = 10 Guide Type: A = Adjustable, T = Tool-less
7360 SeRIeS: ACCeSSORY MOuNTING BAR 735AM - LL Tail Version: 01 = 1 tail, 03 = 3 tail
7360 SeRIeS: PHOTO eYe AND ReFleCTOR MOuNTING BRACKeTS 735 PM - FP Post Type: NP = Fixed Post w/o post included FP = Fixed Post w/ post included AM = Accessory Mount Mount Type: PM = Photoeye Mount RM = Reflective Mount CM = Convergent Mount
321
Motor Control SolutionS
Prepackaged and Stand Alone Control Kits:

Building block approach provides standardized solutions for applications ranging from motor overload to precision indexing and positioning Color coded Quick Connect/Disconnect control devices Includes all mounting hardware Can be pre-mounted on conveyor before shipping No high voltage wiring Quick Connect/Disconnect motor cords Full range of standardized accessories available
Performance Tested:
Pre-tested with actual product upon request Pre-engineered for conveyor performance
322
Engineered for optimal motor performance Washdown and stainless controls available
Motor ControlS
CONTROLS OVERVIEW MANuAL MOTOR STARTERS VARIAbLE SPEED CONTROLLERS MOTOR CONTROLLERS INDExINg DRIVE INPuT ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES MOTION SENSINg EQuIPMENT PERfORMANCE PARTS KITS
Quick Disconnect Motor Cords
Color Coded Quick Disconnect Input Devices
324 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333
323
ControlS: oVErViEW
Save Time, Ensure Performance & Save Money!
Manual Motor Starters
VfD Motor Control

Single Input Interface
AC & DC Variable Speed Controllers
VfD Motor Control

Dual Input Interface
Dorner Motor Controls building block approach provides economical and standardized solutions for several applications ranging from motor overload to precision indexing and positioning.
fixed Speed Motor with Overload Protection

324
Variable Speed Motor Controller
Emergency Stop
External Control Machine Interface
ControlS: oVErViEW
Control Stop Kit
Emergency Stop Kit
Jog Push button Kit
Photo Eye Kits
Application Control (1) Input
Application Control (2) Inputs
Indexing Drive
325
ControlS: Manual Motor StartErS

MANuAL MOTOR STARTERS Manual motor starts are manual electronic disconnects that provide motor overload protection and are required by the National Electric Code (NEC) for safe motor operation.
Provide basic motor on/off control with overload protection Plastic Nema 4X enclosure Optional Lockout/Tagout kit Push Button Start/Stop Includes mounting hardware
Optional Lockout/Tagout Kit

Can be added to any manual motor starter Part No: 75M-LT-1
Illustration A
3.4 (86) 3.7 (94)
Illustration b
3.4 (86) 3.7 (94)
8.78[223]
Illustration C*
8.63[219] 6.26[159]
1.00[25]
7.0 (178)
7.0 (178)
8.09[205]
7.00[178]
5.03[128]
7.44[189]
* Applicable for sanitary applications Manual Motor Starters

230V, 1 phase includes cord, plug and starter 230/400 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 50 Hz
Part Number 62(c)M21H 62(c)M23H 62(c)M43H 62(c)M21T 62(c)M23T 62(c)M43T 62(c)M21J 62(c)M23J 62(c)M43J 62(c)M23K 62(c)M43K 62(c)M23R 62(c)M43R (c) = Electrical Configuration F = CE French In Volts 230 230 400 230 230 400 230 230 400 230 400 230 400 In Phase 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 Amp Range 0.25 - 0.4 0.16 - 0.25 0.1 - 0.16 1.6 - 2.5 1.0 - 1.6 0.63 - 1.0 2.5 - 4.0 1.6 - 2.5 1.0 - 1.6 4.0 - 6.3 2.5 - 4.0 2.5 - 4.0 1.0 - 1.6 Illustration A B B A B B A B B B B B B
Manual Motor Starters

230/460 Volts, 3 phase wiring to starter by others Wiring between motor and starter provided when ordered together 60 Hz
Part Number 62MM23L 62MM43L 62MM23M 62MM43M 62MM23U 62MM43P 62MM23Q 62MM43Q 74MM11F 74MM21D 74MM23A 74MM23B 74MM23C 74MM23D 74MM23E 74MM43A 74MM43B 74MM43C 74MM43D In Volts 230 460 208 - 230 460 208 - 230 460 208 - 230 460 115 208-230 208-230 208-230 208-230 208-230 208-230 460 460 460 460 In Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Amp Range 1.0 - 1.6 0.4 - 0.63 1.6 - 2.5 1.0 - 1.6 2.5 - 4.0 1.6 - 2.5 4.0 - 6.3 2.5 - 4.0 6.3 - 10.0 2.5 - 3.9 0.63 - 0.99 1.0 - 1.59 1.6 - 2.4 2.5 - 3.9 4.0 - 6.3 1.6 - 2.4 2.5 - 3.9 0.63 - 0.99 1.0 - 1.59 Illustration B B B B B B B B C C C C C C C C C C C
G = CE German U = CE Great Britain
326
ControlS: VariablE SpEEd ControllErS

VARIAbLE SPEED CONTROLLERS Dorner offers a variety of variable speed controllers to accommodate your gearmotor, electrical and environmental requirements.
DC Variable Speed Controllers

7.1 (181) PWM 5.3 (133)
62MD1134
DC control
62MD1134R
4.6 (116) 7.1 (180) 5.3 (135) 5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
Nema 1
4.5 (114) enclosure
Line cord and motor cord3.9 (100) On/Off switch Forward/Off/Reverse switch version Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware
AC Variable Speed Controllers

7.1 (181) VFD 5.3 (133)
control
62MD1134
4.5 4.6 (116) 7.1 (180) 5.3 (135)
62MD1134R
5.8 (147) 5.7 (145) 5.0 (127)
(114) Nema 1 enclosure
Line cord and motor cord3.9 (100) On/Off switch Speed potentiometer Mounting hardware Forward/Off/Reverse switch version Up to 1/2 hp motors
full feature Variable Speed Controller

Full feature VFD control NEMA 4 enclosure Digital display Keypad with Start/Stop, Forward/Reverse and speed variations Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others 32MV1122 includes line cord to controller Mounting hardware Nema 4x stainless steel version available Up to 2 Hp motors
10.5 (268) 6.3 (160) 5.9 (150) 4.5 (114)
8.0 (203)
See Appropriate Conveyor Section for Sizing and Ordering Information
327
ControlS: Motor ControllErS

SINgLE AND DuAL INPuT MOTOR CONTROL
VfD Motor Control Single Input Interface

Variable frequency drive 0.5 HP, 2.4 Amp output 115V single phase input voltage 230V three phase output Motor overload protection Nema 1 enclosure Quick disconnect motor cord One input location for control devices Quick disconnect plug for control devices Internal terminals for hardwired PLC or machine interface
7.38 [187] 5.25 [133] 5.95 [151]
Part Number
75M-V1-3211-05
5.00 [127] 11.11 [282] 4.72 [120]
VfD Motor Control Dual Input Interface

Variable frequency drive 115V/230V single phase input voltage 230V/460V three phase input voltage Motor overload protection Lockout/tagout disconnect Nema 12 enclosure Operator interface panel Quick disconnect motor cord
DOC0991
Two input locations for control devices Quick disconnect plug for control devices
11.81 [300] 10.24 [260] 6.19 [157]
Internal terminals for hardwired PLC or machine interface

Part Number Input Volts 115 115 230 230 460 460 Input Phase 1 1 1 or 3 1 or 3 3 3 Input Hz 60 60 60 60 60 60 Output Volts 230 230 230 230 460 460 Max Hp 1 1.5 1.5 2 1.5 2 Max Amps 4.0 5.2 5.2 7.0 2.8 3.8
I 0N
O OFF
11.81 [300]
14.15 [359]
75M-V2-3211-05 75M-V2-3211-10 75M-V2-3232-10 75M-V2-3232-20 75M-V2-3434-10 75M-V2-3434-20
328
ControlS: indExing driVE

INDExINg DRIVE
Specifications:
Electronic indexing Up to 60 indexes per minute Requires run signal Low inertia motor Adjustable acceleration/deceleration
features & benefits:

Compatible with 2200, 3200, 5200 and 6200 Series standard load gearmotor mounting packages Utilizes standard variable frequency drive controller and accessory kits Pre-wired motor and AC line cords VfD Motor Control with Dual Input Interface
Variable frequency drive 115V single phase input voltage 230V three phase input voltage 230V three phase output Motor overload protection Nema 12 Enclosure Operator interface panel Quick disconnect motor cord Two input locations for control devices Quick disconnect plug for control devices Lockout/Tagout provided
Part Number 75M-V2-3211-05E 75M-V2-3232-10E 75M-V2-3434-10E Input Volts 115 230 460 Input Phase 1 1 or 3 3 Input Hz 60 60 60 Output Volts 230 230 460 Max HP 1.0 1.5 1.5 Max Amps 4.0 5.2 2.8
.3 (7.6)
12.9 (327) 6.6 (168) 6.6 (168) 1.4 (35) 7.6 (194) 5.9 (149) 2.2 (56) 2.9 (74) 1.3 (34)
6 (152)
Stopping Distance
Distance in Inches (mm)
5 (127) 4 (102) 3 (76) 2 (51) 1 (25) 0 100 200 300 400 (30.5) (60.9) (91.4) (121.8)
Belt Speed in Ft/Min (m/min)
Indexing gearmotor
Variable frequency drive, 6-60 Hz Sealed Gearmotor NEMA 56 C Face Totally enclosed, non-ventilated UL & CSA approved 230 Volts, 3 Phase Order controller separately, see above
Part Number 32M060HS423EI 32M040HS423EI 32M020HS423EI 32M010HS423EI 32M005HS423EI * At 60 Hz Gearmotor Type S S S S S 3 Ph Hp 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Stopping Repeatability
Distance in Inches (mm)

Nm* 25.5 27.9 27.9 17.6 9.1
.25 (.64) .2 (5.1) .15 (3.8) .1 (2.5) .05 (1.3)
3 Ph kW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
3 Ph FLA 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
RPM* 29 44 86 173 345
in-lbs* 226 247 248 156 81
50 100 150 200 250 (15.2) (30.5) (45.7) (60.9) (76.2)
Belt Speed in Ft/Min (m/min)
329
ControlS: input aCCESSoriES

INPuT ACCESSORIES
Photo Eye Kits

24V DC Retro Reflective Sensor Quick disconnect plug Includes reflector and mounting Fully adjustable mount for 2200/3200/5200 Series conveyors 2 and 5 adjustment height ranges
Part Number 75M-PE-1 75M-PE-2 Description 2 height adjustment 5 height adjustment
A 2.34 [60] 0.72 [18] 2.47 [63 1.50 [38] 1.50 [38]
Jog Push button Kit

Momentary cotact push button Plastic Nema 12 enclosure Quick disconnect receptacle Mounting for 2200/3200/5200 and Support Stands Horizontal or vertical mount
Part Number 75M-JG-1
3.51 [89] 4.05 [103] 5.00 [127] 3.02 [77] 3.35 [85] 2.41 [61]
Horizontal Mount
Control Stop Kit

Push to stop/pull to start maintained push button Plastic Nema 12 enclosure Quick disconnect receptacle Mounting for 2200/3200/5200 and Support Stands Horizontal or vertical mount
Part Number 75M-CS-1
3.51 [89] 4.05 [103] 5.00 [127] 3.34 [85] 4.15 [105] 2.41 [61]
Horizontal Mount 330
ControlS: aCCESSoriES
ACCESSORIES
In-Line Cord Emergency Stop Kit

Push to stop/pull to start push button Plastic Nema 12 enclosure 115V single phase 1/2 hp (0.37 kW) and smaller motors Includes power and outlet cords Mounting for 2200/3200/5200 and Support Stands Horizontal or vertical mount
Part Number 75M-ES-1
3.70 [94] 4.23 [107] 5.00 [127] 5.09 [129]
3.70 [94]
3.32 [84]
Photo Eye bracket Kits

Standard mounting for 18mm barrel/nose mount photo-eyes Reflective version includes reflector Through beam mount version Fully adjustable mount for 2200/3200/5200 Series conveyors 2 and 5 adjustment height ranges
Part Number 75M-PM-1 75M-PM-2 75M-PM-3 75M-PM-4 75M-PM-5 75M-PM-6 Photo Eye Mount Type Reflective Reflective Through Beam Through Beam Convergence Convergence Adjustment Height 2 5 2 5 2 5
A 1.50 [38]
Linking Cable Kits

Quick disconnect cable for all control devices 2 meter and 5 meter lengths Includes mounting hardware for T-slots
Part Number 75M-LC-1 75M-LC-2 Description 6 ft (1.83 m) cable 15 ft (4.57 m) cable
331
ControlS: Motion SEnSing EquipMEnt

MOTION SENSINg EQuIPMENT Dorners motion sensing equipment is used in pressroom, injection molding, packaging or any application where it is critical to know the conveyor belt is running while your machine is operating. Dorners motion sensor switch monitors your conveyor and provides a dry contact belt running signal to your machine control, PC, PLC or Dorner Motion Monitor Control Box.
Sensor Switch
Low profile, compact design Stainless steel construction for rugged durability Magnetic reed switch offers reliable operation in harsh industrial environments Dry contact signal for easy control interface. Provides one pulse per conveyor pulley revolution. Several connector styles available to fit a variety of standard control receptacles For 2 and wider 2200, 4100 and 6200 Series conveyors
Motion Monitor
Controls up to three conveyors On/Bypass toggle with indicator lights Uses sensor switch with Banana Plug connectors (64-02-01 and 74-02-01)
Part Number 64-01 Description Motion Monitor
115V 1 Phase input, 60Hz Controls one 115V 1 phase gearmotor up to 0.75 Hp For 2200 and 6200 Series conveyors
Magnetic Reed Switch Specifications

Voltage (switching) Current (switching) (carrying) Watts Resistance (initial contact) (insulation) Switch Response Time (including bounce) Switching Speed 200 Vdc. Maximum 140 Vac. (RMS) Maximum 1.0 Amps. Maximum 2.5 Amps. Maximum 15 Watts Maximum 0.100 Ohms Maximum 10E6 M Ohms 0.5 milliseconds 1 kHz Maximum
Sensor Switch with Wire Connector

Includes switch assembly and 12 (3.7 m) cord
Part Number 64-02-00 74-02-00*
Description Sensor Switch, 2200 and 6200 Series Sensor Switch, 4100 and 2200 Series Gang Drive
Sensor Switch with Lumberg Connector

Sensor Switch with banana Plug Connector

Includes switch assembly & 12 (3.7 m) cord Use with Motion Monitor Control Box
Part Number 64-02-01 74-02-01* Description Sensor Switch, 2200 and 6200 Series Sensor Switch, 4100 and 2200 Series Gang Drive Part Number 64-02-02 74-02-02* Description Sensor Switch, 2200 and 6200 Series Sensor Switch, 4100 and 2200 Series Gang Drive
Sensor Switch with Wire Connector

Motion Sensor Magnet

Part Number 64-03I Description Sensor Switch Magnet, 2200 and 6200 Series, Installed in conveyor idler pulley Part Number 64-02-03 74-02-03* Description Sensor Switch, 2200 and 6200 Series Sensor Switch, 4100 and 2200 Series Gang Drive
332
* Includes engagement springs for 2 and 3 and wider conveyors and Installation wrench. ** Other pulse rates available, consult factory.
pErforManCE partS KitS
When tomorrows too late...

At Dorner we take pride in our ability to ship parts orders quickly and complete, with next day service on most items. Having the right parts on hand can minimize downtime when an emergency arises. Dorner has a new action plan that makes your preventive maintenance plan work for you. Keep your line performing with Dorner Performance Parts Kits. Dorner has quick and convenient pre-configured kits of key service parts for all our conveyor products. These time saving kits are easy to order, are designed for fast installation and guarantee youll have what you need when you need it.
2200 Drive Spindle Kit
For updated Service Manuals, visit our website at:
www.dorner.com
Our service manuals have been updated to include these kits and are marked with the Performance Parts Kits logo to help you make the right choice. You can also contact your local distributor or Dorner to determine the recommended Parts Kits to keep your Performance in Motion.
For more information on Performance Parts Kits specific to your conveyors, have your Conveyor Serial Numbers ready and call us at 1-800-397-8664. To locate your local distributor, visit our website at www.dorner.com/distrib.htm
333
EnginEErEd appliCationS
Even though Dorner provides the most extensive offering of pre-engineered conveyors, modifications and engineered solutions for specific applications are sometimes needed to achieve the optimum conveyor package. Dorner has over 40 years of experience providing engineering expertise to our customers. Working with companies in more than 40 different industries, we are able to draw from a wide base of application knowledge and apply it to your specific needs. Our state-of-the-art lean manufacturing facility allows us to build these solutions quickly and cost effectively.
WORK HOLDINg AND ELEVATION CHANgE
Magnetic Conveyors Vacuum Conveyors Special Cleated Conveyors Fixtured Conveyors
Holding parts to the belt for elevation changes or controlled positioning can be achieved in a variety of ways. Depending upon the application and product, conveyors that utilize magnets, vacuum, cleats or fixtures are available in a wide variety of configurations.
PRODuCT fLOW
Diverters and Gates Pushers Lane Guiding
Controlling the continuous flow of products through the line is critical to maintain efficiency. Product flow is achieved using a variety of methods and components depending upon the product, flow path and equipment with which to interface.
PRODuCT POSITIONINg
Servo Drives Timing Belt Conveyors Shaft Encoders
Product positioning when stopping is often a necessity for processes such as inspection, assembly or feeding into equipment. This can be achieved in different ways depending upon the accuracy required.
334
For more information, visit our website at www.dorner.com/custom_conveyors/
product oFFering
From metal stamping to automated assembly, to food processing to packaging, we have the right conveyor for your application.
2200 SerieS LOW PROFILE BELT CONvEyORS

Aluminum Extruded Construction
Belt and modular belt options High performance conveying Streamlined machine interface Small parts transfers Efficient use of space Accumulation High temperatures Sharp parts Aesthetics
3200 SerieS HEAvy DUTy BELT CONvEyORS

Straight, inclined and elevating configurations High performance conveying Main line, long lengths Heavy duty applications Fast belt speeds Aesthetics

Straight, curve, incline and decline configurations High performance conveying Main line, long lengths
qWiK conveyorS 5200 SerieS HEAvy DUTy CHAIN

Heavy duty applications Fast belt speeds Part accumulation Automated and manual assembly
6200 SerieS LOW PROFILE BELT CONvEyORS

Stainless Steel Construction
Tight space Basic conveying needs Wedge-Lok system Metal stamping Rugged environment Part accumulation Small part transfer
aquagard Family OF SANITARy CONvEyORS

Stainless Steel Construction; 7200, 7300, 7350, and 7360
Straight, curve, incline and decline configurations Belt and modular belt options Industry leading speeds Small parts transfers Easy to accessorize No drilling required 10 guiding packages available
aquapruF Family OF SANITARy CONvEyORS

Stainless Steel Construction; 7400, 7600 and Ultimate Series
Straight, curve, incline and decline configurations Belt and modular belt options Wash-down and sanitary environments Clean rooms Chemical Resistance USDA, FDA, BISSC
www.dorner.com info@dorner.com
DORNeR MFG. CORP. PO Box 20 975 Cottonwood Ave Hartland, WI 53029 USA INSIDE THE USA OUTSIDE THE USA TEL: 800.397.8664 TEL: 262.367.7600 FAX: 800.369.2440 FAX: 262.367.5827
Dorner Mfg. Corp. reserves the right to change or discontinue products and specifications with or without notice. All products and services are covered in accordance with our standard warranty. Dorner Mfg. Corp. 2009. All Rights Reserved. 851-148 Rev. I Printed in the U.S.A. 5M-INL-1009

Dorner FullSpec-Rev I

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Deskripsi Asli:

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Dorner FullSpec-Rev I

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Full SpeciFicationS

FEATURES & BENEFITS ORDERING INFORMATION

introducing the dorner idrive

QWiK 5200 SerieS

AQuAGArd 7200 / 7300 SerieS 214

AQuAGArd 7360 SerieS

AQuAGArd 7350 SerieS

[LIGHT TO MEDIUM DUTY, NARROWER AND SHORTER]

[HEAVY DUTY, WIDER, LONGER, FASTER]

[HEAVY DUTY, LONGER, FASTER, CURVES]

[LIGHT TO MEDIUM DUTY, STAINLESS STEEL FRAME]

Modular Plastic Belt*

Cleated Belt End Drive Aluminum Yes

Flat Belt Center Drive Aluminum Yes

Cleated Belt End Drive Aluminum Yes

Flat & Cleated Belt End Drive Aluminum Yes

Curved End Drive Aluminum Yes

Z-Frame Flat & Cleated End Drive Aluminum Yes

Flat & Cleated Belt End Drive Stainless Steel No

Flat Belt Center Drive Stainless Steel No

(70 - 457 mm)

(95 - 1,219 mm)

(203 - 1,524 mm)

(203 - 1,219 mm)

(457 - 5,486 mm)

(457 - 3,660 mm)

(610 - 7,315 mm)

(457 - 5,486 mm)

(610 - 9,144 mm)

(914 - 12,192 mm)

(1,219 - 30,175 mm)

(914 - 12,192 mm)

(1,219 - 12,192 mm)

(914 - 25,375 mm)

(914 - 25,375 mm)

(914 - 25,375 mm)

(610 - 3,658 mm)

(610 - 3,658 mm)

Standard Idler 4.3 (109 mm)

Standard Idler 4.3 (109 mm)

Standard Idler 4.3 (109 mm)

134 & 136

178 & 182

** Wider widths available, consult factory for details

Conveyor CoMpAriSon / SeleCtion ChArt

Food Packaging Pharmaceutical Medical Personal Care Food Processing

Food Packaging Pharmaceutical Medical Personal Care Food Processing

7200 & 7300

7350 & 7360

7200/7300 Flat Belt End Drive Stainless Steel No

7200/7300 Cleated Belt End Drive Stainless Steel No

7350 Flat & Cleated End Drive Stainless Steel No

7350 Curved Belt End Drive Stainless Steel No

7350 Z-Frame Flat & Cleated End Drive Stainless Steel No

(102 - 914 mm)

(102 - 914 mm)

(102 - 610 mm)

(102 - 1.321 mm)

(102 - 610 mm)

(610 - 5,486 mm)

(610 - 5,486 mm)

(914 - 25,375 mm)

(914 - 25,375 mm)